Skip to main content

Full text of "Museum bulletin"

See other formats 


AG rAtnh Gene Ad Gol 7 Ml Seed RA AAR Mid Acti Re 1 MD Soe oF bint et tee Poe tg LEY I Laie hE Darn Bed ig LB RELA MOG AE nto Bet AY RANE NL BIOS BN fe teh AE ed 7 “0 et 
As Sls Bm his EBM A 0 Set iy . Celis dette te imnaeae ts - Ae So, Kom oct Magh dae ed ‘ LIN A ere Aa bbe 
F iaudl CRAG I Boe xe oli th 0 By 4,~ trast hle Byte Do Ort ot be M of te? mp eee 


ue 
aes fe pine 


eB RL AI Oy EAT the BR Ae 


Hie tePe sey tom Ge br0 Vi bade “4 Fiphtedle ie 


Cah toa, 
raw 


soe oF bene Ay me 
wires Rhee ete =F 


OO er naan ae yeaah 2-8 ahh ti Retee Sm IL e onl) oA mm he ating te «oat e er tote > ate helene” 
pt So mle Ta Neth Day The eS Set ee to ey tet han pte ar ete yl 
AW shad ate Ree We oe Paget ete Sb etwte te ema, fe? ohare 


6 NN thee) een Fae Fe ee ee ee 
« Shrines Lt Tew = te Pat ghtae aig cr e kee, he = we 
7 pani "Orarineree 


caer ate Sete Pee ete eT ot ete 
ne 2 te tag Etats 


Peet Math ae ne eae ahem 


Nyt alanine LOR Nah Edom Ngdt Bod) Ma? off et Eom 
Be BAe Oe PLR CDN teh ol s® 
i ASM el ofl” Mee “ 


hee ete on 
whe te BM te 


AO Te oe carlin a een 
win tt oe Nad > Ss eve Dh 
. Nee el Di tee ee 
Di ica ante 5 
Kern te? hee a oe eee 
eke oe oe Pat ate” te 
eh re 
= 1 Oy abe | ~s ~ Opts Tat pe Mate o 
De eee nh Ape 
oe Tghnighyres — +, we on 
i mt eee we 
ame - 


 ~ ww = 1s == 
> \- > 
~ - a of ay 
ow Re ~~ o - we 
- ded . 7 - 
- - a - Vox * ow~ 7 
~s oF ete te ww fmm migg he Pere mm ee 
: 7 . ~ Ss nth, a 
%, * - “—s - ~ ~~ 
ry ~ = o< 
aa One Bote ~- 
. r 
: - . S.~ =< =< 
- a “ a 
/ : 
oo “+ + 6 es : - 
aa : ‘ 
- . act - - 
~ ¢ e . = ’ ~ - - o= 7 - 
- “ - ? i - - ~ - - . 3 
- . ‘ -- 
7 fe ” 7 = 
’ - * _ 7 
o ~ ~ . 
ace - s = es 
" - © . 
“ - - 
~ a4 
~~ «> df 
‘ 
' : < - 
; 
« ‘ ‘ 
* . 
> re 
” ‘ r r . 
’ rare - <1 4% =~ ad - 
— nd = ¥ ry . 
, & 4 —/ 
¥ . < . “ } 
>| b: ~ > teed 
** “~* ‘ 
i um y ¥ 
‘ - . ibe < ; 
’ ~ 
2 ry 4 
N 
- a — - 
“ ‘ + 


rT. . —-- Teena an unig 
= aes O° ow ° ow 
= a = a = Es) 
= = - = = _ 
wn Y mm | wo m wn m 
<= . Eo ae = : w ae w 
ILALILSNI NVINOSHIIWS Sa lYVvud Pitt BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION | 
< = <x * aa = < ae = 
= = ae, Ws = S «MN = 
5 (EA) 2 t's ON 2 GEG 3 
¥ . BAAS s s — 
: g ESQ 2 EW 2 
= > Pe ee — = — 
“” =z w” E * = Tp) ee 2 
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT 
n = ape S ow CD = 
= yal fy A = ZW Pe “ 
“if a <. Bo “\~ < G 
a0 “G@ 35 oO = ca = 
se = . =J a eke 2 
JILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 
ao : s barat wo a Ye, ow ee 
2 We 5 © Gi > : 
> \ SW & > Ee LEE = 
= XS" 5 : B.S KP? - 
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI _NVINOSHLINS, S31UVY aT 
= ao g wae = yD, = 
=~ — a = 4 = 
a. 9S a AD o £2 
“ws = = = = a 
WY os ” = / w 
MLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 
ae eae ener = a a ul 


NOILNLILSNI 


is 


IBRARIES 


NOILNLILSNI 


LIBRARIES 
n \ 


NoILn 


LILSNI 


oc: a ° | 

a > 

- = 

FE ood 

= o 

z Ss 

z =I 

e) . 

9) w 

7 O 4 

i < 

= > is 
“a 2 

SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTI 


NVINOSHLINS S3INVUaIT LIB 


RARIES 


ae > 


NVINOSHLINS S3Iu¥Vvugd 


INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIC 


saiuvuag 


Solu 


_ NVINOSHLIWS 


IES SMITHSONIAN 


SN 


a 


re bie fo) one Bee. Oo engi oO ae 

= me) = \ = w = 

= 3 = DNS 5 2 = = 

ke : > ext > i i i— > =< > 

i = = 2 WS = : ee = 
DILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sa1uvud 

< = a Ke = 2 a. = = = 

z 4 tt fy 2 WS 5 = WS 4. = = 

2 EGY EN 8 Ne a & 

- S } ti z= KY S x 9 == S 

= > : = me S oe S —— . 

” 4 w . = w ee wo za 

ES S S31YVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTI 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI 


n =~ 7) —_ : s 
w G = 5 a ul Fe 
Guy 2 : 2 = : : : 
oa eres - 5 om 3 ra A S Newey 
; : Pe | : %, aie 5 - ail : ‘ Q 
NLNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIY¥YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION. NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuVvud 
ue S = = iv - z ee % ; 
108) ” — a = s Y, oi ~ ow Oo <C> 
a YY 2 0 = G/ 2 = 2 a ‘ 
| > INS i= > fee Ul jp. > = > = 
Or ww 2 \ E 2 - 4/ is oe A ee = > 
WASH 4 S Z | m 2 m ZS ASA m SS z | ’ 
BRAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3 luvua ITLL! B RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI 
= aS Boh < = mm = = ee 
‘ x z ‘ = — i = 4 > Ks 
SA 2 8 WNk HZ? z cB NGG 5 NYS 
SW SSN Oo |\ Pin SENS oO Sa oO bl ts oO a : IS 
YO z = AS 2 FE 2 iS z E NS 
5 oie ett eee. = > = ee 
MINLILSNI_NWINOSHLIWS Sa fYvddit LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION |, —NVINOSHLINS S31 uVud 
—] yu ere «62 i ee wl 4 ®t 


a 


Poy ij 


x 
rs 


New York State Education Department 
Science Division, February 23, 1912 


Hon. Andrew S. Draper LL.D. 
Commissioner of Education 


Sir: J] have the honor to transmit herewith for publication as a 
bulletin of the State Museum, the annual report of the Director of 
the Science Division for the fiscal year ending September 30, I9IT. 

Very respectfully 
Joun M. CLARKE 
Director 


STATE OF NEW YORK 
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
COMMISSIONER'S ROOM 


Approved for publication this 24th day of February 1912 


¢ - 


Commissioner of Education 


Compliments of 


JOHN M. CLARKE 


Director State Museum and 
State Geologist 


STATE HALL, ALBANY, N.Y. 


Education Department Bulletin 


Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York 


Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under 
the act of July 16, 1894 


No. 516 ALBANY, N. Y. APRIL I, I9QI2 


New York State Museum 


JoHn M. CLARKE, Director 


Museum Bulletin 158 


EIGHTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF 
THE SCIENCE DIVISION 


INCLUDING THE 


65th REPORT OF THE STATE MUSEUM, THE 31st REPORT OF 
THE STATE GEOLOGIST, AND THE REPORT OF THE 


STATE PALEONTOLOGIST FOR tog11I 
PAGE PAGE 
PAULO CHOME emf ajaclea ee via sis 5 VANE Pablications tes qa aes sei. 84 
I Condition of the scientific NATTA Getter sc). orc aehe cad ciate amie 88 
as el eee : a al ° XS VAC CeSSIONS@ ps5, sss eej ue hea go 
ee: s ral Visas Ge g | Notes on the Geology of the Gulf 
Suu ceneenl levies of St Lawrence. J. M. CLARKE III 
of New York geology. 8 | Notes on Devonic Fishes from 
TEA SEOLOSY akan ee 15 scaumenac. L. HuSSAKOF. ... 127 
Surficial geology........ 29 | Notes on a Specimen of Plecto- 
Industrial geclogy...... 35 ceras jason (Billings). RUDOLF 
Seismologic station..... 39 R 
: IESE NGAININI| = crtic. cis. fois eeteceis Ss 141 
Wier aloe ye... ap eins) 20 4I ; j 
Paleontology...... Le eae On the Genesis of the Pyrite De- 
TI Report of the State Botan- posits of St Lawrence County. 
Fact Seas meen 50 GE SMV ON Pies. acs,o 5 ere 0s. « 143 
IV Report of the State Ento- Recent Mineral Occurrences in 
TIOLOSISh 2. hes Sats ca as 52 New York City and Vicinity. 
V Report of the Zoologist... 59 TEL inane eyercag ya eee 183 
VI Report Pu the archeology The Micmac Tercentenary. JOHN 
‘ SEOUL OR ogc or Rats Bs 61 IV [a7 OIARIGE een te Oats i aeaks ore 3 189 
List of archeological speci- : ; 
mens destroyed in the The Manhattan Indians. ALANn- 
capitol fire, March 209, BON) oRGENIME Re velcro aunties ve 199 
BOM Crees: cca, s Sabet TICE A MG AVGle> ait oe eae ae ere ee 213 


Education Department Bulletin 


Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York 


Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., under 
the act of July 16, 1894 


No. 516 ALBANY, NY: APRIL I, 1912 


New York State Museum 


JoHN M. Crarke, Director 


Museum Bulletin 158 


EIGHTH REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE 
SCIENCE DIVISION 


INCLUDING THE 


Ss REPORT, OF THE STATE MUSEUM, REE sist REPORT OF 
State GEOLOGIST, AND THE REPORT OF THE, STATE 
PAUnON TOLOGIST FOR -tor1t 


INTRODUCTION 


This report covers all divisions of the scientific work under the 
charge of the Education Department and concerns the progress 
made therein during the fiscal year 1910-11. It constitutes the 65th 
annual report of the State Museum and is introductory to all the 
scientific memoirs, bulletins and other publications issued from this 
office during the year mentioned. 

Under the action of the Regents of the University (April 26, 
1904) the work of the Science Division is “ under the immediate 
supervision of the Commissioner of Education,’ and the advisory 
committee of the Board of Regents of the University having the 
affairs of this division in charge are the Honorables: ‘T. Guilford 
pando siialo-) Daniel Beach LL.D... Watkins; Lucian L. 
Shedden LL.D., Plattsbure. 

The subjects to be presented in this report are considered under 
the following chapters: 


I Condition of the Scientific Collections 
II Report on the Geological Survey 
JII Report of the State Botanist 2 


6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


IV Report of the State Entomologist 
V_ Report on the Zoology section 
VI Report on the Archeology section 
VII Publications of the year 
VIII Staff of the Science Division and State Museum 
IX <Accessions to the collections 
X Appendixes (to be continued in subsequent volumes). All 
the scientific publications of the year 


I 
CONDITION OF THE SCIENTIFIC COLLECTIGR: 


During the year past the preparations for moving the collections 
into the Education Building have taken precedence over most other 
activities of the staff of the Museum. The collection rooms in 
Geological Hall have been closed to the public and at the present 
time the scientific materials are for the most part ready for removal. 
It became necessary early in the year to transfer all the stored 
material and publications of the Museum from the McCredie malt- 
house which has been in use many years as a storehouse, to their 
present quarters, the old Taylor brewery, in a distant part of the 
city, and to the latter place additions to the collections are at present 
being removed as they come in. In the installation of the collections 
in the Education Building all this material will come into requisition. 
There still remains in other buildings very much valuable material 
as indicated in my previous reports (see report for 1909-10). 

The fire of March 29, 1911, which destroyed the west end of the 
Capitol and the State Library, involved the State Museum in very 
serious loss. On the landing at the head of the western stairway 
and along the corridors leading thereto the archeological collections 
were arranged. ‘These were the historic Indian collections of cos- 
tumes and implements which had been brought together during the 
existence of the institution. They contained materials gathered by 
Schoolcraft, Lewis H. Morgan and others in the early days when 
the Regents of the University gave special encouragement to the 
study of aboriginal life and records; and many later collections 
obtained by purchase or gift. Asa whole the exhibit there arranged 
was the most complete assemblage of Iroquois materials in exist- 
ence and because of its great scientific value, it had been removed 
from Geological Hall to the Capitol for greater safety. It is 
difficult to estimate the money value in this loss. I have placed it 
somewhat conventionally at $20,000 which is an approximation to 
the expenditure that would be necessary to replace the collections, 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 7 
so far as replacement is possible. Numerically the loss is about 
10,000 articles, of which not one-twentieth part, even of the stone 
implements, was saved. Such statements however take no account 
of the intrinsic value of the collection to students of ethnology, for 
these collections were widely known for their excellence and 
completeness. , 

The hope of replacing this loss in the quality of the materials 
destroyed can not be entertained, but there is still a reasonable 
expectation of making good some part of it by the acquisition of 
collections now in private hands among the citizens of New York. 
It is probably true that the last great collections of, such culture 
relics have now been made. To replenish the lost collections from 
actual excavations is a rather remote chance. What is to be done 
to repair these collections should be done promptly before the 
private collections become dispersed as parts of estates. 

The director does not mean to convey the impression that all the 
Indian collections of the Museum were thus destroyed. A goodly 
part of the more recent acquisitions were in another building at the 
time of the fire. All the wampum belts of the Iroquois which were 
received from the Six Nations some ten years ago and some specially 
notable articles besides were in safety deposit. The life casts and 
all the appurtenances of the Six Nations groups which are under 
construction were in other buildings. 

The Museum was in a way fortunate in not losing all its scientific 
collections exposed in the Capitol. In the senate gallery corridor 
leading to the western stairway were a number of special exhibits, 
some of recently excavated Indian relics, others of fossil sponges, 
mineral crystals and pottery. The flames swept by the open end of 
this corridor taking everything in their path but nothing in the cor- 
ridor itself was harmed. ‘These cases still ‘remain where they stood 
belore tie: fire: 

On account of the accumulation of the reserve stock of Museum 
publications it seemed wise at the time of the removal of this stock 
from one storehouse to another, to undertake a general distribution 
of the items of which the reserve was needlessly large. This reduc- 
tion of stock was accomplished without impairing the necessary 
reserve for future demands and several thousand copies of these 
publications were thus distributed, for the most part to European 
libraries. | 

Valuable accessions to all departments of the Museum have been 
made during the year. Their character is given under chapter [X of 
this report, 


Oo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


II 
REPORT ON THE GEOLOGICAL SURV 
SOME PRACTICAL FEATURES OF NEW YORK GEOLOGY: 

The services which geology may render to industry and technology 
are becoming widely recognized with the progress of organized sur- 
vey work, but nowhere in the country perhaps is the relationship 
more historic or continuous with respect to actual records than in 
this State. The reports of the First Survey of New York, issued 
between the years 1837 and 1841, give prominence to the con- 
sideration of natural resources; their treatment of the mineral de- 
posits particularly attains a measure of accuracy and comprehensive 
value that is at least surprising in view of the conditions under which 
they were prepared. So far as our knowledge goes they represent 
the earliest attempt to cover the physical features of a whole com- 
monwealth with similar detail and to maintain a practical balance 
between the twofold objects, pure and applied knowledge, that 
should be subserved by such investigations. 

Since their publication applied geology has gained materially by 
accumulated experience and improved methods of research. In 
keeping with the needs of modern industrial activities there has 
come a demand also for more specialized information than was 
afforded by the early reports, as well as for the extension of survey 
work into entirely new fields. 

To illustrate more particularly the features of this development 
we outline briefly some of the later investigations carried out in 
New York with their purposes and results, making reference at 
the same time to other possible inquiries that may be followed with 
profit. 

Mining. ‘The relation of geology to mining is of first importance 
to the State, though New York it would appear is not generally con- 
sidered to be very largely endowed with mineral resources. This 
view is justified only with regard to metallic minerals, of which, 
aside from iron ores, the deposits are neither varied nor specially 
extensive. But a production valued altogether at nearly $40,000,000° 
a year on the basis of crude materials is not an inconsiderable item, 
even when compared with the totals of many so-called mining states. 
As a matter of fact New York ranks well up in the list and ahead 


of nearly all states that are similarly lacking in wealth of mineral 
fuels. 


1By D. H. Newland. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 18) 


Some of the most valuable mineral deposits are found within the 
series of sedimentary or stratified rocks which cover all the area 
outside of the Adirondacks and the Highlands region. Such de- 
posits generally occur at definite horizons and it has been the task 
of the geologist to identify their position in the series of rock forma- 
tions by study of the accompanying evidences supplied by fossils 
or by physical features. For example, the rock salt deposits of the 
western counties —and they furnish about one-third of the total 
salt produced in the entire country —are restricted to a certain 
position in the Salina shale formation. The geographical limits of 
this formation have been traced with accuracy so that there is no 
longer any doubt as to the region that may be profitably explored 
for that mineral. 

In the same way it has been well established that the gypsum beds, 
which have given rise to a very important mining and manufacturing 
industry, form a special member of the sedimentary sequence having 
a well-recognized position and a real distribution. With the informa- 
tion at hand the prospector or intending investor may be accurately 
guided in his search for gypsum properties. 

The supplies of building stones, lime and cement materials, and 
clays for the most part are governed by similar relations of occur- 
rence. The clay deposits have been given thorough investigation 
from the various standpoints of distribution, chemical and physical 
characters, and technology of manufacture. Another special report 
deals with the lime and cement materials, and it is proposed to 
present the facts regarding our building stone supplies with like 
detail with a view to assisting their development. 

The features surrounding the accumulation of oil and natural gas 
are admittedly obscure, though of late years considerable progress 
has been made toward the establishment of a practical basis for the 
exploration of these resources. The fact that both oil and gas are 
more often found in certain kinds of rocks than others is confirmed 
by experience. It is further recognized that the pools in each field 
usually occupy a definite position in the stratigraphic column, while 
their areal distribution may be influenced by the tectonic structures 
assumed by the strata, by underground water conditions or by other 
factors that come within the range of geological observation. The 
studies in the oil and gas territory of New York have been mainly 
concerned with the determination of the productive horizons for the 
several districts, in which work some very useful results have been 
obtained. An inquiry into the specific relations that characterize the 


IO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


different occurrences, after the plan so successfully followed recently 
in the larger fields, might yield additional information valuable to 
these industries. 

The iron ores of New York constitute one of its large mineral 
treasures. There are few areas of equal size in which so varied 
and widely distributed deposits are found. This variety of character 
is closely related to the geological features that surround their 
formation, and the interpretation of these features has a more or 
less direct bearing upon the issue of mining operations. One type of 
occurrence is represented by the Clinton hematite deposits which 
occupy a belt stretching across the central and western counties and 
which are clearly defined as to position by their stratified develop- 
ment. They have recently been explored and mapped. The very 
important magnetic ores of the Adirondacks, on the other hand, 
present a wide complexity of form and surroundings, as might be 
expected from their association with some of the most ancient rocks 
that are anywhere exposed. Still the study of their features has 
not been without result, as it has supplied the criteria for arranging 
them into two or three larger groups, each with a circumscribed 
geological range. 

There remain for future investigation the Highlands magnetite 
district, the limonites of Columbia and Dutchess counties and the 
hematite ores of St Lawrence county, all of which have commercial 
importance. 

The minor minerals lend a variety to the productive industry in the 
State, to which they also contribute very materially in the aggregate. 
The Adirondack region is the source of most of them. They include 
talc, garnet and graphite in extensive deposits that possess peculiar 
economic value to the trade, as well as feldspar, quartz, pyrite, lead 
and sinc which have a more limited representation. The production 
of zinc ore, it may be noted, has reached commercial proportions 
only within the last year. The areal mapping now in progress 
throughout the Adirondacks will help to explain the occurrence of 
these deposits, but many will repay detailed investigation of their 
distribution and field of usefulness. 

With the gains of knowledge on these subjects has come not only 
a better appreciation of the positive elements in the State’s mineral 
endowment, but also of the limitations that are naturally put upon 
this wealth and that should be respected by well-intentioned enter- 
prise. The service to be rendered by directing industry into its 
legitimate channels may be not the least important function of the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII Ligh 


geological survey. Time, money and energy have been wasted in 
pursuit of ventures which by a little gin would have been found 
absolutely futile at the start. 

No doubt the fact that the New York series of rock formations 
does not contain workable coal beds has secured wide currency 
among the people of the State and its scientific demonstration by the 
First Survey has been of incalculable benefit in forestalling much 
fruitless search for coal deposits. There seems, however, to be a 
need for urging it upon public attention from time to time, as shown 
by the recent revival of interest in the matter. The regions from 
which reputed discoveries are most often reported include the Hud- 
son river section, the Catskills and the southern tier of counties along 
the Pennsylvania border. In none are found rock formations equiva- 
lent in age to the proximate coal seams of the Appalachian field, the 
nearest approach to those being represented by the small areas of 
carbonic conglomerate in the southwestern corner of the State that 
are the last outlying remnants of the great conglomerate at the base 
of the productive measures. There can be no excuse for further 
waste of effort in mining for coal anywhere within the boundaries 
of the State. 

It is recognized that the limits of the oil and gas fields are not 
accurately defined as yet, and there are still possibilities for discover- 
ing new sources of supply, especially of gas. Exploration may be 
guided in some measure by the results of geological work, as has 
been already stated. With the information which is available in 
regard to the productive formations and their distribution, the more 
promising territory may be broadly marked out; other considerations, 
also, show that only a part of the remaining area is at all likely to 
contain economically valuable pools of either oil or gas. The areas 
comprised within the Adirondacks and the Highlands are absolutely 
barren, as they are composed of crystalline rocks. The bordering 
region of thin or disturbed sediments affords very little chance of 
productive wells and this is equally true of the great mass of shales 
and sandstones that constitutes the “ Hudson River formation” 
between the Adirondacks and the Highlands. The territory imme- 
diately west of these areas and extending as far as the meridian 
‘running through the middle of Oneida lake is a doubtful value, as 
demonstrated by experience with test wells. The actual productive 
area is restricted to the central and western parts, including about 
fifteen counties in all, of which only those near the western border 
have been found thus far to contain very large pools. In regard to 


12 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


oil it may be said that the fields are small and it seems improbable 
that the industry will ever be extended outside of the three counties, 
Cattaraugus, Allegany and Steuben, where it has hitherto been 
confined. 

Another matter that has been repeatedly discussed in connection 
with previous geological reports and the need of caution emphasized 
is the recurrent interest shown in the search for precious metals. 
The favored ground for prospectors is the Adirondack region where 
immense accumulations of sand and gravel have resulted from glacial 
wear upon the local rock formations. The same materials are 
scattered pretty much over all the section south of that region. There 
are no mineralized quartz veins to account for the existence of gold 
in the sands and wherever tested by the usual processes employed by 
commercial laboratories nothing more than a trace of gold and silver 
has been discovered. The subject has been treated so often and at 
such length as to require only passing mention here. 

As of basic importance to the mining industry may be mentioned 
the geological map, especially the one now in preparation on the 
large scale of one mile to the inch. With this base there is attained a 
degree of refinement in denoting the rock formations and their 
bounds that should correspond to very general needs. Besides the 
immediate information it affords in regard to the various classes of 
quarry materials and stratified deposits available within the region 
mapped, it serves as a ground plan for directing all kinds of explora- 
tion, such as for oil, gas, water and the metallic ores. Its uses extend 
also to agriculture, engineering, and many everyday occupations. 

Engineering. The application of geological methods and facts 
to various lines of engineering not connected with mining is hardly 
a new development, though it undoubtedly has assumed a broader 
aspect in the last few years than before. As an outcome of the 
public demand for service in the combined fields the profession of 
geological engineer has now a recognized standing, with a consider- 
‘able body of practitioners. 

In the location and examination of materials used in engineering 
construction the geological survey may render material assistance. 
This work naturally goes in hand with the field study and investiga- 
tion of building stones, though requiring somewhat special treatment 
from the different standpoints with respect to physical quality and 
availability of the materials. The testing of stone for road-making 
and concrete is, of course, a function of engineering laboratories, yet 
very useful data in the way of preliminary classification may be 
had from geological methods, specially when aided by a knowledge 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 13 


of modern petrography. The quality of sands and gravels for gen- 
eral construction purposes may be approximated in a similar 
manner. | 

The importance which the present scheme of highway improve- 
ment in the State has assumed requires that every possible advantage 
be taken of the situation with regard to the occurrence and avail- 
ability of road-making materials. It is not necessary at this time to 
set forth in detail the geological considerations which enter inta 
the subject. One element among many to be considered is the prac- 
tical absence of suitable rock materials over the large area occupied 
by the Devonic shales and thin-bedded sandstones in the southern 
tier of counties, and the possible application of other local materials 
for use on the highways of that section. It would appear desirable 
to have a systematic inventory of the resources that may be drawn 
upon for road construction. 

Another practical side of geological investigation is illustrated in 
the engineering of large projects which involve unusual care or 
discrimination in dealing with rock materials. In such cases the 
correct interpretation of structural features and processes of rock 
change that are in progress is often of considerable moment, if not 
on occasion of critical importance. The foundation work of large 
structures like dams and bridges that must be secured against the 
very slight but cumulative effects of physical agencies, and the exca- 
vation of canals and tunnels are examples of this kind. 

A notable instance of the varied bearings which geology may have 
upon engineering is afforded by the construction of the Catskill 
aqueduct for the supply of water to New York City. The difficulty 
of the undertaking can scarcely be appreciated without a knowledge 
of the physical characteristics of the country in which the work 
had to be accomplished and the complications arising from the magni- 
tude of the project. The engineering plans have been formed only 
after most extensive exploration of the features related to the sur- 
face and rock topography, character of the formations, tectonic 
structures, underground water circulations, and other matters which 
from the nature of the problem might influence the course or success 
of the work. To assemble and interpret the data a staff of geologists 
was maintained and was in constant touch with the situation. An 
insight into the manifold character of the scientific investigations 
and their relation to the conduct of the operations are given in a 
recent volume? prepared by a member of the geological staff. To 


1 Geology of the New York Aqueduct, by Charles P. Berkey. N. Y. State 
Museum Bulletin 146, 1ort. 


14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


afford a general outline of the information collected and its bearing 
upon the work, the following paragraphs are quoted from that 
volume: 


The benefits of the studies have been twofold and reciprocal. On 
the one side the practical planning of the enterprise has constantly 
required an interpretation of geologic conditions as a guide to loca- 
tions and methods and on the other the extensive investigations 
carried on have given an opportunity for practical application of 
geologic principles under conditions seldom offered and the data 
secured in additional explorations serve to make the detail of some 
of these complex features now among the most fully known of their 
kind. Examples of such cases are (a) the series of buried pre- 
glacial gorges (as in the Esopus, and Rondout and Wallkill and 
Moodna valleys) and (b) the completed geologic cross sections 
(such as the Rondout valley, the Peekskill valley, Bryn Mawr, etc.) 
and (c) the numerous additions to the knowledge of local rock con- 
ditions (such as that at Foundry brook, Rondout creek, Coxing kill, 
Pagenstechers gorge, Sprout brook, and others). 

Almost every locality has its own specific problem and its own 
peculiar differences of treatment and interpretation of features. 
Nearly all of the studies here presented came to the attention of the 
writer and others in the form of definite problems or questions 
involving an interpretation of geologic factors and an application to 
some engineering requirement. Some of these questions 
are the location of buried channels beneath the drift, the character 
and depth of the drift, the kind of bedrock, the condition of bedrock 
for construction and permanence of tunnel, the underground water 
circulation, the occurrence of folds and faults, the position of weak 
zones, the depth required for substantial conditions, and many other 
similar problems. 


The cooperation of the geologist has likewise been sought in 
solving the difficulties at Panama, though unfortunately it appears 
this was not secured until the plans were formulated and the work 
of construction well under way. Many problems encountered in the 
work were of the kind that required the experience and information 
of the trained specialist. Some of the more important ones were 
related to the locations for the locks and dams, for which the element 
of security was critical, and to the availability of the local resources 
in building materials. It seems probable that if the results of the 
survey had been available at the start they would have had even 
greater value in guiding the course of operations. 

In combining the work of the geologist and engineer, Germany 
seems to be in advance of other countries. Public improvements 
like canals, railroads, and the regulation of streams are undertaken 
only after investigations of the geological factors that influence the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQTI 15 


plans. In one year alone the geological survey of Prussia was called 
upon to supply information concerning ten projects relating to canals 
and streams. | 

There are few questions more often referred to the geologist 
than those concerning water supply from underground sources. 
With the crowding of our population many of the streams formerly 
serving households or communities have been rendered unfit for 
potable purposes except when subjected to expensive treatment, and 
consequently deep wells are being put down in numbers. The guid- 
ance to be had from detailed maps when these are available, or from 
records of previous borings into the same formations, should be of 
very considerable service, specially if supplemented by careful field 
observations. ‘The general factors governing subterranean water 
supply, the real relations of the ground waters to the deep waters, 
and the courses of subterranean drainage, are still little known and 
here lies a field of much practical importance awaiting future de- 
velopment into accurate knowledge. 

A related field of study is afforded by the mineral springs which 
are an important element in the natural wealth of the State. The 
need for conserving these valuable waters can scarcely be questioned 
since it is well known that they are liable to deterioration and exhaus- 
tion in much-the same way as other natural resources ; moreover in 
some places they are the basis of extensive enterprise and lend 
support to large communities. Governmental ownership or control 
of mineral springs is a policy that has long been pursued by Euro- 
pean states, and recently a step in that direction has been taken with 
regard to those at Saratoga. The investigation of the waters, in 
particular the probable conditions of their derivation, storage and 
areal occurrence, is of pertinent interest to the matter of their con- 
servation. To carry out such investigation is but to follow the pre- 
cedents established by other countries. 


AREAL GEOLOGY 


In my last report I gave a list of all quadrangles on the topo- 
graphic scale of 1 mile to 1 inch which have been issued in the form 
of detailed and completed geological maps. To this list were added 
those upon which reports have been rendered, though these are still 
unpublished, and those on which progress had been made by way of 
preliminary operations. During the year just closed reports with 
maps have been issued covering in detail the geology of the Alex- 
andria Bay, Cape Vincent, Clayton and Grindstone quadrangles, all 


10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of these pertaining to the St Lawrence region being brought together 
into one bulletin and under one title, “ Geology of the Thousand 
Islands Region.” The map and report on the Poughkeepsie quad- 
rangle have also been issued.. There has also appeared a special 
report which has proved of much interest to engineers as well as to 
geologists and the general public, as it deals with the earth structures 
revealed in the operations of the New York City Board of Water 
Supply. This report is entitled, “ Geologic Features and Problems 
of the New York City (Catskill) Aqueduct.” 

In regard to actual work in the field, the progress made may be 
summarized under these regional headings: 

Central and western New York. The areal work in this part 
of the State has progressed with reasonable celerity. The maps of 
the following quadrangles have been completed during the year: 
Dunkirk, Cherry Creek, Eden, Silver Creek, and Westfield, all in 
the Lake Erie region. Preliminary work has been carried into the 
Bath quadrangle, and field work has been completed on the Brock- 
port, Hamlin, Albion and Oak Orchard quadrangles. ; 

For this entire western New York region the present condition of 
the areal survey for the geologic map may be thus summarized. 


Quadrangles published: 


Auburn Honeoye Penn Yan 
nm Buffalo Naples Portage : 

Canandaigua Nunda Tully 
Elmira Olean Watkins 
Genoa Ontario. Beach Wayland 
Hammondsport Ovid 

Quadrangles reported: 
Attica = Eden 
Batavia Phelps 
Caledonia . Silver Creek 
Depew . 

Quadrangles mapped: 
Albion Hamlin 
Brockport Oak Orchard ae 
Cherry Creek Westfield 1 
Dunkirk wee 


Quadrangles begun: 
Bath Medina 


Eastern New York. Last year I recorded the progress made 
in the study of the region involving the Saratoga and Schuylerville 
quadrangles. The report on this area is not yet in readiness for 
issue but so far as present problems go, it is practically completed. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII Wy 


There is an element of special importance given to the study of 
this region by the presence of the Saratoga springs, the public 
concern in them since the State has undertaken to acquire and con- 
serve them, and by the long outstanding problem as to the origin or 
cause of these saline carbonated waters. 

Problems of subterranean geology are still obscure and difficult in 
the present state of the science but in seeking all available light on 
this, I have asked Prof. James F. Kemp to take over the special 
investigation of the nature of the Saratoga waters, in the belief that 
there was much to learn in regard to the origin of the springs which 
would in some measure serve the public at the present time. This 
report has been rendered and will presently be published. A sum- 
mation of its broader results is here communicated. 

Saline springs of Saratoga and vicinity. The report discusses 
the various springs which have been recorded in the region from 
Albany to Whitehall and is accompanied by a map giving their 
several locations. It appears that over eighty years ago saline car- 
bonated waters were tapped for a short time by a deep well in 
Albany. None are known to the north until reaching Round Lake, 
where nearly as long ago a deep well found a short-lived supply. 
There is thus an interval of twenty-six miles from Albany to Round 
Lake in whicli no mineral waters of this character have been 
reported. Ballston and Saratoga Springs are next in northerly 
direction. In these two villages and in the five miles between them 
the great majority of the springs are situated and here the central 
area of their activity seems to be placed. The Gurn spring, eight 
miles north of Saratoga Springs, is the last of the strongly active, 
carbonated, saline varieties. There are records, however, of feebly 
active ones at the Quaker springs, eight miles east of Saratoga 
Springs; of one mildly active seventy or eighty years ago in the 
valley of the Moses kill, near South Argyle, on the east side of 
the Hudson river, and of one feebly carbonated, with high calcium 
content, at Whitehall, thirty-nine miles north of Saratoga Springs. 
All these remoter springs are weak in both carbonic acid and com- 
mon salt as compared with those at Saratoga and Ballston. The 
several springs should be considered in groups along the lines of 
the great northeast and southwest faults, rather than as forming one 
belt. , 

There is next given a statement of the local geology upon the 
basis of the section established by Cushing and Ruedemann. The 
fault which traverses the village is discussed in some detail. The 


Is NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


general principles of ground waters follow, in which statement these 
kinds are established: those from the rainfall, usually described as 
meteoric; those from cooling and crystallizing bodies of igneous 
rock, usually called magmatic or juvenile; and those absorbed por- 
tions of ancient marine or fresh waters in which sediments are 
originally deposited and which are carried down with the sediments 
— connate waters. All three of these waters have been mentioned in 
the discussions of the springs, although not always under these 
particular names or in just this definite classification. The general 
principles which must be fundamental in the study are thus 
established. 

The composition and character of the Saratoga and Ballston 
waters are next reviewed with care. As a necessary preliminary 
the methods of recording analyses are summarized and explained. 
The older ones are generally stated in grains in the U. S. gallon; 
the later ones in parts per million. The substances reported in 
the earlier and in many later ones are the estimated salts. The 
later practice is to use ions, or incompleted molecules, often elements, 
according to the modern conceptions of solutions. The discussion 
of the composition is carried out so as to employ all three of these 
methods of statement and to make the matter clear to any reader 
having the necessary familiarity with the subject. All the available 
analyses have been compiled and studied. They easily divide into 
three main groups in chronological order. One set was made by 
the early chemists, especially by Dr John H. Steel, and are, except 
one or two, earlier than 1840. Chemical analysis was then imper- 
fectly developed and fewer ingredients were recorded than in the 
lateneones: | 

A second set was made by Dr Charles F. Chandler in the 60's 
and early 70’s. This set is quite complete and is of great value. A 
third set was made in the last ten years, almost all about seven 
years ago, by the Bureau of Chemistry of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, acting under the pure food legislation. The 
most recent set is that made by the State Board of Health for the 
commission having the springs in charge. 

The older sets have been plotted in series of curves, both as salts 
and as ions, so as to show at a glance the ranges in kind and amount 
of dissolved substances. In the accompanying discussion the 
maxima, minima, and ranges are emphasized. Such analyses as 
are based on artificially strengthened samples are more or less 
recognizable, 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIT 1g 


Having reviewed the composition as regards dissolved salts, atten- 
tion is given to the carbonic acid gas. Its properties of solution in 
water, especially as affected by pressure and temperature, are stated 
and its maximum, minimum and general amounts in the spring 
waters are reviewed. The phenomena of the “ water seal” is next 
explained. | 

The temperatures of the waters are given, as are also the specific 
eravities. 

The classification of mineral waters in general and of the Sara- 
toga waters in particular receive attention. They all come under 
the alkaline-saline and saline classes, chiefly the former. All are 
muriated and sodic. Practically all are carbon-dioxated. Some are 
lithic, bromic or iodic, one or several. 

The variations in the waters from a comparison of the analyses 
over intervals of time are discussed. In the springs of Saratoga 
there is an increased strength from the early analyses of 1840 to 
those of 1870, probably from better casing off of the surface waters. 
From 1870 to 1903 there is a marked falling off in strength. In 
Ballston we have not such complete analytical records, but some 
famous old springs have dropped out of sight and of one deep- 
drilled well, put down in 1867, we have two good analyses, 1869 and 
about 1905. There is no appreciable change in composition. 

The report concludes with a discussion of the origin or source of 
the waters, gas and salts. All the views previously expressed are 
first passed in review. They are practically of two kinds: 

First. That the salts are derived from connate sea waters of 
early Paleozoic age; which were buried with the sediments. The 
salts are believed to be taken into solution by the meteoric waters 
derived from the height of land to the west and northwest and then 
to be brought to the surface by the fault. In stating these views, 
few have previously given proper attention to the carbonic acid gas, 
but Dr L. C. Beck, the author of the valuable report on the Min- 
eralogy of New York in 1842, refers it to a source deep within the 
earth and was correct in his views regarding the solubility and 
physical behavior of the gas. 

Second. That the salts and gas are tapped from some deep- 
seated source by the fault along which they mingle with the rela- 
tively pure surface waters. This view is most definitely stated in 
a paper by Mr Charles F. Fish which was read before the American 
Pharmaceutical Association at a meeting in Saratoga Springs in 
1880. The volcanic character of salts and gases were mentioned by 


Mr Fish, 


20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The writer of the report has first sought to compare the dissolved 
salts with those known to exist in the sea water of today and with 
the composition usually attributed to the Paleozoic sea. The sugges- 
tion is made that the oceanic waters doubtless covered the valley 
of the Hudson and probably the site of the springs in Post-glacial 
time. 

Judged by their connate representatives elsewhere, the Paleozoic 
sea is believed by those who have written upon the subject, especially 
Dr T. Sterry Hunt, to have had more calcium chlorid than sodium 
chlorid. If so, its connate waters can not account for the Saratoga 
Springs waters which have vastly preponderating sodium chlorid. 

When compared with modern sea water, whether its samples are 
taken from the most concentrated portions like the Red Sea or the 
most dilute embayments like the Gulf of Bothnia and the Baltic, or 
from the open ocean, analogies fail because the dissolved salts of 
the sea are singularly uniform and all carry in analyses of their 
evaporated salts 758 per cent SO, and from two to five times as 
much magnesium as calcium; whereas, in the salts from Saratoga 
waters, when based on analyses believed to be of genuine samples, 
there is rarely .1 of 1 per cent SO, and the calcium exceeds jthe 
magnesium. If we recast the Saratoga analyses so as to reduce the 
calcium to sea water values, on the assumption that it has been dis- 
solved from the limestone, we thereby raise the proportion of sodium 
from 5-10 per cent above the sea water values. There are other 
differences believed to be irreconcilable so that it seems impractic- 
able to support the derivation of the salts from sea waters whether 
connate or Postglacial. 

A second and very serious objection lies in the fact that in the 
Champlain valley there is an indefinite number of faults with greater 
sections of Paleozoic strata next them and with greater artesian head 
near them than is the case at Saratoga, but with no development 
of brine springs. 

The carbonic acid gas is next taken up. All its possible sources 
are passed in review and the conclusion is reached that it is due to 
igneous forces, of which expiring volcanic action is the usual and 
most probable one. The existence of the volcanic plug at North- 
umberland ten or twelve miles east of Saratoga Springs, is cited. 
That sodium and other chlorids are derived from volcanoes is shown 
to be a matter of observation. 

The conclusion is reached that the source of the salts and the 
gas, and doubtless of some of the water, is deep seated and while 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 21 


some may rise directly along the fault, the probable source is be- 
neath the slates to the east of Saratoga. The waters are believed 
to be impounded beneath the tight slates and following up the dip 
are tapped off near the fault. 

Artesian pressure from the northwest may aid their emergence 
and probably dilutes their concentration. 

The mapping of the Schuylerville quadrangle which ae been 
carried forward by Doctor Ruedemann has presented extraordinary 
difficulties as the region is one where the essentially homogeneous 
“Hudson river shales”? predominate and which the exactitude of 
stratigraphy requires to be resolved into their essential units. The 
Canajoharie, Snake Hill and Normanskill formations are all deter- 
minable in this mass of shales and sands and have been now delim- 
ited on the map. Along the eastern edge of the sheet the Georgian 
formation, reaching in from the east and occupying the mountain- 
ous region, and the belt of supposed Trenton limestone at the foot 
of the mountains, were mapped. It was found that the Georgian 
rocks are overthrust on an almost horizontal plane over underlying 
rocks of later age, the Beekmantown, Trenton, Normanskill and 
Snake Hill series. This style of mountain making involving such 
tremendous overthrusting, though recognized in some other moun- 
tain regions, has not before been determined as existing in the 
Appalachian region of New York. 

In the “ Trenton” limestones of this region a quite impressive 
fauna has been found which indicates that the limestones are of 
Fort Cassin age and the fault breccia (the latter both in its 
pebbles and matrix) carries species of the Rysedorph Hill con- 
glomerate near Albany, and is thus indicative of Atlantic origin in 
contrast to the Trenton fauna of central New York and the west. 
The Beekmantown beds are so distinct from those of the Champlain 
valley that they will be provisionally termed the Bald Mountain 
limestone. 

In the shale region of the Mohawk valley work was continued 
in the resolution of the shale units which have been referred to as 
the Canajoharie shale, Indian Ladder beds and the Snake Hill beds. 
The two former terms were mentioned and defined in my report of 
last year. The Snake Hill beds compose a thick formation of shales, 
grits and cherts of lower Trenton age typically exposed on Snake 
hill, Saratoga lake. The fauna and position of these shales indicate 
that they overlie the Normanskill shales and probably belonged to 
the eastern or Levis basin. In connection with this work has been 


bo 
i) 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


the further exploitation of an eurypterid fauna in the Schenectady 
shales, the discovery of which was referred to last year. 

Field work on the North Creek quadrangle which has been in 
charge of Prof. W. J. Miller was concluded by the survey of the 
northern portion of the area during the season of 1911. In general 
the geology is much the same as that of the southern portion of 
the quadrangle which was referred to in my last annual report, but 
a few additional features deserve notice. 

The greatest single mass of syenite-granite extends from south 
to north across the quadrangle as a belt from six to ten miles wide, 
and in it are a few Grenville masses or inclusions of considerable 
extent. This great igneous rock belt is flanked on either side by 
large areas of Grenville rocks through which occasional mountains 
of syenite or granite protrude. The protrusion of these igneous 
masses to heights of from a few hundred to even two thousand feet 
above the surface of the Grenville, affords very strong evidence of 
a decidedly irregular surface of the syenite-granite bathylith just 
after it was cooled. In some cases faults along one or possibly two 
sides of the mountain masses have accentuated the height of these 
igneous rocks, but unless we postulate faults with elliptical or nearly 
circular strikes, it is evident that much of the present irregularity 
has been due to the irregularities on the surface of the bathylith at 
the time of cooling. 

Eleven diabase dikes and more than fifty gabbro dikes or bosses 
have been found within the borders of the quadrangle, and these 
dikes show a decided tendency to arrangement into groups. The 
two largest gabbro bosses, each measuring about a mile long and 
from one-half to three-quarters of a mile wide, have been found in 
the northern portion of the region. One of these shows interesting 
effects of contact metamorphism along a wide zone where the gabbro 
breaks through pink granite. In another case a long narrow diabase 
dike breaks through a small boss of gabbro and shows excellent 
contact with chilled diabase margins. 

In general the Grenville, being a much weaker formation, occupies 
the valleys, but in the north there are several well-defined exceptions 
to this rule and the Grenville extends to the summits of small 
mountains. 

The very interesting occurrence and origin of garnets, in a number 
of mines in the northern portion of this quadrangle and the one just 
west, have been carefully studied in the field and laboratory studies 
are now being made. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 23 


A part of the field season was devoted to a detailed survey of 
the northwestern portion of the Lake Pleasant quadrangle. Not 
enough work has been done to justify any general conclusions for 
the quadrangle but, in the region so far examined, the Grenville 
series is only scantily represented, the few small areas noted being 
not much more than inclusions in the igneous rocks. Only one 
outcrop of crystalline limestone has been observed. 

The great rock masses are syenite (augitic to hornblendic), gran- 
itic syenite, granite (pink to gray), and granite porphyry. These 
rocks all appear to be differentiation products of the same cooling 
magma. They grade from one type to another so frequently that 
drawing the boundary lines in such a rough, wooded country is 
difficult work. 

Another rock encountered in fairly large masses is a fine-grained, 
gray to pinkish gneiss which, at times, shows suggestions of a banded 
structure. The relation of this rock to the others has not yet been 
satisfactorily determined. 

No gabbro or diabase dikes have been noted, but the occasional 
gabbro boulders in the vicinity of Lake Pleasant indicate that this 
rock occurs not far northward. 

Valcour Island. ‘The detailed study and survey of this island in 
Lake Champlain, its rocks and their contents, its origin and bearing 
on the general history of the lake basin, have been carried forward 
by -Prof. George H. Hudson. 

Southeastern New York. During the past year there has been 
issued Doctor Berkey’s important bulletin on the Geology of the 
New York (Catskill) Aqueduct which has been in large demand 
from engineers and other students of practical geological problems. 
The continuation of the aqueduct operations has afforded oppor- 
tunity to examine the many tunnels and open cuts now nearly at 
maximum development and to make comparison with the conclusions 
of earlier explorations. This has been done with considerable care, 
with particular attention to sections where detail of structure could 
be worked out. It is only fair to say that there have been no wholly 
unlooked for conditions yet discovered. The geological formations 
and structures and conditions already described and based upon pre- 
liminary explorations, need little modification from the completed 
work. It is possible, however, now to class a great many items as 
facts that have heretofore been given as interpretations, and many 
details can now be added. The existence of several mud-filled caves 
in the limestones of the Rondout valley to greater depth than one 


24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


hundred feet below sea level has been proven. Faults and minor 
folds are still more numerous throughout the region than could be 
seen on the surface. Decayed conditions in crush zones, and in 
porous layers favorably situated, are known to exist to great depth 
locally and at depths of less than three hundred feet there are many 
narrow zones of rock in such condition. Rarely, near the surface, 
there are extensive occurrences of residuary matters. The tunnel 
near Garrison in the Highlands passes through over five hundred 
feet of such rock still preserving the typical formational structure, 
but so soft that it requires as substantial timbering as would so 
much glacial drift. 

It is the deep explorations, however, that promise the most addi- 
tional data. The courses of deeper water circulation and its effect 
on different rock formations are shown at many places. The gran- 
ites beneath the Hudson river at Storm King mountain show strain 
to such extent that, in certain zones, slabs crack off from all surfaces 
as soon as exposed. This rock is penetrated at a depth of one thou- 
sand one hundred feet below sea level and all but about five hundred 
feet of the distance from one side to the other has been exposed. 
No noteworthy crush zone or fault or other special weakness line 
has yet been discovered in that section, but jointing is strong and 
abundant. 

The tunnels show more clearly than the surface exposures the 
intrusive nature of the granites of the Highlands. One new belt of 
interbedded limestone and associated quartzite schist has been ex- 
posed by the aqueduct open cuts. Simple chemical tests on a great 
many samples of Fordham gneiss from New York City explorations 
have shown a much wider occurrence of lime carbonate in them 
than was formerly suspected. Many layers not connected with lime- 
stones at all carry a strong lime content. 

A hurried reconnaissance and comparison has been made of the 
granite and limestones of the vicinity of Mounts Adam and Eve in 
the Goshen quadrangle and of the belt toward Franklin Furnace. 
The granites of that district are strictly of intrusive character. They 
cut and include older gneisses which themselves contain inter- 
bedded limestone layers in every way comparable to those of 
the region along the Hudson. A short reconnaissance of a small - 
area in the Franklin quadrangle mapped as Pochuck gneiss was 
made for purposes of comparison with the Hudson river district. 

In Orange county Dr Henry B. Kiimmel has made observations 
which have an important -bearing on the tectonic structure of the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 2 


Cyt 


crystalline hills and on the correlation of the Paleozoic stratigraphy 
with that of New Jersey. This region is one which has been pre- 
viously studied both in its broader features and in some of its special 
details but Doctor Kummel has brought to his examination of it 
long and exact acquaintance with the geology of New Jersey along 
the region of the Appalachian uplifts. Incidentally this work has 
afforded very considerable data for the areal mapping of the region. 
Doctor Ktmmel reports as follows: 

Overthrusting of the crystalline rocks. The region south of 
Greycourt is characterized by a number of isolated masses of gneiss 
which rise abruptly to notable heights above the surrounding shale 
country. Northeast of Greycourt is another line of similar hills 
but less massive and lower than the former. All of these larger 
gneiss masses have certain topographic features in common which 
are significant of the structural relations. Both eastward and west- 
ward slopes are steep and in places even precipitous. On the west 
the “Hudson River shale”’ extends part way up the slope and 
usually forms a narrow shelf along the mountain face. This shelf 
commonly attains its greatest elevation along the central portion of 
the hill and declines gently toward the northern and southern ends. 
Its inner (eastward) margin is marked by outcrops of gneiss usually 
rising above the shelf as a low ledge, but sometimes forming cliffs 
thirty or forty feet in height, above which the slope to the summit 
is more gradual. Toward the northern and southern ends of the hill 
the bordering gneiss ledge swings eastward as the shelf of “ Hudson 
River shale” decreases in height. Viewed in profile from the north 
or south, the contact of the gneiss on the shale and its descent to 
the east as the end of the hill is approached is clearly shown by the 
topography. 

The “ Hudson River beds” within a quarter of a mile of the 
contact, dip 30° to 50° to the southeast, i. e. toward the gneiss at 
angles which accord fairly well with the inclination of the thrust 
plane. Locally the shale beneath the gneiss is minutely crumpled 
and contorted, even the finest laminae being closely folded as a 
result of the lateral compression when it was overridden by the 
crystalline rocks. The gneiss within several feet of the contact 1s 
often greatly crushed and traversed by many minor thrust planes 
which dip southeast at slightly varying angles. Many of these 
thrust planes are polished and slickensided. 

The eastward swing of the contact between shale and gneiss with 
decrease in elevation, the crushed and slickensided condition of the 


26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


eneiss along the contact, and locally the crumpled state of the shale 
would be sufficient evidence to demonstrate that the gneiss had been 
overthrust upon the shale, even if the actual contact were not visible 
at a number of places. 

The general trend of both the thrust plane and of the normal fault 
or faults which limit the gneiss on the east is east of north. At 
intervals another series of faults, trending northwesterly, intersect 
and dislocate the former. ‘These are probably also normal faults 
along which the offset has usually been to the right as one faces 
the fault plane. In this they correspond to the great majority of 
the faults which intersect the magnetic iron ore bodies ue northern 
New Jersey. 

The relative age of the faults is plainly indicated. The thrust 
faults are the oldest, and the cross faults, i. e. northwest-southeast 
trend, are the youngest. The northeasterly trending normal faults 
are intermediate in age, although not necessarily much older than 
the northwest faults. Their absolute age is not so readily deter- 
mined. In northern New Jersey there is evidence that the early 
movements in the Appalachian revolution which marked the close 
of the Paleozoic era were in the form of thrusts and that later the 
beds were folded, the thrust planes themselves being involved in the 
folding. By analogy it is assumed that the thrust planes in Orange 
county were formed at the same time as those farther south, par- 
ticularly since Siluric and Devonic strata are involved in the move- 
ments. The normal faults are correlated with the movements, which 
raised, tilted and faulted the Triassic beds in the region only a few 
miles to the east and brought about the close of that period of 
sedimentation. 

Correlation of Devonic strata in the New York and New Jersey 
areas. In 1901, Kummel and Weller! described, under the term 
“Newfoundland grit” a thick-bedded, fine-grained conglomerate 
below and a white to greenish sandstone above, having an estimated 
thickness of about two hundred fifteen feet. The basal portion, 
so far as exposed, is composed of white quartz pebbles from one- 
fourth to one-half an inch in diameter, usually set somewhat loosely 
in a silicious matrix, so that the rock is of open texture and friable. 
Locally, however, the interstices are filled with a silicious cement 
and the rock is decidedly quartzitic. These coarser beds grade up- 
ward into a hard, greenish, thin-bedded sandstone, above which are 


1Kummel and Weller, Annual Report of the State Geologist of New 
Jersey, 1901. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 27 


outcrops of a black argillaceous shale, the Cornwall shale, carrying 
a Hamilton fauna. In New Jersey this grit forms a narrow belt 
parallel to the outcrops of the Longwood shale (Siluric), but sep- 
arated from it by the Decker Ferry limestone which has been corre- 
lated by Hartnagel and others with the Wilbur limestone and the 
Rosendale cement beds of the upper part of the Salina of New 
York. The base of the grit has not been observed in New Jersey, 
and although its outcrops are nowhere far removed from the prob- 
able occurrence of the Decker Ferry limestone, there is always a 
concealed interval between them, so. that the beds immediately sub- 
jacent are unknown. 

On the basis of a small fauna found by Weller at two localities, 
one in the coarser beds and the other in the finer and upper layers, 
the formation was referred by the authors cited to the Onondaga, 
although some previous workers (Merrill, Darton and others) had 
regarded it as Oriskany. It is the lowest Devonic formation recog- 
nized in the New Jersey portion of the Green Pond area. Owing 
to a ruling by the board of geologic names of the United States 
Geological Survey, this formation has been called the Kanouse sand- 
stone in several of the recent geologic folios. 

The formations which immediately underlie the Kanouse (New- 
foundland) sandstone of the New Jersey area are well exposed in 
a relatively new section at Highland Mills, New York. This section 
described by Clarke’ is from the base upward as follows: (1) thin- 
bedded sandstones (Port Ewen beds?) 55 feet; (2) heavy-bedded 
sandstone (Oriskany) 13 feet; (3) thin-bedded blue sandstone, 14 
feet; (4) heavy-bedded sandstone lighter in color and becoming 
coarser upward, 230 feet (these beds represent the Esopus and 
Schoharie grits). The highest beds exposed at Highland Mills are 
a few feet of thick-bedded white quartzite and conglomerate exactly 
like the basal beds of the Kanouse sandstone as exposed at New- 
foundland, New Jersey and west of the southern end of Greenwood 
lake, and as the latter have been referred to the Onondaga as 
determined by Weller, the uppermost beds of the Highland Mills 
section may be so regarded.” 


1 Clarke, J. M., N. Y. State Museum Memoir 9, pt. 2, p. 137. 

2 While the Onondaga limestone stage may be represented in the Kanouse 
sandstone, it seems a nearer expression of the exact relations that the 
Kanouse sandstone be regarded as the expression of the coarsely clastic 
earlier deposits of the Onondagan division, that is, a near equivalent to 
tie Sclioharie grits. J. M, C, 


28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Darton, Ries, Hartnagel and others have described a fine-grained 
conglomerate at the north end of Pea Hill, near Cornwall, and six 
miles north by east of Highland Mills. Lithologically it is identical 
with the conglomeratic beds at the extreme top of the section at 
Highland Mills and with the conglomeratic portion of the Kanouse 
(Newfoundland) formation of New Jersey. It has the same strati- 
graphic position as those beds and underlies the Cornwall shale of 
Pea Hill, although not in actual contact with it. No doubt is enter- 
tained as to its being the same formation, in spite of the fact that 
certain characteristic Oriskany fossils have been reported from it. 
The rock is very hard and fossils are few and not readily obtained. 
It is not at all impossible that they have been wrongly identified 
as was the case with the earlier finds in the similar beds near New- 
foundland which were regarded as Oriskany. 

In this connection it should be noted that the Oriskany strata 
identified by Clarke in the Highland Mills section carry many fossils 
in large masses and are heavy-bedded, fine-grained sandstones with 
no trace whatever of pebble-bearing layers or conglomerates, and 
that they lie 244 feet below the layers of grit and congicmerate at 
the top of the section. 

At Pea Hill there is a covered interval of considerable width 
between the New Scotland limestone and the conglomerate hereto- 
fore regarded as Oriskany, so that there is room for at least a 
portion, if not for all the beds of the Highland Mills section, even 
if we do not consider the possibility of the loss of a part of the 
section by faulting. 

In view of all these facts there can be no question that the con- 
glomerate at Pea Hill should not be referred to the Oriskany, but 
to the Onondagan, including perhaps the top of the Schoharie. If 
it contains Oriskany fossils as previously reported (which perhaps 
may be doubted in view of the fragmentary and poorly preserved 
nature of the material) their presence may indicate a return of the 
Oriskany fauna at a later period, as suggested by Hartnagel.* 

Along the western margin of the Green Pond-Skunnemunk moun- 
tain syncline there is a series of disconnected cutcrops of a coarse 
white quartz conglomerate. They vary in size from small exposures 
of a few square yards to ledges a mile in length and a hundred 
feet or more in height. The most conspicuous of these are (1) 
north of Bull Pond, (2) south of Oxford Depot, (3) several small 
areas a mile east of Oxford Depot, and (4) south and (5) southwest 


1 Hartnagel, C. A., N. Y. State Museum Bulletin 107, 1907, p. 43. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 29 


of Woodcock Hill. With perhaps the exception of several small 
areas east of Oxford Depot these conglomerates are without ques- 
tion parts of one formation, their separation being due to the numer- 
ous faults which have affected this portion of the area. Although 
no fossils have been found in them they have been correlated by 
several writers with the conglomerate at the north end of Pea Hill 
near Cornwall and assigned to the Oriskany. Lithologically they 
resemble the lighter colored phases of the Shawangunk (Green 
Pond) conglomerate much more than they do the conglomerate at 
Pea Hill, in that they are coarser, denser and less frequently present 
the open texture which often characterizes the latter. Where best 
developed they greatly exceed it in thickness. Moreover recent road 
excavations have at several points revealed the presence of the 
Longwood shales which normally overlie the Shawangunk (Green 
Pond) conglomerate, in close proximity to and above these con- 
glomerates. It seems therefore, necessary to correlate them with 
the Shawangunk (Green Pond) conglomerate, and not with the 
conglomerate at Pea Hill. As already pointed out, the latter is to be 
correlated with the Kanouse (Newfoundland) grit of the New 
Jersey area and is Onondagan and not Oriskany in age. 

Manhattan and Staten Island. Pursuing a definite plan for the 
acquisition of all new data relating to the geology of New York 
City, Doctors Kemp and Berkey have brought together details 
exposed in the course of municipal and private construction under- 
takings, and Doctor Hollick has continued his records relating to 
the special geologic features of Staten Island. 

Long Island. Professor W. O. Crosby’s report on the general 
geology of Long Island, will, it is believed, be soon in readiness for 
publication. 


SURBICIALE, GEOLOGY 

The study of the origin and history of the surface deposits in 
the Schenectady region has been carried forward to completion by 
Dr J. H. Stoller and his report is now in press. Over about one-half 
of the area of the Schenectady quadrangle the deposits were made 
in the glacial lake known as Lake Albany. These deposits consist 
in general of an underlying bed of evenly stratified dark clays grad- 
ing into overlying sands. They are well exhibited in the vicinity of 
Schenectady where the Mohawk river has cut into the mass, forming 
a crescentic bluff in which a thickness of about one hundred feet of 
clay covered by some fifty feet of sand is exposed. This mass 1s 
a portion of the extensive delta deposit which stretches southeast- 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 

ward from Schenectady to the Hudson ‘valley, the surface of which 
forms the sand plain crossed by the New York Central aay 
between Schenectady and Albany. 

The Lake Albany deposits cover the greater part of the eastern 
and northeastern portions of the sheet, the materials here represent- 
ing sediments laid by waters moving in the general valley of the 
Hudson. An interesting locality is that of the region of Round 
lake. This lake lies in the middle of a depression, some four square 
miles in areal extent, the bottom of which is largely strewn with 
boulders while the slopes consist of the clays and sands of the Lake 
Albany deposits. The depression is probably a portion of an old 
rock valley, as interpreted by Woodworth, but its present topo- 
graphic features are due chiefly to the erosive action of powerful 
currents of water which, soon after Lake Albany began to subside, 
swept across this region. These currents were a portion of the 
Mohawk flood of the Lake Iroquois stage of that river, diverted 
northward through Ballston channel and thence easterly across the 
Round lake region. 

The elevation of the undisturbed Lake Albany deposits is about 
three hundred fifty feet in the locality of Schenectady. In the 
southeastern portion of the quadrangle the elevation is less but 
along the eastern border of the sheet, north of the Mohawk river, 
the deposits rise to a gradually higher level and in the plain east 
of Malta show an elevation of three hundred eighty feet. 

A glacial lake not hitherto reported is that named Lake Alplaus 
which occupied the lowest portion of the extensive basin lying be- 
tween the slope of the Glenville hills on the west and the Charlton 
hills on the north. The deposits made in this lake have an elevation 
of four hundred twenty feet. Lake Alplaus resulted from the 
accumulation of morainic materials at the time of the recession of 
the ice sheet, forming a barrier behind which glacial waters became 
ponded. The greater portion of this moraine, especially in the 
locality southeast of the village of Burnt Hills, exhibits the char- 
acteristic features of morainic topography. 

In general the uplands portions of the quadrangle above the 
levels of the lacustrine deposits are covered with unmodified till. 
Some interesting evidences of extensive ice erosion were observed. 
Most notable is that of the broadening and deepening of the 
Ballston channel, a'great troughlike depression which extends from 
near East Line southeasterly to the present Mohawk valley near 
Aqueduct. This channel is preglacial in origin, following a line of 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 31 


highly tilted rock-strata, but there are convincing evidences that it 
was greatly modified by ice erosion. It was through the gouging 
action of moving ice with inclosed fragments of rock that the bed 
of Ballston lake, a long narrow body of water which occupies the 
lowest portion of the channel, was formed. | 

On account of the weathered condition of the underlying shales, 
where exposed, glacial scratches are infrequent but they were 
observed in five localities. The directions of the scratches ranged 
from 22° west of south, about one mile northeast of the city of 
Schenectady, to 57° west of south at a locality near the western 
boundary of the sheet. 

It has iong been known to geologists that the gorge of the Mohawk 
beginning at Aqueduct is postglacial in origin. An interesting 
part of the present work was the determination of the conditions 
under which the gorge was formed. When Lake Albany was at its 
greatest development the Mohawk river discharged into that body of 
water at about four miles northwest of Schenectady and built a 
delta out into the lake as referred to above. It was probably at this 
time that the preglacial channel of the Mohawk was filled up with 
deposits. When Lake Albany began to subside the delta emerged 
as land surface and the Mohawk currents became confined within 
a channel conforming with the present basin near Schenectady. A 
spillway became established across the rocks below Aqueduct. At 
the same time the impeded waters, everywhere pressing against the 
slopes of the basin, gradually forced a passage into the southern 
end of Ballston channel. These northward moving currents emerged 
from the channel near East Line, there discharging into Lake 
Albany. The two outlet streams from the Mohawk basin to Lake 
Albany were maintained as long as, through erosion, their beds were 
kept at the same level. This equality of erosive effects was prob- 
ably determined by the circumstances that the rate of subsidence of 
Lake Albany was no greater than the rate of lowering of the beds 
of the two streatns by erosion. At length, however, owing to the 
greater extent of bed of the Ballston stream, it failed to deepen its 
channel as rapidly as its rival and its waters were drawn off in 
favor of the Aqueduct course of the Mohawk. 

A beginning was made by Doctor Stoller in mapping the surface 
deposits of the Saratoga quadrangle. A considerable portion of this 
area appears to be covered by materials laid down by Lake Albany 
waters at different stages of their existence. The work will be 
‘continued into the following season, 


32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The closing phase of glaciation in New York has been particularly 
studied by Professor Fairchild somewhat in conclusion of his many 
years of work on the postglacial waters and deposits of this State. 
Professor Fairchild has submitted a summary of his observations on 
this subject which is incorporated herewith: 


Recent surveys by the Canadian government have given us reliable 
altitudes along the international boundary in the towns of Havelock 
and Franklin including the Covey hill district of northern New 
York. This locality is critical for the study of the Pleistocene phe- 
nomena associated with the close of glaciation in New York, and 
for determination of the ancient water planes and their deformation 
in the St Lawrence and Champlain valleys. 

The summit of Covey hill is 1120 feet above ocean, which is 90 
feet higher than the figure used by Doctor Gilbert and by Professor 
Woodworth in his description of the Mooers quadrangle (N. Y. 
State Museum Bulletins 83, 84). Taking advantage of the precise 
altitudes now available on the Canadian side of the boundary the 
glacial drainage features and the marine shore line have been 
mapped in the area connecting the Champlain and St Lawrence 
valleys, revealing an interesting history that is given here in brief 
outline. 

The glacial Lake Iroquois found its second outlet at the Covey 
gulf, the channel being at somewhat over 1000 feet altitude. The 
level of the lake and river is estimated at 1025 feet altitude, which 
is 565 feet higher than the lake level of the previous outlet at Rome. 

The highest bars of the marine beach are at least 525 feet above 
sea, and they retain this height around the north slope of Covey hill 
and westward until they reenter New York, at Boyd’s lines, five 
miles north of Chateaugay village. This shore has been traced in 
practical continuity as far as Potsdam, where its altitude has fallen 
to 480 feet. The correlation of this shore line with the beaches in 
Jefferson county is now positive. 

The deformation of the Iroquois plane furnishes evidence of the 
marine origin of the Covey hill beaches. The Covey gulf channel at 
the time it carried Iroquois outflow must have been as low at least 
as the Rome outlet, or 565 feet lower than it is now (1025-460). 
The depression of Covey hill by 505 feet would carry the top of the 
Covey beaches (now 525 feet altitude) 40 feet. below sea level. 
This excess of submergence will be explained later. 

The slow lifting of the land out of the sea produced a remarkable 
series of close-set bars. On the east and west road near the north 
edge of the Mooers quadrangle forty-two bars are counted in a 
distance of one and one-fourth miles and through a vertical fall of 
only 165 feet, or from 525-530 down to 365 feet. Similar series of 
crowded cobble bars are noted on all the roads in Canada which 
traverse the beach; at Covey Hill P. O., Stockwell, Maritana, 
Franklin Center, Rockburn and Brooklet. Some stretches of the 
marine shore in New York are as heavy and impressive as the 


Cobble bars on marine shore 


Upper figure. Northwest of Franklin, Quebec. Looking west along the seventh 
bar from the summit. : ; 

Lower figure. Northwest of Franklin, Quebec. Looking east along the eighteenth 
bar from the summit. 


: 


oe Pe, 


Boulder moraines 


Upper figure. One-fourth mile south of Shea’s lines, and one and one-half miles 
south of Covey Hill post office. : 

Lower figure. Excavation in summit of Cobblestone hill, three miles northwest of 
West Chazy. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 33 


stronger portions of the Iroquois beach, notably a stretch of about 
ten miles in the town of Lawrence, St Lawrence county. In contrast 
some sections require close examination to determine the upper 
limit of wavework. 

The declination of the shore line from Franklin, Quebec, to 
Potsdam, N. Y., and on to near Watertown, is slightly less than one 
foarea wile. On the east side of the Covey hill salient, in the 
Champlain valley, the beach declines at the rate of about three feet 
a mile in direction some 20 degrees east of south. The isobars seem 
to lie about 10 degrees south of west, which makes the direction of 
steepest uplift about 10 degrees west of north. This explains the 
nearly level attitude of the beach in Canada. 

The Iroquois shore is now approximately known throughout its 
reach from Covey gulf to Watertown, being located chiefly by the 
heavy deltas on the principal streams, but with good bars or shore 
line features at several localities. The deformation of the Iroquois 
plane in northern New York is 2.4 feet a mile in the southwest 
direction, using the highest bar at Watertown (733 feet). Using 
the lower series of bars (671 feet), which probably represents the 
later or Covey gulf plane, the deformation is 2.9 feet a mile. The 
beach is nearly parallel to the marine shore, the intervening distance 
being five to seven miles. 

Between the Iroquois and the marine planes are two other water- 
levels. The continuity and importance of these intermediate planes 
was first recognized by Professor Chadwick, who has specially 
studied them on the Potsdam and Canton quadrangles. The 
explanation of these lakes necessitated reexamination of the slopes 
of Covey hill and study of the Pleistocene features in the Champlain 
valley. 

It appears that the waning Labradorian ice sheet lay close about 
the Covey hill promontory, as if reluctant to yield its hold on New 
York. Because the flow movement was from the northeast the ice 
body pressed with more force on the east side of the salient, so that 
when the Iroquois waters, creeping northward in the St Lawrence 
valley between the ice border and the Adirondack highland, 
finally reached the low pass across Covey hill, they found 
the ice still closely investing the Champlain side of the highland. 
The outflow at Covey gulf, successor to or contemporaneous with 
the Rome outlet, was held up at high levels and produced heavy 
and characteristic iceborder drainage phenomena. A river as large 
as the St Lawrence, with ice for its eastern channel wall, flowed 
southeast across the towns. of Mooers, Altona and Beekmantown 
and stripped large areas of Potsdam sandstone bare of drift, as 
described by Woodworth in his papers on the Mooers quadrangle. 
In its earliest flow the Altona river (as we propose to call the flood ) 
had very little fall at Covey hill, but curved southeast and then south 
some eight miles to the valley of the north branch of the Big Chazy 
river, then southeast and south some fifteen miles until it poured 
its flood into the glacial Lake Vermont (named by Woodworth) at 


34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


an elevation of about 800 feet. The enormous volumes of coarse 
detritus carried by the Altona river was first thrown into Lake 
Vermont southeast of West Beekmantown, at and south of ‘the ham- 
let known as Beartown, where an area of several square miles ‘1s 
buried under coarse delta stuff which might be mistaken for moraine. 
The courageous farmers have tried to clear the land by building 
huge cobblestone fences around small fields, which fields are yet 
masses of cobble. 

As the ice sheet weakened and the Altona river was lowered on 
the land slope Lake Vermont was also falling and the stream 
detritus was dropped at about 700 feet altitude two miles north of 
West Beekmantown and three miles southwest of West Chazy. 
The closing phase of the drainage was into Lake Vermont at about 
600 feet, producing heavy deposits at Cobblestone hill, northwest of 
West Chazy. 

The areas of stripped and eroded rock are the most striking and 
peculiar features of the region. ~[hesé are the Stafford s toeks 
between Covey gulf and Cannon Corners, with altitude 900-765 
feet; Blackman’s rocks, southeast of Cannon Corners, about 800- 
700 feet; and the Altona bare rocks, 900-620 feet. The channeling 
erosion by the Altona river has produced-a striking series of north 
and south valleys south of the bare rocks. The correlation of the 
bare rock areas with the Covey gulf was correctly predicated by 
Woodworth. 

While the ice front was holding the river flow along the lower 
edge of the Altona rocks the ice “weakened on the north slope of 
Covey hill so that Lake Iroquois found escape around the promon- 
tory and was lowered to the level of the Altona river, toward 700 
feet. ‘This stream control, along the east side of Pine ridge, estab- 
lished for a time a lake in succession to Iroquois, which we propose 
to call Lake Emmons (after Ebenezer Emmons whose district in the 
first geologic ‘survey of the State covered this territory, and who 
first drew attention to Covey gulf). For a relatively brief period 
Lake Emmons occupied the Ontario basin, producing some con- 
spicuous delta sand plains. It left a few strong beaches, near 
Altona, at Cannon Corners and at the extreme northwest corner of 
the Mooers quadrangle, the altitudes ranging from 740 down to 
680 feet. The strength of these bars, formed in a narrow lake, is 
surprising and is not satisfactorily explained, unless we can attribute 
the effective wave action to the calving of small icebergs or the 
dumping of the ice front in shallow water. 

This sequence of events connected with the Covey gulf river 
explains why no high cataract cliff was formed at the east end -of 
the gulf. Ail the flow except possibly the very latest was held up to 
high level and forced south by the obstructing i ice front. Even the 
greatest drop could be only 250 feet, or to the level of Lake Emmons. 
A swamp filling at the Emmons level occupies the old valley below 
the gulf. Probably the outflow of Iroquois was diverted from the 
gulf'to the north side of the hill while the ice front was holding the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 35 


Altona stream flow at high levels, so that no great volume of water 
ever fell through the vertical interval from Iroquois (1000) to 
Emmons (750). 

When the ice barrier was removed in the Altona district Lake 
Emmons was lowered into Lake Vermont, and the latter lake in its 
turn occupied the St Lawrence and Ontario valleys. This expanded 
lake will be called Vermont-New York. Its deltas are broad on the 
Grass, Raquette, St Regis, Salmon and Chateaugay rivers, and 
Chadwick has found some good, shore line features. 

Fventually the ice sheet weakened on the Vermont side of the 
Champlain embayment and Lake Vermont-New York was drained 
down to sea level and oceanic waters took possession of the Cham- 
plain, St Lawrence and Ontario valleys at the same time. 

The Covey gulf outlet of Iroquois to have been effective must 
have been at least as low as the Rome outlet, but now it is 565 feet 
higher. The postmarine uplift at Covey hill, that is since the ocean 
was admitted there, is definitely 525 feet according to the figures of 
the Canadian topographic map. This excess of at least 4o feet 
submergence represents the amount of uplifting of the district dur- 
ing the interval of time between the extinction of the Covey gulf 
river and the construction of the earliest marine beaches. This 
interval covers the duration of the downdraining of Iroquois to 
Emmons and the periods of life and downdraining of Emmons and 
Vermont-New York. It would appear that this interval was only a 
small fraction of post-Iroquois time. 

The vertical interval between the shore lines diminishes south- 
ward along with the altitudes. For the St Lawrence valley the 
altitudes and intervals are given approximately, in the following 
table, subject to future correction. 


Comparison of shore lines in the St Lawrence valley 


PARISHVILLE— FULLERVILLE— a 
COVEY HILL Sa ST ck EBS WATERTOWN 
LAKE 

Altitude | Interval | Altitude | Interval |Altitude | Interval | Altitude | Interval 
TEOGHIOIS. te 6 2k. I 025 275 920 225 815 183 733 (153) 
BMIMONS ae sss 750 100 695 95 632 87 (580) (80) 
Vermont-New York 650 125 600 I20 545 IIo (500) (100) 
Oceanic ences: al le Sena Ore 480 | coset: AB SU evs neti. AGOM ||\ mister. 
Total interval.. 500 440 380 333 


1 The figures for the Fullerville-Gouverneur section and those in parentheses are calculated and 


theoretical. ; 


INDUSTRIAL, GEOLOGY 
Building stone. During the past field season an inspection 
of the quarry localities was undertaken by the assistant state geolo- 
gist with the aid of Mr R. W. Jones of the staff. It was found 
2 | 


30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


impracticable to extend the operations in the few months available 
beyond the crystalline rocks of the Adirondacks and southeastern 
New York, but it is aimed eventually to cover the quarries of the 
whole State. Sufficient observations and materials are in hand for 
a detailed description of the granites and other silicate rocks, which 
is now being prepared. According to the plan to be followed the 
information will include results of physical tests, chemical analyses 
and microscopic examination of representative specimens, so far 
as they can be secured or made for the special purpose of the 
report. 3 | 

The last complete work on the building stones of the State is that 
by Smock which was published over twenty years ago. 

The great expanse of crystalline rocks included in the Adirondacks 
and the outlying region affords a variety of quarry materials, some 
of which are suitable for building and ornamental uses and are 
classed by the trade under the general term of granite. The most 
widespread types comprise granites proper, syenites and anorthosites. 
Gabbros, dike rocks and gneisses have more limited applications but 
are serviceable for local purposes of road improvement, engineering 
construction, or rough work in which durability rather than an 
attractive appearance is the essential requirement. The development 
of the quarry industry in the Adirondack region has been retarded 
by lack of proper transportation facilities. Though these are much 
improved, compared with the conditions twenty years ago, there is 
less security for new enterprises by reason of competition from the 
established industries of other states. Only for materials of excep- 
tional beauty or quality can any extensive sale be anticipated under 
present conditions. | 

One of the better known granites of this region is found in the 
outlying area of crystalline rocks exposed along the St Lawrence 
river from Clayton to Alexandria Bay. The rock is called Picton 
granite in Cushing’s recent report on the St Lawrence region but 
the general trade term is Thousand Islands granite. It outcrops 
over parts of Wellesley and Grindstone islands, as well as many of 
the smaller islands in the river, and has a characteristic bright red 
color and a texture varying from coarse to fine. It has been quar- 
ried quite extensively for building, monumental and paving stone. 
It ranks with the best of American red granites. Picton island is 
the main source of present supply; a fine grained variety found 
there is distinguished by its beautiful pink color. 

An area of red granite which hitherto has not been mapped or 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 37 


described is found in the towns of Fine and Pitcairn, St Lawrence 
county, probably extending also into the adjacent part of Lewis 
county. It is traversed for several miles by the Carthage and Adi- 
rondack Railroad, in the stretch from Harrisville to Benson Mines. 
It is undoubtedly one of the largest bodies of massive granite in 
the Adirondacks. Compared with the Thousand Islands granite 
it has a lighter color and more acidic composition. The color and 
texture vary from place to place, but there is an abundance of sound 
and uniform material in the exposures which occur on the slopes 
and summits of ridges that have been denuded of soil by forest 
fires. Both in its situation and general character the granite seems 
tc offer opportunity for exploitation, at least to supply some of the 
nearer markets. 

Another characteristic stone of the Adirondacks that has possi- 
bilities for quarry operations is the green syenite which recent field 
work has proved to be of very general occurrence. In most outcrops 
it shows laminated textures, but residual cores with the original 
massive arrangement of the minerals are found in places. One of 
these, noted in the report on Adirondack magnetites, outcrops at 
Ausable Forks where quarry work has been recently undertaken on 
several properties. The syenite is too somber in color for most 
building purposes and its sale is practically restricted to the monu- 
ment trade. Its unusual color, a dark lustrous green when polished, 
and its capacity for taking the most delicate designs, which it shows 
in strong relief, have attracted very favorable notice. 

Some varieties of the Adirondack anorthosite, particularly of the 
granulated lighter-colored phases, are adapted to architectural work, 
though never used very extensively for such purposes. The vicinity 
of Keeseville affords many exposures from which most of this 
material has been taken. An area just south of Ausable Forks, now 
under development, yields a medium-gray uniform stone resembling 
granite in its general appearance. The results of experimental tests 
indicate that the anorthosite of this region is one of the best fire- 
resisting stones anywhere found. 

In the southeastern crystalline area of the Hudson Highlands 
there is a considerable range of quarry materials, including granites, 
diorites, diabase and gneisses, but the better grades suitable for 
building and ornamental purposes are rather restricted in variety 
and occurrence. These are ‘found in the local granitic intrusions 
which have broken through the country gneisses, or else in the 


38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


residual more massive portions of the gneisses themselves which are 
derived from earlier plutonic eruptives. Some of the granite intru- 
sions belonging to the former class are those near Lake Mohegan, 
Garrison, New Rochelle and Pine Island. The Yonkers gneiss, a 
slightly laminated pink granite, and the Storm King gray gneissoid 
granite have been quarried quite extensively. In commercial im- 
portance the Palisades trap or diabase outranks all the other quarry 
materials from this section, though it is used solely as crushed 
stone. 

Feldspar and quartz. In connection with the inspection of 
the granite quarries opportunity has been given to visit many of 
the pegmatite occurrences which accompany the crystalline rocks in 
the Adirondacks and southeastern New York. As sources of quartz 
and feldspar the pegmatites have considerable economic interest, 
particularly with reference to the local pottery industry which 
would derive some advantage from having supplies close at hand. 
At present practically all of the pottery spar and quartz is brought 
in from other states, the local production being limited mostly to 
the commoner grades. The inquiry is still in progress but will be 
completed as soon as practicable and the results prepared for pub- 
lication. 

Mineral statistics. The annual review of “the mimesmagd 
quarries for the year 1910 showed a total production by these in- 
dustries valued at $35,400,257 or a little more than the aggregate 
reported for the preceding year. Activity was most noticeable in 
the early months and was followed by a period of dulness and 
depression, so that as a whole the year was not specially prosperous. 
{n some departments, however, notable gains were made. The 
amount of iron ore hoisted from the mines reached the highest total 
on record, slightly exceeding one and a half million gross tons. The 
outputs of portland cement, gypsum, natural gas and salt also made 
new records. The effect of these increases on the total was partly 
counterbalanced by a falling off in clay manufactures and quarry 
materials, which constitute very important items of local production. 
In consideration of the general industrial situation during the year, - 
the record may be regarded as very satisfactory. | 

Miscellaneous. brief field trips were made during the year to 
various localities where new or interesting developments have been 
in progress. 

The opening of new talc mines in the Gouverneur district and at 
Natural Bridge afforded opportunity to secure additional data on 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 39 


the occurrence of that mineral and to increase the collections with 
some handsome specimens. The geological features of the deposits 
have already been described by C. H. Smyth, jr. 

The occurrence of zinc in commercial quantity in the State seems 
to be fairly well established by recent exploration which has been 
under way near Edwards, St Lawrence county. At the time the 
deposits were inspected in the early summer, explorations had 
reached a depth of one hundred feet on one of the ore bodies, 
showing a continuous vein or band of zinc blende all the way. It 
is reported that active mining work will be started early next season. 
Besides the group of ore bodies near Edwards, which thus far have 
alone been developed to any extent, zinc blende has been discovered 
at several places in the stretch of country between Edwards and 
Sylvia Lake, where most of the fibrous talc is mined. The occur- 
rence of the two series of deposits in close proximity, as well as 
in the same geological formations, may have some underlying prin- 
ciple and invites investigation. 

Interest in the so-called gold sands of the Adirondacks has con- 
tinued ; many inquiries in regard to the matter, also samples of the 
sands from different localities, have been submitted during the year. 
It does not appear from any information obtainable that substantiai 
progress has been made toward a commercial solution of the ques- 
tion and until this is reached there can be no basis for soliciting 
public support in the ventures.. The recording of claims, meanwhile, 
is the most active manifestation of enterprise. 

-Office work. In addition to the research work the office duties 
have involved considerable correspondence on matters relating to 
the mineral resources of the State. So far as may be consistent 
it is aimed to make the information and facilities at hand available 
to the public. Samples of ores and minerals may be submitted for 
identification or an opinion as to their commercial value when it can 
be given without quantitative assay or chemical analysis. Inves- 
tigations of the latter kind for private purposes are rather the func- 
tion of commercial laboratories than of a geological survey. 


SEISMOLOGIC STATION 


In March 1911 the seismographic station completed the fifth year 
of service. From the start it has shown a degree of efficiency 
creditable to the mechanical equipment and has fully demonstrated 
the practicability of conducting observations of this kind under the 
somewhat peculiar natural conditions that obtain in its vicinity. The 


40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


instruments have been kept in continuous operation, except for brief 
stoppages necessary for cleaning the working parts and their read- 
justment. The list of records includes tracings of nearly all the 
important earthquakes that have occurred during the period, even 
covering such remote areas of disturbance as India and Central 
Asia. In general, therefore, the results secured at the station have 
been quite satisfactory. 

With the approaching removal of the Museum offices and col- 
lections to the Education Building, the future maintenance of the 
seismographical work presents some questions for consideration and 
decision. If the station be continued in its present quarters a good 
deal of inconvenience and extra labor must be assumed by those 
in charge. Furthermore, the inability to exercise immediate super- 
vision of the instrument may entail a marked loss of efficiency, com- 
pared with the previous service. The seismographs are still in good 
state of repair. At the time they were purchased they represented 
one of the most approved types, but since then larger and more 
sensitive instruments have been developed so that they are now 
somewhat inferior to those placed in the more recently established 
stations. Their future service, therefore, will probably be of less 
value comparatively than it has been in the past. On the whole it 
seems of doubtful expediency to undertake the expense of providing 
piers and other necessary adjuncts for their remounting in another 
place. The alternative that is practically presented in the circum- 
stances is either to continue the existing station with the additional 
outlay of time and labor required for its future supervision and 
with correspondingly less returns in the way of results, or else to 
erect a new station at a convenient place, preferably in the Education 
Building, and equip it for the most efficient service. 

The number of earthquakes recorded for the year ending Sep- 
tember 30, I9II, was nine, as compared with nineteen in the pre- 
ceding period, making a total of eighty-six separate disturbances 
since the station was established. The frequency, therefore, has 
shown a marked falling off during the year and as might be expected 
there have been relatively few microseisms. The small number of 
distinctive shocks reported throughout the world indicates at least 
a temporary halt in the succession of violent disturbances that ex- 
tended altogether over several years and entailed such disastrous 
consequences in San Francisco, Valparaiso, Kingston, Northern 
India, Messina and Costa Rica. Most of the tracings have been of 
very small amplitude and from uncertain sources. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 4I 


RECORD OF EARTHQUAKES AT ALBANY STATION, OCTOBER I, IQIO TO 


SEPTEMBER 30, IQII 
Standard time 


atid Eiitay = Max'mum 

Beginning Beginning : : 

DATE preliminaries | principal part Maximum End ample 
IQIoO H M Jel Ml Elen Vi H M mm 
November 6....... R . fig, APL RHE aya Sie) DB ApIVEs 3h) 52) P.M. A 50 P.M. 12 
November 26...... i “Om AGI | aa a AGA |) ae Gp NG a Ds AiG IO 
December I0...... A 152) Aw Me Bo A I, Wt BSR AS Mie Ge BO AG We 5 
December I3...... 7 OS) aS IE age eeACEN Ie GMO) ES WE @ FR Age ne) 
December 16...... Q M7 RW FO 22 Ast |) RE OO AGWE || TA eo Bee 5 

IQII 

WAMU ATS Snes wie e 0 6 43 P.M. GP Og) 125 Wk ap fh TDs Wie 6) Uy yee 120 
WIEN? Uy at eee 6 a8 P.M. ONS 7s EDewvi es Ch te eee eects 7 39 P.M. 3 
September 16..... WO) Gi) sw, |e OA iw | ar O77 iw | 1 O88 AG ive 5 
September 22..... A Of AGW | 1” BIS IN i | ey ING IT mo At WE 3 


November 6th. Apparently from a source within 3000 miles of 
Albany. North-south component most distinct. 

November 26th. A microseismic tracing, very prolonged in its 
preliminary phase. May be a compound record, without definite 
relation between the phases. 7 

December roth. The record of a long-distance quake, probably 
7000 or 8000 miles away. North-south component very weak. 

December 13th. The beginning was probably earlier than the 
time given; no definite break existed between the first discernible 
tremors and the usual line. 

December 16th. Only the east-west component represented. The 
record gives uncertain readings, perhaps from conflicting disturb- 
ances. 

January 3d. The heaviest quake of the year, and comparable 
in its tracing to any of the shocks hitherto recorded. The east-west 
component was alone received, owing to a temporary stoppage of 
the second pendulum for repair. The center of the disturbance was 
in Russian Turkestan where it taelog considerable damage and 
loss of life. : 

May 4th. Faint tremors showing no division between the pre- 
liminaries and principal part. 

September 16th. A characteristic tracing of a Seri and distant 
shock. 

September 22d. Appears to have originated in vicinity of Prince 
William sound, Alaska. 

MINERALOGY 

In pursuance of the investigation of the recent mineral occurrences 
of New York City, specimens from four localities have been studied 
in some detail, furnishing material for several short papers appearing 


42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


in this report. The material on which these notes are based has been 
kindly loaned for study by the New York Mineralogical Club and an 
individual New York collector. One new form for pyrite, two new 
forms for chrysoberyl and two new forms for pyroxene are recorded 
in these notes. In addition the minerals from Newcomb, Essex 
county, have been made the subject of a crystallographic study of 
some detail involving the species tourmalin, arsenopyrite and zircon. 
This study has added two new forms for tourmalin and two for 
arsenopyrite: Some preliminary work has been done on the occur- 
rences of quartz in the Little Falls dolomite of the Mohawk valley 
as well as a large number of unpublished crystallographic determi- 
nations on New York City minerals and extralimital species. 

The preliminary work connected with the installation of the col- 
lections in the hall of mineralogy involving the details and arrange- 
ment of cases has been completed. This work has been supple- 
mented by the preparation of plans and schedules of types of cases 
involving the entire case installation for the Museum exhibits for 
the Education Building. 

Several notable additions to the mineral collections have been 
made; barite from Frizington, England, a series of quartz speci- 
mens in groups and loose crystals from Amsterdam, Montgomery 
county, and others. The quartzes are remarkable in their sharpness 
and transparency and compare very favorably with the famous 
crystals from Herkimer county. These crystals occur in every 
instance implanted on a thin layer of chalcedony which separates 
them from the silicious limestone of the matrix and indicates a dis- 
tinct change in the conditions of deposition of the silica between the 
two formative periods. A series of minerals was collected from 
Batchellerville, Saratoga county, prominent among which is a num- 
ber of beryl crystals of unusual size; the largest of these measuring 
27 inches in height by 10 inches in diameter. These beryl specimens, 
although not transparent are of a good characteristic green color, 
are fairly sharp in outline and constitute fine additions to the New 
York collection of minerals. From the same locality were obtained 
some unusually large crystals of muscovite which yield on cleavage, 
plates showing beautiful dendritic inclusions of magnetite and hema- 
tite arranged on the structural lines of the muscovite. A number 
of rose quartz specimens were also collected from Batchellerville, 
some of which are of a color and transparency suitable for cutting 
into spheres to show asterism. 

An intestering series of specimens of titanite, associated with 
fluorite, was collected from Fine, St Lawrence county. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQITI 43 


PALEONTOLOGY 


The collection of invertebrate fossils has been augmented by 
several interesting and valuable acquisitions from the field. Among 
these is an extensive series of the Devonic fishes from the beds at 
Migouasha in the Province of Quebec. In my report of last year I 
gave some special attention to the stratigraphy of these remarkable 
beds which probably surpass in the abundance and perfection of 
their remains any other known locality of Devonic fishes. An ex- 
perienced collector has been engaged to watch the natural outcrops 
which are so exposed to the sea and weather as to break down read- 
ily and thus afford a continuous supply of the fossils. Some of the 
specimens thus acquired have been of a quality and interest to justify 
brief notice here, and there is given elsewhere in this report notice 
and illustrations of certain remarkable specimens prepared by Dr L. 
Hussakof. 

The investigations of the anatomy and distribution of the Euryp- 
terida to which of late years I have had occasion to make frequent 
reference have led to a final search for their remains in rocks of the 
State. The old and historic localities in Herkimer county have again 
been examined. Last year it was found desirable to remove part 
of the cellar walls of a barn near Crane’s Corners, the rocks of 
which had been taken long ago from Eurypterus-bearing outcrops 
now no longer productive. That experience was attended with such 
success as to justify this year the removal of the remainder of this 
cellar wall, from which several hundred examples of these inter- 
esting creatures have been obtained. Further search for these 
remains in other parts of the State has revealed them in formations 
where they were least expected —in the Frankfort shales of the 
lower Mohawk valley and in the still earlier Normanskill horizon 
near Catskill. These have been discoveries of high paleontological 
significance and though the material from these earlier beds has not 
the superior preservation of the later examples, it has widely ex- 
tended our knowledge of the history of the arachnid group to which 
the animals belong. 

The explorations for these eurypterid remains in late years have 
been very fruitful and these accessions to our understanding of their 
geological range.and significance, their anatomy and their abundance 
have been considerations which are fully considered in the mono- 
graph of the Eurypterida of New York, a publication which, after 
years of preparation, is about leaving the press. 


44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 

A remarkable occurrence of Devonic starfish. The attention of 
the State Geologist was called to the occurrence of starfish in a sand- 
stone on Mount Marion near Saugerties, through the courtesy of 
Professor Chadwick and the Rev. Thomas Cole, the discoverer. The 
sandstone proved to be of Hamilton age and carries some of the 
brachiopods and pelecypods which characterize that fauna in the 
central parts of the State. It seemed well to investigate this occur- 
rence. The specimen sent in by the Rev. Mr Cole was a slab which 
had been broken from a ledge some years before and the locus of 
this outcrop was no longer known. Mr H. C. Wardell of the staff - 
entered this field and after some days of search on the slopes of 
Mount Marion and of careful uncovering of concealed ledges, suc- 
ceeded in finding the starfish-bearing rock. He then proceeded, with 
adequate assistance, to strip the layer bare and eventually uncovered 
an area of about two hundred square feet of the sandstone surface, 
this surface being bounded at the sides by slightly sagging crushed 
zones at which apparently the sandstone was displaced. The excava- 
tion was carried into the hill as far as practicable under the increas- 
ing overburden. This is a region where the rock layers have been 
subjected to some appalachian tilting but it is not yet known whether 
this productive sandstone is displaced beyond reach along the side 
lines or sags of crushing. From the sandstone layer as thus exposed 
were taken slabs and smaller specimens bearing not less than four 
hundred.-examples of the starfish Palaester © meine 
Hall, a species described from the sandy shales of Madison county. 
It is probable that never before have so many starfish been found in 
an equal area of rocks of any geological age. Some views of speci- 
mens are here inserted to convey a conception of their number as 
well as of their fine preservation as external and internal casts. 

This occurrence is not only noteworthy for the marvelous abund- 
ance of the starfish but for the fact that their intimate association 
with the pelecypods or clams of the fauna not only suggests but 
seems to demonstrate the fact that the Palaeasters were feeding on 
the clams at the time they were overwhelmed in these sands. In 
present seas and existing oyster plantations the starfish is recognized 
as the most voracious enemy of the bivalves, especially in oyster beds 
that are free from much indrainage of land water and where the sea 
keeps to a normal salinity. To the oyster planter of the Long Island 
shores salvation lies only in eternal vigilance against these depre- 
dators and scores of bushels of stars are annually “ mopped” from 
even small oyster fields. The mode of attack by the starfish on the 


shell. 


clam 


Re NGe 


Both are casts and 


iB) 
: on! 
SS 
Z 
rm uy 
= fe) 
& 
3 cD) 
+ iS) 
Coe ees 
e 3 
(oe) ep) 
vo tw 
i 
Bt 
roe 
3 
S 
Eos 
ate 
c= =) 
= 2 
a: 
oo 6 © 
2s 2 


the aboral exposure of the starfish indicates that its oral surface 
was 


Palaeaster ly 


gerties 


Hamilton sandstone, Sau 


b of Hamilton sandstone, much reduced. Showing three specimens of Palaeaster 
¢charis Hall, one of which has but four arms. Mount Marion, Saugerties, N. Y. 


Part of a sandstone slab with valves of Grammysia and Pterinea in such close association with the starfish Palaeaster as to indicate the attack of the 
latter upon the clams. Hamilton group, Saugerties, N. Y. 


a. 
ne Ae Ts De 


— = 


= A slab of Hamilton sandstone with remains of 20-25 individuals of Palaeaster eucharis Hall. Shells of Grammysia and 
Pterinea are visible at the side and near the middle of the slab. Saugerties, N. Y 


i 


vee 


—_— 


ee ey 


irs bee See ya ~ 
—y ge | TN <9 taba, 5 iene a O 


‘ » 


This slab of Palaeasters shows one lying within the hinge region of a Grammysia. Parts of other pelecypods are scattered over 
the rest of the rock in association with starfish. Saugerties, N. Y. 


~ Slab of starfish (Palaeaster eucharis Hall). All exposing the oral surface, Reduced. Saugerties, N. Y. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 4 


Sal 


oyster is now pretty well understood. Embracing the oyster with 
its flexible arms and placing its mouth against the edges of the valves 
it attaches itself by its suckerlike tube feet to one valve and the 
other, slowly but persistently and patiently pulling in opposite direc- 
tion and against the strong pull of the bivalve’s adductor muscles 
which hold the valves together. The slow long pull of the starfish 
tires out the stronger but less enduring oyster, the valves gradually 
yield and the incolant falls an easy victim to the eversible gorge of 
the starfish. A plantation’of oysters is an invitation to the starfish 
_to assemble on the ground, but their omnivorous appetite does not 
restrict them to this viand alone. Nothing edible is foreign to them. 
So in the ancient days of the Devonic, the clams and oysters, repre- 
sented by the abundant Grammysias and Pterineas in these rocks, 
seem to have drawn the stars to this place, and then they were caught. 
Nearly every Grammysia or Pterinea found in this layer has a star in 
or on it, sometimes several about its edges in attitudes suggestive 
of attack and it is altogether reasonable to believe that the hostility 
between the starfish and the bivalves had fully developed at this 
early day in the history of the earth. 

The structure, internal and external, of the Palaeaster is ad- 
mirably preserved in these examples and among the specimens are 
a few which show the existence of only four, instead of the normal 
five arms. 

Fauna of the Snake Hill beds. The organic contents of this 
formation have been worked out by Doctor Ruedemann and on the 
basis of their nature he allocates the formation to the lower Trenton 
The fauna is found in excellent development in shales, grits and 
‘ cherts along Saratoga lake, and its composition indicates its affilia- 
tion with the eastern or Atlantic fauna of this time, rather than with 
the fauna of the interior basin of the continent. 

The nature of this faunal assemblage is indicated by this list of 
species: 

Dicranograptus nicholsoni Hopkinson 

Diplograptus amplexicaulis Hall 

D. amplexicaulis var. pertenuis Ruedemann 

D. (Mesogr.) putillus Hall 

Climacograptus scharenbergi Lapworth 

C. spiniferous Ruedemann 

Cryptograptus tricornis Carr. mut. insectiformis Ruedemann ~ 
Lasiograptus eucharis (Hall) 

Glossograptus quadrimucronatus Hall mut. pertenuis Ruedemann 


Corynoides calicularis Nicholson 
Dawsonia campanulata Nicholson 


40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Glyptocrinus sp. 

Heterocrinus ? gracilis Hall 
Cremacrinus sp. 

Schizocrinus nodosus Hall 
Carabocrinus cf. radiatus Billings 
Edrioaster saratogensis nov. 
Pontobdellopsis cometa Ruedemann 
Paleschara ulrichi nov. 

Pachydictya acuta (Hall) 

Lingula curta Conrad 

Leptobolus insignis Hall 

Pholidops subtruncata Hall 
Schizocrania filosa Hall 
Plectambonites sericeus typus (Sowerby) 
Plectorthis sp. cf. whitfreldi (N. H. Winchell) 
Dalmanella testudinaria (Dalman) 
Plaesiomys retrorsa (Salter) 
Plectorthis plicatella Hall 
Platystrophia biforata (Schlotheim) 
Rafinesquina alternata (Emmons) 
Clitambonites americanus (Whitfield) 
Rhynchotrema inequivalve Castelnau 
Parastrophia hemiplicata Hall 
Cyclospira bisulcata (Emmons) 
Zygospira recurvirostris (Hall) 
Whiteavesia cincta nov. 

W. cumingsi nov. 

Orthodesma ? subcarinatum nov. 
Whitella elongata nov. 

Clidophorus ventricosus nov. 

C. foerstei nov. 

Ctenodonta levata (Hall) 

declivis nov. 

prosseri nov. 

radiata nov. 

recta nov. 

. subcuneata nov. 

Lyrodesma schucherti nov. 
Solenomya ? insperata nov. 
Cuneamya acutifrons Ulrich 
Archinacella orbiculata (Hall) 
Cyclonema montrealense Billings 

C. cushingi nov. 

Clathrospira subconica Hall 
Protowarthia cf. cancellata (Hall) 
Pleurotomaria cf. lenticularis (Hall) 
Murchisonia (Lophospira) uniangulata var. abbreviata Hall 
Orthoceras tenuitextum (Hall) 

O. Jineolatum (Hall) 

Spyroceras bilineatum (Hall) 


ae eGo 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 47 


Conularia trentonensis Hall 
Pterotheca cf. canaliculata (Hall) 
Eoharpes ottawaensis (Billings) 
Trinucleus concentricus (Eaton) 
Proetus undulostriatus (Hall) 
Triarthrus becki Green 

Isotelus gigas Dekay 

Acidaspis trentonensis Hall 
Calymmene senaria Conrad 
Pterygometopus callicephalus (Hall) 
Ctenobolbina ciliata (Emmons) 

C. ciliata var. cornuta Ruedemann 
C. subrotunda Ruedemann 
Lepidocoleus jamesi (Hall & Whitfield) 
Turrilepas ? filosus Ruedemann 
Pollicipes siluricus Ruedemann 


Relation of the Portage fauna of western New York to that of 
the Domanik shales of Southern Timan in northeastern Russia. 
In my various papers which have been devoted to the discussion of 
the Portage (Naples) fauna and its distribution in western New 
York, there has been frequent occasion to point out the striking simi- 
larity between this very peculiar association of fossils and that found 
in the “ Domanik” of northeastern Russia. My first references to 
this similarity date back some twenty years but these were based 
wholly on what had been made known of that distant region by Count 
von Keyserling who explored it in 1843 and published his account 
of the rocks and their fossils in 1846. Keyserling indicated the 
similarity in a very broad way but at that time the New York Portage 
fauna was not well understood from the brief account of it given by 
James Hall in 1843, nor was the Timan fauna itself comprehended 
until the materials brought in by the expedition to that country in 
1899-1900, had been studied. While I was engaged in describing 
the cephalopods of the Naples fauna in detail (Naples Fauna of 
Western New York, part 1), Holzapfel was working out the 
cephalopods of the Domanik fauna and the two works appeared 
almost simultaneously, neither writer thus having the benefit of the 
other’s observations. In part 2 of the writer's work under this 
title, there was occasion to refer at length to the remarkable similari- 
ties in the two faunas as indicated by Holzapfel’s investigations. 
Although the remaining molluscan fauna of the Domanik beds was 
then but very partially known I indicated the very close similarities 
of these distant faunas, based on the evidence so far as then brought 
out. 


48 3 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


During the year 1911 the lamellibranchs of the Domanik have been 
elaborated in detail by A. Zamjatin (Die Lamellibranchiata des 
Domanik: Mémoires du Comité Géologique. n. sér. livr. 67. 1911) 
and the very peculiar genera and species which compose this ele- 
ment of the Naples fauna, many of the genera not heretofore recog- 
nized outside of this assemblage in New York, have proved to be 
_ present in the fauna of the Domanik. ‘There is a remarkable com- 
munity of species which is supplemented by approximations to 
identity in other cases, all tending to show that the extraordinary 
similarity in the faunas indicated by Holzapfel’s and my own studies 
of the goniatites is even surpassed by the agreement among the 
bizarre types of lamellibranchs. Lists of these species as they occur 
in these two regions are here inserted. The New York fauna appears 
to be much the more profuse but it is very probable that this fact 
is due to the more extensive collecting and longer study that have 
been devoted to it. 


PORTAGE, NEW YORK DOMANIK SHALES 
(NAPLES FAUNA) TIMAN, RUSSIA 
Lunulicardium acutirostrum Hall...... Lunulicardium sp. 


. ornatum Hall 

. libum Clarke 

. wiscoyense Clarke 
accola Clarke 
clymeniae Clarke 
eriense Clarke 
hemicardioides Clarke 
furcatum Clarke 
velatum Clarke 
finitimum Clarke 
sodale Clarke 

. encrinitum Clarke 

. pilosum Clarke 

. bickense Holzapfel 

. absegmen Clarke 

. enode Clarke 

. parunculus Clarke 

L. beushauseni Clarke 
L. suppar Clarke 

L. (Opisthocoelus?) transversale Clarke 


tepals etc at tenes leala| dale oe! Ap eleestel gs! Ne 


Pterochaenia fragilis (Hall). ...8. oe... Pterochaenia fragilis (Hall) 
P. fragilis (Hall) var.  orbicularis 
(CLO So ure Leiter thas ate ae teres ews P. fragilis var. orbicularis Clarke 


P. sinuosa Clarke 
P. perissa Clarke 
P. elmensis Clarke 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


P. cashaquae Clarke 
Honeoyea erinacea Clarke 
H. major Clarke 

H. styliophila Clarke 

H. simplex Clarke 

H. desmata Clarke 
Paraptyx ontario Clarke 
Actinopteria sola Clarke 
Leptodesma cf. rogersi Hail 
Posidonia attica (Williams) 
P. mesacostalis (Williams) 


49 


P. cashaquae Clarke 
P. timanica Zam. 
P. tschernyschewi Zam. 


Paraptyx uchtensis Zam. 
Psp. 2 Zam. 


Posidonia mesacostalis (Wulliaiis) 


P. venusta Munster var. nitidula Clarke 


Kochia ungula Clarke 
Loxopteria dispar Sandberger 
L. laevis Frech 

L. vasta Clarke 

L. intumescentis Clarke 

L. corrugata Clarke 

Ontaria suborbicularis (Hall) 
. concentrica (v. Buch) 
. pontiaca Clarke 

. accincta Clarke 

. Clarkei (Beushausen) 
. affiliata Clarke 

. halli Clarke 
Euthydesma subtextile Hall 
Elasmatium gowandense Clarke 
Buchiola retrostriata (v. Buch) 
? livoniae Clarke 

. scabrosa Clarke 

. halli Clarke 
. conversa Clarke 

. angolensis Clarke 
. lupina Clarke 
. cf. priimiensis Steininger 
Paracardium doris Hall 

P. delicatulum Clarke 
Praecardium vetustum Hall 

P. duplicatum (Miinster) 

P. multicostatum Clarke 
Conocardium gowandense Clarke 
Palaeoneilo constricta Conrad 

P. petila Clarke 

P. muricata Clarke 

P. brevicula Clarke 

P. linguata Clarke 

Leptodomus interplicatus Clarke 
L. multiplex Clarke 


eee eee ee ore 


eeseee ese ee 2 27 


Cro rere iene 


“sss 28 eee 


ooo leoleoeoleviles 


Ontaria suborbicularis (Hall) 
O. cf. concentrica (v. Buch) 


. cf. clarkei (Beushausen) 
QO. tchernyschewi Zam. 

O. elegans Zam. 

O. articulata (Minster) 
Buchiola retrostriata (v. Buch) 
B. scabrosa Clarke 


B. halli Clarke 


B. cf. lupina Clarke 


Modiella aff. pygmaea Hall 


The author we are citing speaks of other identities in these remote 


50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


faunas which will come to light as the Domanik material is more 
fully elaborated. 

It is one of the noteworthy facts of our geological history that 
this singular Devonic fauna, in New York quite free of complications 
with its predecessors and successors, characterized by very peculiar 
organic types, should find its most exact reproduction, under like 
conditions of sedimentation, in the almost Teese region of the 
Domanik, separated from New York by 129° of longitude. 


} III 
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 


Since the date of my last report specimens of plants not before 
represented in the State herbarium have been collected in thirty 
counties of the State either by myself, my assistant or correspondents 
and contributors. These specimens represent one hundred species 
and varieties. Many of them are comparatively recent introductions 
to our flora but are apparently well established. Among the added 
species are twenty-eight fungi which are considered new or hitherto 
undescribed species. A list of these species and varieties is sub- 
joined. 

New to the herbarium 


Acer carolinianum Walt. Cortinarius phyllophilus Pk. 
Aecidium atriplicis Shear (ee purpurascens Fr. 


Anthyllis vulneraria L. 
Armillaria pinetorum Gill. 
Artemisia frigida Walld. 


A. gnaphalodes Nutt. 
Ascochyta imperfecta Pk. 
A, rhei EF. & E. 


Boletus ballouii Pe. 
Camarosporium maclurae Pk. 
Centaurea maculosa Lam. 
Cercospora medicaginis FE. & E. 
Cercosporella terminalis Pk. 
Clavaria subtilis Pers. 

Clitocybe fumosa brevipes Pk. 


oe hirneola Fr. 

c sinopicoides Pk, 

(oe splendens (Pers.) Fr. 
G. tuba Fr. 

G, tumulosa Kalchb. 


Coniothecium chromatosporium Cd. 


Coprinus domesticus (Pers.) Fr. 
Coronospora angustata Fckl. 
Cortinarius albidipes Pk: 


Coryneum disciforme K. & S. 

Cytospora rhoina Fr. 

G: salicis (Cd.) Rabenh. 

Dasyscypha sulphuricolor Pk. 

Deutzia scabra Thunb. 

Diplodia spiraeina Sacc. 

Diplodina medicaginis Oud. 

Flammula sulphurea Pr. 

Fusarium pirinum (Fr.) Sacc. 

Ganoderma sessile Murr. 

Gloeosporium valsoideum Sacc. 

Gutierrezia sarothra (Pursh) B. & R. 

Gymnolomia multiflora (Nutt.) B. 
& Hf. 

Haplosporella ribis Sacc. 

Hebeloma sinapizans Fr. 

Helvella capucinoides Pk. 

Hendersonia grossulariae Oud. 

Hydnellum peckii Banker 

Hygrophorus recurvatus Pk. 

Jeb sordidus Pk, 

Leptosphaeria distributa (C. & E.) 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 51 


Marasmius epiphyllus Fr. Rubus glandicaulis Blanch. 
Melanconis alni Tu. Sagedia cestrensis Tuck. 

Mycena atroumbonata PR. Septoria aquilegiae P. & S. 

M. metata Fr. S: dianthi Desm. 

Naucoria arenaria PR. aS )5 malvicola FE. & M. 
Oenothera muricata L. Ss: mirabilissima Pk. 
Omphalia offuciata Fr. Sphaeronema minutulum D. Sacc. 
Ophiotheca vermicularis (Schw.) Sphaeropsis amorphae FE. & B. 
Peniophora tenuissima Pk. Ss maclurae Cke. 
Periconia pycnospora Fres. s Spongipellis occidentalis Murr. 
Peronospora trifoliorum DeBy. Stagonospora carpathica Baeumil. 
Pestalozzia adusta FE. & E. Steccherinum peckiit Banker 

P. _ funerea Desm. Steganosporium fenestratum (FE. & 
ee longiseta Speg. i) 

Phacidium lignicola Pk. — Stigmina populi (E. & E.) Pk. 
Pholiota rigidipes PR. Teichospora trimorpha Atk. 
Phoma amorphae PR. Thyridium pallidum FE. & E. 

‘a bacteriophila Pk. Tricholoma boreale Fr. 

cae leprosa Pk. Ah planiceps Pk. 

Ee smlacis 8, G, J. aN . subsaponaceum Pk. 
Physcia granulifera (Ach.) Tuck ilier subsejunctum Pk. 
Polyporus melanopus Fr. Trimmatostroma salicis Cd. 
Polysaccum pisocarpium Fr. Uromyces spartinae Farl. 
Psilocybe fuscofolia Pk. Ustilago hypodytes (Schl.) Fr. 
P. polycephala (Paul.) Verbena stricta Vent. 

Poria pulchella Schw. Vermicularia hysteriiformis Pk. 
Ramularia karstenii Sacc. Volutella buxi (Cd.) Berk. 


Specimens of 183 species and varieties not new to the herbarium 
have been added. These represent some new form or variety of 
species already represented or are better specimens than the older 
ones. 

Several species of wild mushrooms have been tried for their edible 
qualities. Of these eight species and varieties have been approved, 
and colored figures of natural size and revised descriptions have been 
prepared. This makes the number of New York species and 
varieties of edible mushrooms 213. Investigations have been made 
showing that some edible mushrooms vary decidedly in flavor. 

In an effort to locate the chestnut bark disease which has proved 
so destructive to chestnut trees in some parts of our State, two trips 
Were made, one to Sand Lake, Rensselaer county, and one to 
Cooperstown, Otsego county. Both of these visits were unsuccessful 
in finding any trees affected by the disease, though chestnut trees 
were common in both places. 

In June a visit was made to Peacock marsh, near Averyville in 
Essex county, and a list of the species of flowering plants observed 
growing on the marsh was made. 


52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The peculiarities of the season have been shown to have a marked 
influence upon the abundance of the crop of mushrooms and in 
some species upon the time of their appearance. The drought of 
summer delayed the appearance of some. species till the fall rains 
came. Then their appearance combined with that of the usual 
autumnal species made an unusually abundant crop. The influx of 
specimens sent to the office for identification was never before so 
large. It necessitated considerable evening work and even a large 
number of specimens were unavoidably laid aside for future exam- 
ination. Among the extralimital specimens examined twenty-three 
new species and varieties of fungi were found and descriptions of 
them written. Among the most remarkably delayed species is that 
of the conical morel, which usually appears in May and June. A 
colony of it was found near Boston, Mass., growing during October 
and November. 

The work of preparing simple revised descriptions of our New 
York species of certain genera of fungi has been so well received and 
strongly commended by correspondents who find them very helpful 
in their mycological studies that it has been continued the past year. 
The genera Clitocybe, Laccaria and Psilocybe have been treated 
according to the plan previously followed. The first mentioned genus 
is one of special difficulty both because of its large number of species, 
their variability and different appearance at different ages and their 
close resemblance in many cases to each other. The genus has been 
divided into several genera by modern mycologists but we have pre- 
ferred to follow mainly the better known Friesian and Syllogian 
arrangement. Our New York species as here understood number 
sixty-four after taking out the few species here placed under 
Laccaria. 


IV 
REPORT OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGES 


The State Entomologist reports the appearance in late May of a 
large brood of the periodical Cicada or so-called seventeen-year 
locust. This was of much popular interest and an entomological 
event of some importance. A hitherto unknown colony was located 
near Amsterdam and much learned through the cooperation of many 
local observers respecting the present distribution and relative 
abundance of this insect in New York State. A fine series of photo- 
graphs showing the transformations to the adult was obtained. 
Despite the warnings of earlier years, a number of young orchard . 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 53 


trees had been set in the vicinity of abundant Cicada colonies and, 
as a result, were severely injured. 

During the period covered by this report, } Miastor larvae were dis- 
covered by the Entomologist, their biology ascertained in large 

measure, their amenability to laboratory conditions demonstrated, and 

owing to the value of this information to teachers, a discussion 
(illustrated with a series of photomicrographs) of pedogenesis in 
this insect and its allies was included as an appendix to the Ento- 
mologist’s report for 1910. Subsequent studies have confirmed the 
observations referred to above and have shown a wide distribution 
for Miastor. 

Fruit pests. The experiments with the codling moth or apple 
worm were continued in the orchard of Mr W. H. Hart of Pough- 
keepsie and in those of Messrs Edward Van Alstyne and William 
Hotaling at Kinderhook. Special pains were taken to secure uniform 
plots of ample size and to see that the treatment was thorough. 
Each plot, as last year, except in the case of Mr Hotaling’s orchard, 
consisted of forty-two trees, the fruit from the central six alone 
being counted. The relative value of one, two and three sprayings, 
and also of one application made three weeks after the blossoms 
dropped, was ascertained. The results compare closely with those 
obtained in 1909 and go far to show that the conditions in 1910 
were exceptional. One thorough application last season resulted, in 
the case of trees bearing a fair crop, in from over 98 to more than 
99 per cent of worm-free fruit. This should prove most encouraging 
te the fruit grower, since the work was done under practical condi- 
tions which can be duplicated in almost any section. Assistant 
Entomologist Young assisted in the field work, classified the wormy 
fruit and computed the tabulated data. 

The work of 1911 with the codling moth has been correlated with 
that of the two preceding years and affords the most comprehensive 
data yet secured as to the possibilities with one spraying under 
varied conditions. These results should be of practical value in 
enabling the fruit grower to determine for himself the advisability 
of spraying more than once in any season. 

_ Observations by the Entomologist show that the San José ane 
while a serious fruit tree pest, is being generally controlled, though 
some fruit growers are not entirely successful, in fact due in large 
measure to difficulties in treatment. Some of the latter are excess- 
ively large or inaccessible trees, adverse weather conditions at the 
time the work should be done or defects in equipment. The con- 


54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


centrated home-made or commercial lime-sulfur washes were used 
largely and mostly with very satisfactory results. 

The peculiar linear series of eggs so frequently seen on apple and 
pear bark have been identified as those of the notch wing. The 
usually rare Say’s blister beetle was exceptionally numerous. Two 
small fruit insects, the raspberry Byturus and the garden flea were 
studied at Milton, the former proving somewhat injurious. 

‘Gipsy moth. The discovery of a gipsy moth colony at Lenox, 
Mass., while not entirely unexpected, was something of a shock to 
our extensive agricultural interests. A personal examination satis- 
fied the Entomologist that the insect was brought there with trees 
and shrubs purchased a few years ago in eastern Massachusetts. 
Nothing but the closest inspection and the adoption of most rigid 
precautions will prevent the early establishment of this pest in New 
York State. Judged solely from an economic standpoint, there can 
be no question as to the advisability of keeping this insect out of the 
State as long as possible. We have assembled during the year a 
series of preparations designed to facilitate the recognition of this 
pest in any stage. Several of these have been reproduced as excel- 
lent photomicrographs and will be of great service in identifying 
this species. 

The Entomologist visited the territory in eastern Massachusetts 
infested by this insect and found the residential area, as a whole, in 
excellent condition though there were extensive tracts of forest land 
badly infested. The ultimate spread of this pest is inevitable and the 
Federal authorities have accomplished much in retarding its dis- 
semination by keeping the roadside trees of the principal thorough- 
fares free from the pests. Marked progress is being made in the 
work of introducing parasites and natural enemies which it is 
expected will shortly prove of material service in checking this 
injurious pest. This however is no justification for not adopting 
every other reasonable measure for preventing the spread of this 
destructive caterpillar. The state of Connecticut has made excellent 
progress in handling its gipsy moth problem. ; 

Brown-tail moth. This species, while not so destructive as 
the gipsy moth, has become established in Williamstown, Mass. 
Since both sexes of the moth fly readily, it will probably not be long 
kefore this pest appears somewhere in New York State. The winter 
nests are so characteristic that there should be little difficulty in 
identifying the insect and at the outset preventing excessive multipli- 
cation. Careful inspection of nursery stock should prove an effect- 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


cn 
Crt 


ive barrier to its being introduced with trees and shrubs. The 
observations: above relating to the parasites of the gipsy moth apply 
equally to the natural enemies of the brown-tail moth. 

Shade tree pests. The Entomologist investigated conditions 
in a number of communities and found exceptionally severe and 
widespread injury by the elm leaf beetle. The defoliation was so 
general, in connection with the work of previous years and the - 
severe droughts of earlier seasons, that many trees have succumbed 
cr are likely to die in the immediate future unless radical measures 
are adopted for their better protection. 

There seems to be great difficulty in securing efficient treatment, 
even if the equipment be adequate. This defect has been pointed 
out and, with a fuller understanding on the part of those compelled 
to solve. the problem, we look for materially better results another 
season. The elm leaf beetle is not such a serious pest in Europe, and 
ii would seem, in view of the probable continuance of the severe 
injury of the last few years, to be due in part at least to changed 
conditions, as though a serious effort might well be made to secure 
natural enemies, since they appear to be very effective checks upon 
this beetle in European countries. 

The cottony maple scale and the false maple scale occasioned 
repeated complaints, owing to their effect upon hard and soft maple, 
especially in the vicinity of New York City. An unfortunate con- 
dition developed in the city of Mount Vernon. Several hundred hard 
or sugar maples were seriously injured or killed, following the appli- 
cation of one of the commercial miscible oils in early spring. An 
investigation convinced the Entomologist that the trouble was due to 
the material applied, the injury being greatly aggravated by subse- 
quent cold weather retarding growth and producing conditions favor- 
able for penetration by the oil. We must therefore classify early 
applications of oily preparations as dangerous to hard maples. 

The extended outbreak by the green maple worm was investigated 
and must be partly charged to the general destruction of birds and a 
consequent scarcity of the insectivorous species. Investigations by 
Zoologist W. G. Van Name showed that nine species were feeding 
upon the caterpillars, while seven others were in the vicinity, prob- 
ably for the same purpose. A relatively slight increase in the number 
of the birds would doubtless have prevented the defoliation of the 
trees. The spiny elm caterpillar and the white-marked tussock moth 
are two other shade tree pests which were excessively abundant and 
the subjects of much correspondence. The ornamental birches are 


56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


being rapidly destroyed by the pernicious bronze birch borer, the 
depredations of which were detected the past season in the eastern 
part of the State. ; 

Forest pests. Injuries by insects to forests have greatly 
increased during recent years. The /ickory bark borer has destroyed 
- thousands of magnificent trees in the vicinity of New York. The 
‘investigations of the Entomologist showed that this nefarious pest 
had destroyed many hickories at Tivoli. A warning circular was 
issued and widely copied by the local press. The two-lined chestnut 
borer, probably breeding first in fungus-affected chestnut, invaded 
nearby oaks at Old Westbury. This outbreak was studied and 
appropriate repressive measures advocated. Damage by this species 
was also reported from Garden City. The severe though local injury 
by the locust leaf beetles at Syosset and Jericho received personal 
attention. The exceptional abundance of the maple leaf cutter at 
Lake George was also investigated. 

Flies and mosquitos. General interest has been maintained 
in the house fly campaign. The Entomologist prepared several popu- 
lar notices and experimented in a limited way with a fly trap. The 
results with the latter, while beneficial, were not entirely convincing. 
He investigated a local mosquito problem at South Salem and had the 
satisfaction of learning that the execution of his recommendations 
resulted in the speedy disappearance of the pests. Many localities in 
the State are suffering needless annoyance and, in some cases, illness 
because mosquito breeding pools are ignored. One case came to his 
notice where malaria developed following the employment of Italians 
in a locality previously free from this disease. 

Gall midges. The studies of the Entomologist in this inter- 
esting and important group have been continued as opportunity 
offered. A number of new species have been reared and described, 
and a table of food habits of the reared species and a generic 
synopsis of the entire group published. This family, composed 
entirely of small to minute flies and including a number of destructive 
forms, is an immense complex which could be grouped satisfactorily 
only after prolonged and careful microscopic studies. This has been 
accomplished and a monographic account of the family is now in 
manuscript. 

Publications. A number of brief popular accounts of the more 
injurious species of the year were prepared by the Entomologist and 
widely circulated through the agricultural and local press. His 
extended contributions, aside from the report for last year, are: | 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 57 


Summary of the Food Habits of American Gall Midges; A Generic 
Synopsis of the Itonidae; Hosts and Galls of American Gall Midges, 
and New Species of Itonidae. His more important publications, 
forty-four in number, are listed in his report, which also contains 
detailed accounts, with special reference to control measures, of 
most of the injurious species mentioned above. 

Collections. There has been a continued increase in the State 
collections. Most of the additions the past year have resulted from 
collections by the Entomologist’s staff, some of the most desirable | 
having been reared. Extremely large series of Miastor and Oli- 
garces were obtained in this manner and will be available for 
exchange later. Specimens illustrating the habits and work of 
insects are being collected at every opportunity, since they are par- 
ticularly valuable for economic and exhibition purposes. There have 
been substantial additions to the gall midges or Itonidae and they 
are now in very satisfactory condition. The pinned specimens were 
rearranged by Miss Hartman and this, in connection with the 
numerous microscopic slides, and the large assemblage of galls and 
other biological material, will prove invaluable to subsequent workers, 
especially as the collection includes a very large number of types. 

The classification of the diversified material in the Museum and 
that daily coming to hand is necessarily slow and is a work which 
must extend over years. There is need of more assistance in catry- 
ing on the large amount of labor involved in the amassing of a thor- 
oughly representative collection necessary for the maintenance of an 
adequate exhibit in the enlarged quarters afforded by the Educa- 
tion Building. 

Three additions have been made to the series of plant groups 
designed for the exhibition of insects in their natural environment in 
the new quarters. These will add greatly to the attractiveness and - 
pedagogical value of the enlarged exhibit collections now in 
preparation. 

Assistant Entomologist Young has rearranged and identified the 
Muscidae, the species belonging to the coleopterous genera Tele- 
_ phorus and Podabrus, and has done considerable work on the snap- 
ping beetles or Elateridae, the parasitic flies, the Tachinidae, and a 
group of parasitic wasps, the Braconidae. ) 

Miss Hartman has made nearly five hundred microscopical prep- 
arations of various species, mostly gall midges and scale insects, 
Tearranged the pinned collection of scale insects and prepared a 


58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


special Cicada exhibit. She also has given much time to mounting, 
spreading and labeling the specimens. 

Nursery inspection. The nursery inspection work conducted 
by the State Department of Agriculture has resulted in the Ento- 
mologist being requested to make a number of identifications and 
also recommendations in regard to the policy which should be pur- 
sued by the State. Most of the material submitted for name is in 
poor condition, may represent any stage in insect development, and 
is often from a foreign country. This work, though time consuming 
and laborious, is important, since the disposition of large ship- 
ments must depend in great measure upon his findings. The possi- 
bility of introducing the gipsy and brown-tail moths with nursery 
stock originating 1n territory infested by these pests, justifies a most 
careful examination of all such material and the adoption of every 
reasonable precaution. 

Miscellaneous. A _ series of experiments planned by the 
Entomologist and conducted for the purpose of testing the value of 
heat as an insecticide, showed that the relatively moderate tempera- 
ture of 120° F. is soon fatal to the common black cockroach so fre- 
quently seen in warmer parts of dwellings. Buildings equipped with 
ample heating facilities are adapted to this method of checking house- 
hold and storeroom pests. Observations were made upon the 
hibernation and development of the rose leaf hopper. An interesting 
outbreak by an Iris borer was also investigated. Assistant Ento- 
mologist Young had charge of the heat experiments, being assisted 
in this by Miss Hartman. 

The Entomologist, as in previous years, has been called upon to 
lecture upon injurious insects at farmers institutes, horticultural and 
other gatherings, information respecting shade tree pests, owing to 
their serious injuries this year, most frequently being desired. 

Office matters. The general work of the Entomologist’s office 
has progressed in a satisfactory manner. The correspondence shows 
a marked increase over that of last year; 2219 letters, 23 postals, 
1014 circulars, 1623 packages were sent through the mails and 42 
packages were shipped by express. As heretofore, there has been 
a most helpful cooperation on the part of all interested in the ento- 
mological work of the State. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 59 


Vy | 
REPO On ttt ZOOLCOGIST 


The work of the zoology section has been conducted with regard 
to the exhibits which are to be expected in the new quarters, and 
with a view to preparing the collections now in the Museum for 
removal with as little injury and confusion as possible. Much of 
the zoological material, especially that which has been on exhibition, 
is of so fragile a nature that its safe removal can be accomplished 
only by careful handling and intelligent supervision at the time of 
moving. It has therefore seemed important to get the material that 
may be boxed up for handling by the ordinary methods of transporta- 
tion packed as soon as possible, so that when moving attention may 
be given wholly to the fragile material. This policy has been con- 
sistently carried out during the fiscal year as far as other work would 
permit, with the result that large parts of the study and duplicate 
collections are now safely boxed up to stand rough handling and 
storage for as long as may prove convenient, without danger of 
injury or further deterioration. 

Among other specimens, those that have been thus cared for are 
the corals (both duplicate and exhibition collections), the Mazatlan 
and Carpenter collections of shells, the bird eggs (exhibition and 
study collections), the bird skins, many of the duplicate shells, the 
bird nests, and most of the disarticulated skeletons and smaller 
osteological specimens. The majority of these were préviously in 
storage, and though some of the corals and bird eggs were taken 
from the exhibition cases, the exhibits had not at the end of the fiscal 
year been so interfered with as to require closing the exhibition 
rooms to the public. 

Incidental to this packing, as well as for the sake of discovering 
the needs of the Museum in the way of new specimens, and of caring 
for such specimens as might need it, the Zoologist has thoroughly 
overhauled the storerooms and storage closets. The bird skins, 
which on account of the loose construction of the cases in which 
they had been kept, were in poor condition, have mostly been cleaned, 
relaxed, and put in first-class condition before packing. 

In preparation for the exhibits in the Education Building, the 


’ Zoologist has devoted much attention to plans for the arrangement 


and dimensions of the cases to be ordered, as well as to the details, 
methods and materials of construction which seem best adapted for 
the requirements of the Museum. Many of the mounted specimens 


60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


in the present collection have been carefully cleaned, and in many 
cases relaxed and improved or remounted, so that they will remain 
presentable for many years to come, and the expense and trouble of 
replacing them with new specimens may be postponed for a long 
time. To accomplish this, the taxidermist has installed a compressed 
air cleaning outfit and has made a plaster-lined chest for relaxing 
specimens, as well as a number of storage chests. 

The large amount of work to be done in the Museum has pre- 
vented any field work by the staff, but additions to the collection 
have been made by purchase as far as funds were available, and to 
a less extent by exchange, or received as gifts. The moose group, 
consisting of three individuals,*previously ordered from Ward’s 
Natural Science Establishment, has been delivered to the Museum 
and placed in storage. The specimens are fine ones and unusually 
well mounted. Work on the other large groups ordered has also 
made progress. In the purchase of new material the want of speci- 
mens of the larger birds and animals has been kept in view, both 
because the collections have been deficient in good specimens of them 
and because of the importance of rendering the Museum interesting 
and attractive to the general public at the time of opening, and of 
adequately filling the large exhibition space. 

Among the more generally interesting specimens acquired should 
be mentioned the materials (mounted young and old birds, nests, 
eggs and accessories) for arranging nesting groups of the larger and 
more conspicuous birds that breed in New York State, purchased 
from Mr S. H. Paine of Silver Bay, and Mr Fred Batkerean 
Parker’s Prairie, Minn., a group of opossums consisting of the 
mother and nine young, also some casts and models of reptiles and 
small cetaceans (porpoises and dolphins) from Ward’s Natural 
Science Establishment, and several fine elk skins suitable for mount- 
ing, from Rhodes and Gilbert of Lander, Wyoming. In the material 
acquired this Museum has the basis of exhibits which will be hard 
to duplicate in view of the increasing rarity of many of the 
species. 

Monograph of the New York Mollusca. Dr H. A. Pilsbry has 
continued his work on this subject and reports that the land mollusks 
are now completed in manuscript and good progress has been made 
on fresh water forms. The land snails have required very special 
attention for the reason that great progress has been made here and 
abroad in classification during the last twenty years, while there has — 
been no critical examination of our northeastern fauna since Mr 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 61 


Binney’s work of 1878 (his Manual of 1885 being merely a reprint). 
This has necessitated considerable work in dissecting eastern forms 
to settle their generic affinities by the new standards. Much of this 
work has application far beyond the limits of New York and will 
thus give the report a wider than local interest. The examination of 
collections has added several species to the fauna, but a number 
reported from the State have been deleted, as they were found, when 
the specimens were traced, to be erroneous identifications. A few 
others reported from “ Western New York” in reputable works 
still need verification. 


Vi 
ReeORT ON THE ARCHEOLOGY SECTION 


The work of this section divides itself into two subsections, 
archeology and ethnology. In turn, these again divide into several 
distinct branches. To carry out the plans of the section the work 
involves both time spent in the field and in the office. Besides these 
various divisions of research and of labor, the work of the fiscal 
year just past has been divided between that necessary to carry on 
the ordinary requirements of the section and the special require- 
ments of the Myron H. Clark Hall of Iroquois Ethnology. The 
additional labor brought about as the result of the Capitol fire and 
the destruction of the archeological and ethnological collections 
exhibited about the western staircase, has been heavy and consumed 
much of the time between March 29th and May r5th. 

With a great increase in the correspondence of the section, 
together with the other work, activities have been taxed to the 
utmost. 

Archeology. During the autumn of last year an interesting 
site was located in the town of Livonia, Livingston county. It was 
‘one of several examined during the year and found worth excavat- 
ing. The site has long been known as that of a fort or village of 
the colonial period. The burial ground had not been found until 
located by our tests. 

During July, August and September fifty-two graves were ee 
and explored with good results. The graves presented some inter- 
esting problems and yielded some interesting and unique specimens. 
The excavations were conducted by Mr E. R. Burmaster, who for 
several years has acted as field assistant and whose expert services 
this year did much to bring about successful results. — 


62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


A peculiar feature of the Lima site is that most of the graves were 
stoned up, but they did not resemble the stone graves of the pre- 
Iroquois culture, being deeper and not so well constructed. The 
poor condition of the skeletons and the broken pots were a result of 
poorly placed top slabs, which falling in had crushed the contents of 
the graves. 

Only twelve of the fifty-two graves contained male skeletons. The 
few male skeletons which were found were of cripples or of aged 
men, none being of the warrior class. The females showed evi- 
dences of a hard life, there being broken bones and indications of 
osseous diseases, such as rheumatism and ankylosis. Ten of the 
skeletons lay on the right side, one of these being an infant in its 
mother’s arms. One skeleton, also that of an infant, lay face up, 
the indications being that it had been buried in a cradle board. All 
the other forty-one skeletons were on the left side. There seemed 
to be no special orientation in the direction of the face or head, every 
point of the compass being used. The position of the body was 
uniformly (except in the case of one infant already mentioned) 
flexed, that is on the side with the legs bent and the knees drawn 
up toward the chest. 

The age of this site is manifestly of the early colonial period, sheet 
brass having been found. That the period was rather early is shown 
by the fact that there were no brass kettles ; all the European metallic 
material had been beaten up into ornaments. There were only a few 
glass and early trade wampum beads. 

The burial site adjoined a village stronghold on the edge of a low 
bluff made by the intersection of two stream channels; one an 
ancient glacial stream or lake, now entirely filled by gravel or peat, 
and a more modern stream which as a small brook is still running. 

The village site was only superficially examined because it is 
covered with a clover meadow valuable to the owner. The pits: 
which were examined showed the usual bone and flint material with 
an occasional piece of metal and the columella of a sea shell. 

3y comparing the data of the graves of this site, that is those in 
the section examined, the Archeologist concludes that the burials are 
those of captives or slaves. Later investigations, however, may 
modify this conclusion. 

The Archeologist and the members of the expedition are much 
indebted to the various members of the Livingston County Historical 
Society for assistance and other support in pursuing their investiga- 
tions and surveys throughout the county. It is a source of much 


‘porsiod jOeVjJUOD [eIUO[OD AjIey “oS UIT oY} ye [eIInq [VordA Ty, 


‘QACIS SITY] UL pUNOZ oJOM sjuoUTOTduIT JUOq 
Auey ‘peoy oy} poysnso pey pue JOAO Ae] 9UOJS DYT, “IIOI “ew Je PUNO; [ermnq eddUaG 


r 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


63 


eratification to find so many persons willing to cooperate in a work 
ef this kind. We are under obligation to many for information and 
for their personal services as guides throughout the county. - 
Pending a more complete report of the season’s work the follow- 
ing summary of the excavations at Lima is given: 


BURIAL 
NUMBER Depth 
TPS Seale 28” 
213 sie 44 
Reve Sls 28 
Be 5, «2 30 
5 oe ee 30 
Oy eee 40 
Tee 36 
‘Sot foe ene 24 
DS eae 50 
HO vests - 24 
Dt ee 24 
72 ae 24 
LOS eee 26 
iE 7 eee eee 42 
» 1 ee ee 26 
Oe Seen 36 
172 36 
See 36 
TSA occ «ce 30 
1D eae siesta 
MOVE ets 3 34 
la eee eae 
20; aia 48 
Lie 42 
2A 48 
LS ee 42 
Lae i) 
iu Seger 41 
LSS eee 30 
eres sic ete 
Didis-eic eo = s : 
iokte aaa 48 
ic 6a yess 
Ln See 52 
iT hee 34 
Tt aa 58 
12 Se AI 
2 Gee 36 
ul 6 ee 52 
EI ieee a 42 
a AI 
BT Eeiis ete: 402 34 
MDs 5): 42 
(DS 48 
ey i! 3, 34 
Jee 34 
Bcc fs re 52 
2 ee 4I 
o£ US re Saeeeea 35 
2S 48 
Pe, 38 
PRE core. = 8. 42 
Pee c's 


Dimen- 


sions 


44x36” 
48x42 
48x42 
42x36 
48x36 
48x28 


42X30 
42-38 
50x36 
36x36 
48x38 
54x26 
44x36 
48x36 


«sees 


eeees 


Face 


NE 


Zo 227 og 
Sema e 


Z 
es) 


8. aaz 


wins 


Z 
an 
4 


Addn Z 


> nsdn Zn nn 


ZeZzgZz ou 


Zong 


Zui Z n 


7, 
4 


adi) di wan 


Dod Bye 


dfn ldvededsge | wosdd eu 


(=) 
o) 

rh 
(Sur 


Per ArP eee eee Pee 


iS 


ArwA WAAd 


See SeA AS 


PAPA ADEA 


back) exten. 


ee 


ba ba Hy ag 5" 


= 


MISSES SIS his 


FR Fh 


Condi- 
ticn 


Objects in grives 


broken pot, bracelet 

none 

brass spiral, wampum 

none 

none 

shell beads, copper tube 
stone dice, etc. 

none 

bone comb, flints, etc. 

7 flint points 

4 copper rings 

2 flint points 

none 

broken pot 

3 turkey mandibles 

none 

none 

bone ornament 


none 
none 


none ; 

brass bracelets, beads, 
metal, shell, stone 
dice 

bone punch, arrow 
heads, flint chips, etc. 

nothing 

nothing 

necklace and armlet of 
shell beads 

none 

none 

wampum and shell bead 
necklace, horn beads, 
brass rings attached 


3 antler punches, 3 bone 


awls 

3 clam shells, flint chips 

none 

none 

none 

none 

none 

none, only few traces of 
bone 

crushed pottery vessel 

none 

none 

brass spiral, shell 

broken pot 

broken pipe, eagle bones 

I glass bead 

none 

none 

none 

none 

none 

none 


beads 


64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Ethnology. The Museum is still fortunate in being able to 
acquire occasionally good ethnological material from the Indians of 
the State and during the year a number of fine specimens have been 
added to our collections. The sources are already being exhausted 
by the many who are interested in Iroquois ethnology. As long as 
the Indians in New York remember the articles characteristic of 
their native culture, however, it is possible to have specimens made 
by them to illustrate the old form. This is especially necessary in 
the case of costumes. 


MUTI OTT, 


2 GZZ ee yy 
BiELELZ ee ee 
Yj stig i 
WRBELLEEEESEEREEPeNN 
CUAGIVL ys 
Uf Wi GZ ee 
MN ALY UNG YALL = SS 
YA A; GALILEE: Se SSS 
Uf MM MM__EzL LE EZ = 
UMMM LAE E?ZZZE = <= 
MM OW WAL??PCPLLOI-ELIEZZZZ —— = 
MAM SA WY LOO = 
MONA pga CL 
PW WA 


(Sa 


iff P* SS LS == = ——— 
SSS 
—— ay {_L—__ 


—— a LE 


Y 


NS EE SSG SS 
<S se 


———— 
SF: 


ELL 


Sa we B , E* 


‘Council gambling bowl of the Tonawanda Seneca. Collected by A. C. Parker, 1911 


During the summer the council dice-bowl of the Tonawanda — 
Seneca was secured. It is an ordinary maple gambling bowl such as 
the Senecas have long used but nevertheless an interesting specimen. 
It is some ten inches in diameter and four inches deep on the outside 
though the inside measures three. At present it forms the only 
specimen in the Museum, all others having been destroyed in the 
Capitol fire. 

A number of baskets have been added to the collection. Two are 
of special interest in the matter of weave and decoration. The use 
of different colored splints for standards has produced a design 
similar to the Cherokee split cane basket of North Carolina. The | 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 65 


baskets were collected at the Tonawanda reservation but had been 
made by an Oneida woman. 

A good assortment of silver articles was collected. This includes 
two sets of bracelets or arm bands. These interesting products of 
Iroquois silversmithing add ma- 
terially to our already extensive 
collection. 

A unique acquisition is a set of 
decorator’s tools from the Tona- 
wanda reservation. The set con- 
sists of fourteen pieces of which 
six are swab brushes, six pointed 
markers (the reverse ends of three 
being stamps for round spots), 
three forked for drawing parallel 
lines, three double forked for 
making four dots, one horse hoof 
stavp and one dipping rod for re- 
moving splints from dye. The rods 
are about eight or ten inches long 
and the swab brushes and pointed 
sticks taper from the size of a pen- 
cil at the large end to an eighth 
or even a thirty-second of an inch 
ae the smaller end. ‘The outfit. 
is a simple one and was used by Tesch, stone, dice, | Natal seg 
a basket maker for decorating Parker, 1911 
baskets, bows and canes. Certain features about the tools suggest 
that they follow an earlier type and are similar to those which had 
been in use in earlier times. 

Ethnological studies. During the year just passed the studies 
of the Iroquois ceremonial rites and cults have been continued, 
resulting in the addition of new and interesting material. 

Of special interest are the many additional notes on the laws of 
the Five Nations Confederacy. The Archeologist was fortunately 
able during evenings and holidays to record much of value from the 
lips of a number of Indians versed in the old-time lore. The manu- 
scripts already on file were annotated in the field and examined 
critically by various authorities among the Indians themselves. 

The Code of Ga-nio-daio was again gone over by Chief So-son- 
do-wa (Edward Cornplanter) and changes were made at his sug- 


66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


gestion. The manuscript in question is Cornplanter’s own translation 
of the “ New Religion” of the Six Nations. Cornplanter is one 
of the five ar six “ ha-djes-ta-dje”’ who are familiar with the teach- 
ings of the prophet Handsome Lake, or Ga-nio-daio as he is known 
to the Seneca. The changes made were certain corrections of names 
and small additions to the text. 

The second lengthy manuscript is one compiled by the Archeologist 
from the various versions of the Iroquois Ga-ya-nes-sha-go-wa, or 
“Great Binding Law.” The Iroquois refer to this as “ the consti- 
tution’ and indeed both Morgan and Hall refer to it by this term. 


———— 


Seneca “‘ wedding’’ bread. Collected 1910 


It purports to be the laws given by Dekanawideh, the Iroquois 
culture hero, and embraces also a narrative of the lives of both 
Hai-yent-wa-tha (Hiawatha) and Dekanawideh. Its special interest 
lies in the fact that it is an attempt of the Iroquois themselves to 
explain their own social system. It is therefore an invaluable guide 
to many interesting branches of Iroquois ethnology. Many of the. 
facts contained in this document are familiar to students, but that 
they formed a part of a definite system of law will perhaps be new. 
The [Iroquois called this code the Gayeneshagowa, or the Immutable 
Law of the. Great Peace. The term Great Peace refers to the 
Iroquois government. | 

Originally the Five Nations of Iroquois were similar to all other 

Indian tribes or bands — independent bodies with similar dialects 
and similar customs but with no political coherence. Each man and 
each tribe to itself, was the rule. Often the individual nations 
warred with one another, and with external enemies pressing them. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIT 67 


from all quarters they found themselves in a precarious situation, 
The very peril in which they lived developed their strategic ability 
and fostered diplomacy. It likewise produced leaders and finally 
the great lawgiver who should bring about peace and unity and make 
the Iroquois the “ Indians of Indians,” the “ Romans of the New 
World.” Hale referred to Hiawatha as the “lawgiver of the Stone 
age’ * but Hiawatha himself does not deserve the title. 

The Mohawk nation recognizes in Dekanawideh its great culture 
hero and the founder of its civic system, giving Hatyentwatha 
(Hiawatha) a second place. Nearly all authorities among the other 
nations of the five agree in this and attribute to Dekanawideh the 
establishment of the Great Peace. The prefatory articles of the 


Great Immutable Law recognize him as such and represent him as 
saying : 

I am Dekanawideh and with the Five Nations’ Confederate Lords 
1 plant the Tree of the Great Peace. I plant it in your territory, 
Adodarhoh and the Onondaga Nation, in the territory of you who 
are Fire Keepers. 

I name the tree the Tree of the Great Long Leaves. Under the 
shade of this Tree of the Great Peace we spread the soft white 
feathery down of the globe thistle as seats for you, Adodarhoh and 
your cousin lords. . . . There shall you sit and watch the Council 
Fire of the Confederacy ‘of the Five Nations. 

Roots have spread out from the Tree of the Great Peace a 
and the name of these roots is the Great White Roots of Peace. If 
any man of any nation outside of the Five Nations shall show a 
desire to obey the laws of the Great Peace . . . they may trace 
the roots to their source . . . and they shall be welcomed to take 
shelter beneath the Tree of the Long Leaves. : 

The Smoke of the Confederate Council Fire shall ever ascend and 
shall pierce the sky so that all nations may discover the central 
Council Fire of the Great Peace. 

I, Dekanawideh, and the Confederate Lords now uproot the tallest 
pine tree and into the cavity thereby made we cast all weapons of 
war. Into the depths of the earth, down into the deep underearth 
currents of water flowing into unknown regions, we cast all weapons 
of strife. We bury them from sight forever and plant again the 
tree. Thus shall the Great Peace be established and hostilities shall 
no longer be known between the Five Nations but only peace to a 
united people. 


As one gets further into the unique document the method by which 
‘universal peace is to be established is revealed. All nations were to 
‘sit beneath the Peace Tree and acknowledge the imperial regency 


1 Proc. Am. As. Adv. Sci., vol. 30, p. 324. 1881. 
a 


68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


of the Five Nations’ Council. To the Five Nations this seemed a 
very simple thing for they called themselves Ongweoweh, Original 
Men, a term that implied their racial superiority. Thus to them it 
seemed quite natural that other nations should acknowledge their 
right to rule. They never doubted the justness of their claim or saw 
that it possibly could be disputed. With them it was the basis for 
universal action. Other nations were inclined to dispute that the 
Iroquois were inherently superior and naturally rebelled at the idea 
of submission even though it might be for their own ultimate benefit. 

From tribe to tribe, tradition shows,’ the emissaries of the Great 
Peace went carrying with them the messages in their wampum 
strands, and inviting delegates to sit beneath the Peace Tree and 
“clasp their arms about it” and to discuss the. advantages of an 
alliance. | 

The political success of the Iroquois as a result of their system 
gave them phenomenal strength and likewise excited widespread 
jealousy. Thus the Iroquois found themselves plunged in a war for 
existence and without friends to call upon. 

How a government calling itself the Great Peace provided for 
war is shown in the part of the Great Immutable Law called 
“ Skanawatih’s Laws of Peace and War.” Extracts from these laws 
follow : 

When the proposition to establish the Great Peace is made to a 
foreign nation it shall be done in mutual council. The nation is to 
be persuaded by reason and urged to come into the Great Peace. If 
the Five Nations fail . . . after a third council . . 3)iaeaiyeee 
Captain of the Five Nations shall address the head chief of the 
rebellious nation and request him three times to accept the Great 
Peace. If refusal steadfastly follows the War Captain shall let a 
bunch of white lake shells fall from his outstretched hand and shall 
bound quickly forward and club the offending chief to death. War 
shall thereby be declared and the War Captain shall have his men 
at his back to support him in any emergency. War shall continue 
until won by the Five Nations. . . . Then shall the Five Nations 
seek to establish the Great Peace by a conquest of the rebellious 
nation. 

When peace shall have been established by the termination of the 
war . . . then the War Captain shall cause all weapons of war to 
be taken from the nation. Then shall the Great Peace be estab- 
lished and the nation shall observe all the rules of the Great Peace 


for all time to come. 
Whenever a foreign nation is conquered or has by their own free 


1 See for example The Passamaquoddy Wampum Records by J. D. Prince, 
page 483, Proc. Am. Philos, Soc., vol. 36. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 69 


will accepted the Great Peace their own system of internal govern- 
ment may continue so far as is consistent but they must cease all 
strife with other nations. 

In this manner and under these provisions and others every rebel- 
lious tribe or nation, almost without exception, was either exter- 
minated or absorbed. The _Erie, the Neutral, the Huron, the 
Andaste and other cognate tribes of the [roquoian stock were broken 
up and the scattered bands-of survivors settled in the numerous 
Iroquois towns to forget in time their birth nation and to be known 
forever after only as Iroquois. The law read, “ henceforth let no 
one so adopted mention the name of their birth nation. To do so 
malielasten ide end of the Great Peace.’ The Lenni Lenape or 
Delaware, the Nanticoke, the broken bands of the Minsi and the 
Shawne, the Brotherton and other Algonquian tribes yielded to the 
armed persuasions to accept the Great Peace; likewise did the 
Tutelo and Catawba of the eastern Siouan stock and the Choctaw of 
the Muskoghean yield and to that action is due the fact that they 
have descendants today. 

The Iroquois policy of adopting captives led to the mixture of 
widely scattered stocks. The Iroquois therefore became an ethnic 
group of composite elements. Thus from the ideas of universal 
peace and brotherhood grew universal intermarriage, modified of 
course by clan laws. 

According to the Great Immutable Law the Iroquois Confederate 
Council was to consist of fifty Rodiyaner (civil chiefs) and was to 
be divided into three bodies, namely, the Older Brothers, the 
Mohawk and the Seneca; the Younger Brothers, the Cayuga and the 
Oneida, and the Fire Keepers, the Onondaga. Each brotherhood 
debated a question separately and reported to the Fire Keepers. In 
case of disagreement in opinion the Fire Keepers referred the mat- 
ter back and ordered a unanimous report. If the two brotherhoods 
still disagreed the Fire Keepers had the casting vote. If, however, 
the brotherhoods agreed and their decision was not in accord with 
the wishes of the Fire Keepers the Fire Keepers could only confirm 
the decision for absolute unanimity was the law and required for the 
passage of any question. Provisions to speedily break any deadlock 
were provided. All the work of the council was done-without an 
executive head, save a temporary speaker appointed by acclamation. 
Adodarhoh in spite of his high title was only the moderator of the 
Fire Keepers. 

These “Lords ” or civil chiefs were nominated by certain noble- 


70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


women in whose families the titles were hereditary and the nomina- 
tions were confirmed by popular councils both of men and of women 
and finally by the Confederate Council. Women thus had great 
power for not only could they nominate their rulers but also depose 
them for incompetency in office. Here, then, we find the right of 
popular nomination, the right of recall and of woman suffrage, all 
flourishing in the old America of the Red Man and centuries before 
it became the clamor of the new America of the white invader. Who 
now shall call Indians and Iroquois savages! : 

Not only were there podpular councils to check an over-ambitious 
government but both the men and the women had in their “ War 
Chief” a sort of aboriginal public service commissioner who had 
authority to voice their will before the Council. Men of worth who 
had won their way into the hearts of the people were elected Pine 
Tree chiefs with voice but no vote in the governing body. The 
rights of every man were provided for and all things done for the 
promotion of the Great Peace. 

Among the interesting things in this Iroquois constitution are the 
provisions for the official symbols. Many of these symbols, such as 
the point within a circle, the bundle of arrows, the watchful eagle, 
are described in detail. The fifteenth string in the Tree of the Long 
Leaves section, for example, reads: 

“ Five arrows shall be bound together very strongly and each 
arrow shall represent one nation. As the five arrows are strongly 
bound, this shall symbolize the union of the nations Est 

This reference to the arrows bound together was quoted by King 
Hendrick in 1755 in his talk with Sir William Johnson. 

Perhaps a more striking paragraph to students of Indian history 
will be the reference to a certain wampum belt: 

“ A broad, dark belt of wampum . . . having a white heart in 
the center on either side of which are two white squares all con- | 
nected with the heart by white rows shall be the emblem of the 
unity of the Five Nations. ‘The white heart in the middle 
means the Onondaga nation . . . and it also means that the 
heart of the Five Nations is single in its loyalty to the Great 
Peace i 

This belt is sometimes called the Hiawatha belt and is one of the 
most valuable Iroquois belts now extant. It is now on exhibition in 
the Congressional Library. 

The Great Peace as a governmental system was an almost ideal 
one for the stage of culture with which it was designed to cope. I _ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII Te 


think it will be found to be the greatest ever devised by barbaric 
man on any continent. By adhering to it the Five Nations became 
the dominant native power east of the Mississippi and during colonial 
times exercised an immense influence in determining the fate of 
English civilization on the continent. They, as allies of the British, 
tought for it and destroyed all French hopes for colonization. 

The authors of the Great Immutable Law gave the Iroquois two 
great culture heroes, heroes without equal in American Indian 
annals. Through the law as a guiding force and through the heroes 
as ideals the Iroquois have persisted as a people, preserved their 
national identity and much of their native culture and lore. Today 
in their various bodies they number more than 16,000 souls.' This 
is a remarkable fact when it is considered that they are entirely 
surrounded by a dominant culture whose encroachments are per- 
sistent and unrelenting in the very nature of things. 

The Canadian Iroquois indeed govern themselves by the laws 
contained in these codes, proving their utility even in modern days. 

Fate of the New York State collections in archeology and 
ethnology in the Capitol fire. In the New York State Capitol 
conflagration of March 20th the archeological and-ethnological col- 
lections of the State Museum were almost totally destroyed by fire 
and water. The collections were installed in vertical wall and square 
alcove cases about the corridors at the head of the western staircase. 
The location seemed to insure singular protection from fire, there 
being nothing inflammable in the vicinity save the molding that held 
the cases together. The damage seems to have been done by the 
long sheets of flame that burst through from the large corridor 
windows of the library bindery on one side and of the Education 
Department offices on the other. The immense amount of inflam- 
mable material there fed the flames once established and the draft 
caused by the breaking of the heavy plate windows that opened out 
into the hall about the staircase carried the blast directly against the 
cases, shattering the glass and exposing the specimens within. The 
archeological cases suffered most from the breakage brought about 
by the crumbling of the sandstone ceilings that had been subjected 
to the intense heat. The falling of the ceilings in great blocks broke 
the shelves that had so far resisted the fire and spilled the specimens 
into the water and debris. The continual dropping of masses of 
cracked rocks from the walls made work of rescuing valuable objects 
most hazardous. However, despite the choking smoke, the sudden 


1 Southern Workman, Dec. ro1t. 


72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


blasts of heat, and the falling walls the majority of the more valu- 
able articles yet untouched by the fire were carried to safety. 

The ethnological exhibits consisted principally of three large col- 
lections ; one made by Lewis H. Morgan before 1854 and embracing 
some 200 objects, the Harriet Maxwell Converse collection of about 
250 specimens, and the collection made by the present Archeologist, 
embracing. nearly 200 rare objects, exclusive of silver ornaments. 
The famous Morgan collection of old Iroquois textiles and decorated 
fabrics went up in the first blast of flame, and the cases were burned 
to their bases. Fortunately about 50 Morgan specimens were in the 
office of the Archeologist for study purposes, and were thus pre- 
served. The Converse collection of silver articles was rescued intact, 
though nearly a hundred other brooches and one large medal were 
lost. Many of the less inflammable objects were rescued during the 
fire and carried out of the danger zone. None of the wampum belts 
of the Six Nations was injured. 

One of the odd features of the calamity was that hardly a single 
object connected with the ceremonies of the Iroquois totemic cults 
or the religious rites was injured. The hair of the thirty medicine 
masks that hung in a line atross the westernmost cases was not even 
singed. : 

Of the 10,000 articles on exhibition, including about 3500 flints, 
only 512 have been identified by their catalog numbers. One thou- 
sand other articles, more or less impaired by the action of fire and 
water, will entail a great deal of work to identify. 

It is a curious fact that catalog numbers applied directly to the 
surface of the stone, bone or clay specimens with waterproof ink, 
withstood the action of fire and water better than the numbers 
painted on white varnish or on paper labels. Even when the object 
had been considerably heated the ink number on the surface was still 
legible. Paper labels proved valueless, especially those with type- — 
written numbers. Those with numbers written in waterproof ink 
came through better." 3 

A conflagration of the magnitude of the Capitol fire is not without 
its lesson. Its occurrence but adds weight to the oft repeated ~ 
observation that no building is fireproof when it contains inflam- 
mable material. Such material, if in sufficient quantity, once burn- 
ing, will ruin fire proofing material and expose new channels for the 
sweeping tongues of flame. The heat will crack walls, crumble stone 


1American Anthropologist, January-March, 1911. 


Lh Sn 


“4 
Ass 
y 
ry 
N 
N 4 


by 


Se 
a an 


WHT)! ae 
se 


== “ae 


mr, Swe ‘my i eura8 age BI oe 
Uw FO" rests geansete dy 


Buckskin side pocket decorated with porcupine quills. (Saved from 
the Capitol fire.) Morgan collection. 


ape “ee, - 
ee 


a 


i a 
Sec 


we 


a 
$ 
pes 
a 


Neck pouch decorated with porcupine quills. Mohawk 
; specimen from Morgan collection. 


=e § 


4 


74 


ke 


Ps 


& 


* 


aaah ae 


MAAR SAAAAAA 


re NN 
a%,9.%,*.9.- PKI, 


— ye .. 
‘o> *@° -8°@ + ey -, 2 . . 


Ww: 
:\ wr - 
~ 


ne 


eletetel 
Mostly Morgan specimens. 


“a 


. ~~ ,7 re” 
“s0 6 4 oe 
Pr Ree 


+m ~ 
Py 


AA AAALY LA ALZN) 


“ 


" 
* 
ior) 


“ 


Iroquois beaded garments saved from the Capitol fire. 


vee 


=~ ft 
* 
Ae) 


FMM ala 
- 


-_— 


“ 
Ps | 
- 
* 


vine ewe 


ae emp so 


‘ah 


‘ypuda AA pue UOSTHOr Aq OJOYG ‘UNG jOU PIP Sased UIPOOM 9} JO BWOG ‘sased ay} peysnio pue 
SUI[IID 9UO}S OY} Po[quINIO oI OY} MOY SUIMOYS ]][VY ISedITe}s UJOJSaM Jaddn 9Y} FO Ips UAI]JSOM IY, 


‘é hae 
as 


Pi eee 5 


~ 
~ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIT 


Seneca medicine rattle rescued from the Capitol fire of 
191r. A hole was burned in the rattle without destroying 
the paper label. Converse collection 


NI 


74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


window sills and precipitate stone and plaster ceilings. Marble 
wainscotings will chip and fall, tile will loosen and soldered joints 
will melt. 

The selection of the top hall about the western stairway seemed to 
insure absolute immunity from destruction by fire, but if one were 
disposed to ask why the Museum authorities of some fifteen years 
ago did not provide fireproof metal cases and thus doubly insure the 
valuable collections from damage by fire, a reasonable answer would 
be that the installation in glass cases with metal frames could in 
nowise have saved the specimens but only have helped to destroy 
them. Of the wooden framed cases, only those directly in contact 
with the root of the flame were burned to their bases. Those exposed 
to the indirect shafts of flame were -not burned, and in some cases 
the varnish was not even blistered, though the heat was intense 
enough to melt the glass and expose the contents of the cases. In 
such of the cases as contained metal supports for shelves, the sup- 
ports warped and fell and threw the specimens to the lowest level 
in the case. With the cracking of the plate glass the specimens were 
thrown in confusion. In the four-sided cases the heavy wooden 
framework of the case was in no instance burned though in all the 
glass was cracked by the heat. 

A second destructive force was the falling of the heavy sandstone 
ceiling. Chunk by chunk the stone fell, the pieces varying from 
three or four cubic inches to great blocks of half a cubic yard. It 
was the falling of such masses of stone that crushed the cases not 
otherwise injured. The use of water in the hall to reduce the heat 
and extinguish the fire was almost as destructive in certain cases. 
The buckskin clothes in superheated cases were entirely ruined by the 
play of water upon the glass. The glass cracked and the water enter- 
ing the cases shrunk the skin articles to one-fourth their size and 
left them crisp, shriveled objects when the heat had dried them 
again. 

Public interest. Public interest in the work of this section 
has largely increased. This is due, first, to the natural interest 
created by a definitely organized archeological and ethnological 
bureau with a definite policy; and second, to the unusual activities 
resulting from the use of the funds provided by Mrs F. F. Thompson 
for carrying out the plan to create a series of ethnological groups. 
These groups, described elsewhere in this portion of the report, have 
attracted the attention of many persons interested in history and in 
anthropology. 

Correspondence has grown as the result of the awakened interest 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 75 


of the public. Inquiries come each day regarding Indian history and 
anthropology, sometimes many of them. The range of inquiry is 
broad and covers almost every Indian subject from the interpretation 
ef Indian place-names to opinions as to the legal status of the Indian, 
from a modest request for a written account of the history of a 
tribe to a request to outline a scheme for an archeological survey of 
a country. Many replies to these letters partake of the nature of 
manuscripts rather than letters and indeed some of the “ letters” 
have been reedited and without further addition to the text worked 
up into ten or twelve page magazine articles. 

With this confidence of the public in our facilities to furnish 
information on the subjects dealt with by this section of the Museum, 
better facilities should be provided. Clerical assistance is an 
imperative necessity. 

Another indication of public interest is expressed by the donation 
of collections and specimens to the Museum. This form of public 
interest is very gratifying. 

Condition of collections. At the close of the fiscal year 
October I, 1910—October I, 1911, a new serial card catalog had been 
prepared. This work extended through several years, odd moments 
being employed. The collection number was supplemented with a 
museum serial number affording better means of identification. 

In connection with this work the collections were rechecked from 
the old lists prepared by Mr A. G. Richmond in 1898. This was an 
arduous task and one requiring. much patience but it resulted not 
only in improving the condition of the collections but gave the 
Archeologist a personal familiarity with nearly every specimen and 
an exact knowledge of the location of every important one. This 
knowledge became most useful during the fire and during the early 
hours of the Capitol fire facilitated the rescue of such important 
relics as were not already destroyed. 

The only archeological collection now on exhibition in the Capitol 
is the collection secured by the Archeologist and his special assistant 
at Ripley in 1906. This material was exhibited just outside the fire 
zone and though it was endangered it was carried to a place of 
safety and not a specimen was injured. 

The material now on hand consists of the following lots: 


ites SES ICETITINGd SPECIMENS... . 2..c. snus savles eo cise vmnacaadees 541 
Bememeeer COMGCIIONS,” TMISCENAUEOUS <b ilc cd. cance cece ccecscecunceucss 600 
Suen MMII Cd COMEEIION fo ous ool aw ccs csacectcsecavatncsces 1050 
ER OPNIBEIR ee SS. Sy oo cel ae ed eck neccuask aes: 3 2300 


en CNT: us Greer Hn ee ieee eeees 300 


76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Various’ small ‘collections and exchanges.....2.% 1)... 2.» ses 1200 
Rxpedition collections: 2. hig Cues «See Lele Gin se ead cele ee 1050 
Hthnologicalmiateritall:s 2034 Js. c vies +c o's wie tele hleiort eeu ve alae > 320 
SSUIVER AmtIGles sss Ca Bee. ecu fog AA tines ozclic whe teuieun us ete: uke ue eae 159 

i . 7520 


Most of this material is in storage but is in good condition. The 
fire destroyed our best material at the precise point when we had 
begun to think we had a representative series of collections from the 
various parts of the State. We are therefore seriously crippled and 
our extensive plans for a systematic exhibition have received a set- 
back. Nearly all the material acquired before the appointment of a 
permanent curator (in 1906) has been wiped out. That which has 
since been acquired by purchase and donation and through the per- 
sonal work of the Archeologist in the field has been largely saved. 
It is a source of some satisfaction to know that his labors have not 
come to naught. 

The Governor Myron H. Clark Iroquois exhibit. Much time 
has been given to the advancement of this work which involves the 
preparation of cultural groups of the Six Nations in life-size 
dimensions. In the course of the last two or three years the life 
casts necessary for the six groups planned have been gradually 
assembled and of the large backgrounds measuring 50 by 20 feet 
which are required for the scenic effect, three have been painted and 
others are in progress. ‘The greatest care has been taken in the 
selection of the types of figures from an ethnological point of view. 
It is not always or often easy to distinguish members of the Six 
Nations from one another and therefore it has been almost com- 
pulsory to take the men, women and children from the reservations 
regardless of their tribal relations, provided they preserved well 
their racial physiognomy. The six proposed groups call for about 
forty figures and of these nearly all have now been made. The © 
making of these life casts is a matter of some delicacy and difficulty 
inasmuch as the subject must assume and hold just that pose which 
the figure is to have in the resultant group. 

Toward the close of the summer, in view of the accumulated 
material, it seemed well to attempt the assembling of the first of 
these groups. The bringing together of the essentials for them had 
had its difficulties but the crucial test of the success of the under- 
taking lay in the final assembling and construction of a group with 
all its belongings in place. This therefore was undertaken and a 
temporary case erected in the Universalist church which serves as an | 


ur 


> 


ro 


= 


or 


= 
uy 


Scene, Canandaigua Lake; figures, life size 


The Iroquois exhibit: Hunter Group or Seneca INDIANS. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 77 


archeological laboratory, wherein the Seneca Hunter group has been 
thus brought together and carried through to a completion of all its 


. details. In the assembling of this group we had the benefit of an 


a a 


experience which will be of essential service in the construction of 
the remaining groups and it has required a large amount of time, 
labor and patience, as well as artistic ingenuity to produce the effect 
desired, particularly in making the foreground of the group dis- 
appear without break or obtrusive interval into the background of 
the picture. The work in its conclusion appears to be in all regards 
a success, both artistically and as an almost living expression of this 
particular phase of Indian activity. This group has not been exposed 
to public view but has been privately shown to a number of appre- 
ciative and intelligent people competent to see any of its shortcom- 
ings and appreciate its merits, and it is gratifying to feel that the 
work has met with quite unqualified approbation. 

This Seneca Hunter group represents a camp site on the west 
side of Canandaigua lake looking across the lake toward the hill 
Genundewa, or Sacred Hill of the Senecas. The time is the early 
dawn of a spring day. Looking out from the pine woods which is 
the location of the camp, the eye catches the shimmer of the dawn 
upon the waters of the lake and the glow of the coming sun upon 
the almost cloudless sky beyond the distant hills. The group of 
figures in the foreground consists of five, the father coming in from 
an early morning hunt with a fawn on his back, the mother at the 
skiving log cleaning a deer skin, the daughter on her knees cutting 
venison into strips, a lad felling a tree in the aboriginal mode of 
burning the trunk and chopping out the charred matter, and the 
elder brother, a warrior in full warrior’s garb and headtrim. The 
costumes have been specially designed and adapted to show the 
clothing of the time, which is supposed to antedate the coming of 
the white man. The life casts employed are the handiwork of a 
very skilful sculptor, Mr Caspar Mayer, and have been drawn with 
such attention to posture and to detail as to retain the surface of 
the skin in admirable and lifelike perfection. 

The completion of this group has satisfactorily demonstrated the 
possibility of bringing all the groups to a similar successful issue 
but it has for the present obstructed and impeded the working quar- 


ters of the Museum so that the auditorium of the church which has 
| been used some time past as the study of the artist, Mr David C. 


Lithgow, who has painted the backgrounds, is diminished to about 
one-half its size and the continuation of the artist’s work will be 


78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


prosecuted at some disadvantage. It is hoped to complete the cases — 
for these groups in the Education Building early and by so doing 
enable the removal of the first group to its proper place and with it 
out of the way opportunity will be afforded to try out the other 
groups experimentally before setting them up in their final resting 
places. 

I should take this occasion to speak here with very great appre- 
ciation of the admirable service rendered by David C. Lithgow, the 
artist of the background pictures, in the matter of assembling the 
parts of this group and bringing out the difficult distance effects so 
essential to the perfection of the assemblage. The work has required 
not only artistic appreciation but a large degree of mechanical in- 
genuity and execution. 

Not all of the work of the year has been given to the matter of 
perfecting this group. During the winter months and up into the 
early spring Mrs Shongo and her daughter, Mrs Maud Shongo Hurd, 
two Seneca women, were employed in the Archeologist’s rooms in 
embroidering deerskin costumes in quill, moose hair and beadwork 
for these life casts. Vhe art of working in moose hair and quill 
is almost extinct and so indeed is that of working all embroidery 
of the old style. These women were the only ones found who 
were still familiar with the technic of this handiwork. Great care 
was taken in the execution of this work to have every design and 
detail authentic. 

The Archeologist in the early summer located the historical sites 
for subjects of backgrounds; an Oneida village near Nichols pond 
in the town of Fenner, Madison county, an Oneida stronghold 
stormed by Champlain in 1615, and the Onondaga capital village in 
the town of Manlius, Onondaga county. The latter is now known 
as Indian Hill and overlooks the valley of Limestone creek. Some 
weeks were consumed here by Mr Lithgow in making the sketches: 
that are to serve as the data for his large paintings. Later in the 
summer a site was selected for the Cayuga Ceremonial group at Utt’s 
Point. & 

The selection of additional models from among the Onondagas 
who were to pose for the various characters in the Onondaga Coun? 
cil group was a matter of some difficulty and when the models were 
secured they were brought to Albany and very successfully cast by 
Henri Marchand, and in some cases casts of typical faces have been 
made by the Archeologist himself. 

Materials for the accessories to the groups have been sought for 


A life cast of an Onondaga chief made for the Council group 
of the Hall of Iroquois Ethnology, by Sculptor 
Henri Marchand. 


‘<SojouyIy Stonbosy FO [eP_T oy} 10F ‘rake 10}d[NOG Aq pojured 
Suioq oe urm eB pue Aqeq e& ‘UOWOM ULIPUl OAM} FO S}sed dfIT ‘OIpNys Jojseyd oy} ul JouIOD VY 


Typical Iroquois moose hair decoration on buckskin. From leggings 
made rg10-1I1 by Mrs A. Shongo and Mrs 
M. Shongo-Hurd, Seneca women. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 79 


and found, among other things a suitable log cabin for the Cayuga 
group which was obtained on the: Tonawanda reservation and has 


been shipped to Albany. 


Every log in this cabin was so numbered 


that its reconstruction is made easily possible. 

At the present time the work of painting the background for the 
Oneida group is proceeding as rapidly as practicable and it may 
be said that the materials necessary for all the groups are essentially 


ready to assemble. 


fo, OF ARCHEOLOGICAL SPECIMENS DESTROYED IN THE 
CAPITOL FIRE, MARCH 29, r1o11 


Pair of silver bracelets 

6 pairs of silver earrings 

Silver hatband 

Silver bracelets 

Belt 

Wampum beads 

Ladle 

Wooden mask 

2 bows 

Ball bat 

Baby frame 

Gambling bowl 

Dice (of peach stones) for gambling 
bowl 

Seneca corn soup paddle 

Indian flute 

Iroquois sacred flute 

Provision bag — seamless 

Corn husk mask 

Corn husk dishes (2), Seneca 

Corn husk water bottle 

Corn husk salt bottle 

2 basket meal sifters 

Bark sap tub 

Bark tray 

Box, birch, and moose hair w ue 

2 Indian dolls 

Carved stone pipe 

Indian sling for hurling stones 

Pair of women’s beaded cloth leg- 
gings 

2 pairs women’s moccasins - 

Very old work pouch 

Pair Indian buckskin mittens 

Mary Jemison’s soup ladle 

Seneca bark ladle 


Very ancient bone spoon 

Amulet stone (Seneca) 

Kettle 

Model of wooden corn mortar and 
pestle 

Ring puzzle 

Indian drum 

Card containing catlinite ornaments, 
copper bells and Venetian beads 

Shell ornament 

13 ceremonial stones 

Long canoe-shaped slate stone 

Stone ornament 

Bird or eagle stone 

Slate ball 


_ Bar amulet 


Sinew stone 

15 clay pipes 

7 stone pipes 

5 stone gouges 

Turtle shell 

Bone comb 

2 deer antlers 

Bone harpoon 

3 bone awls 

Bone needle 

Bone object 

Bone mask .of human face 
Bone carving 

15 bone (bird) beads 

2 bone fish-hooks 

String with various kinds of beads 
7 catlinites 

1007 beads 

8 stone sinkers 

Stone gouge 


So NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


6 stone pestles 

Decorated pottery 

3 hammer stones 

48 spear heads 

6 scrapers 

7 chert knives 

10 leaf-shaped objects of chert 
Chert flake with saw edge 
4 chert drills 

215 shell. beads 

Game stone 

Flint agricultural tool ° 


Stone for smoothing and rounding 


arrow shafts 

Slate ornament 

Discoidal or Chunkee stone 

3 clay vessels 

Red paint 

16 stone celts 

Stone chisel 

Card containing: 

4 copper arrow points 

2 iron knife blades 

I iron chisel 

3 copper arrow points 

I iron fish-hook 

I copper bead 

I iron awl 

5 copper thimbles 

2 copper bells 

I copper bracelet 

10 copper tubes 
I copper disk 
I copper ring 
I piece graphite 

116 arrow points 

Chert agricultural implement 

Card containing II arrow points 

Small stone object in form of bean 

Deer’s antler cut to a beveled edge 
on end 

2 perforated canine teeth 

3 stone axes 

Stone maul 

Stone mortars (2) 

Card containing 124 arrow points 
drills, spear heads, knives and leaf- 
shaped objects 

21 chert gambling pieces 

Shell ornaments 


4 shell beads 

35 bones, taken from feet of wolves, 
finished for necklace use 

2 bones for smoothing purposes 

5 bones used in manufacture of ar- 
rows 

8 bears’ teeth used for different pur- 
poses 

14 bones used for rubbing or smooth- 
ing purposes 

15 bird bones cut for use as beads 

3 bone harpoons for fishing 

Bone fish-hook 

56 bone objects for different purposes 

10 deer horn objects for different 
purposes 

21 bone arrow points 

106 bone awls 

Human skull with perforations 

Esquimaux object made of ivory 

44 clay pipes 

33 stone pipes 

2 bayonets 

2 buttons 


‘Part of flint lock gun 


29 fragments of decorated pottery 

Copper disc 

3 clay discs 

2 stone objects 

2 bird stones 

I2 stone gouges 

Soapstone kettle 

Tron tomahawk 

String of Indian beads and orna- 
ments 

Green serpentine stone axe 

II stones used for sharpening pur- 
poses 

5 rubbing stones 

4 fragments soapstone kettles 

Stone fishing sinkers 

Grooved stone axe 

2 western arrow points 

8 stone corn pounders or pestles 

8 game stones 

5 hammer stones 

Ceremonial stones (13) 

2 stone tubes 

2 stone knives 

Copper spear head 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII SI 


4 clay vessels 

3 chert drills 

51 arrow points 

9 chert leaf-shaped implements 

3 scrapers 

50 spear heads 

5 heads of various animals in clay 

24 clay pipe bowls 

3 clay pipe fragments 

2 stone axes 

66 stone celts 

Stone mortar 

Indian war club 

Iron tomahawk and pipe combined 

23 clay vessels 

3 copper kettles 

2 carved bone images of human 
beings 

7 bone tools 

' 3 bone arrow points 

Stone celt 

3 stones for sharpening tools 

Stone sinker 

5 stone spear heads 

8687 Venetian glass beads 

3 stone pipes 

23 clay pipes 

10 portions of turtle shell 

6 portions of wooden ladles 

3 cloth fragments 

Strip of buckskin clasped with cop- 
per fasteners 

Necklace 

Copper tube 

String of 140 
inches long 

String of 378 
inches long 

String of 392 
inches long 

String of 700 
inches long 

4 strings of beads 

Necklace composed of the teeth of 
the bear and wolf (62 in number) 

String of 23 teeth of the elk 

String of 11 natural shells 

String of 256 copper beads 

2 grinding stones 

8 iron trade axes 


wampum beads 20 


wampum beads 54 
wampum beads 56 


beads 56 


wampum 


Copper kettle containing 109 arrow 
points 

2 chert knives 

Leaf-shaped implements (2) 


. Stone pipe 


3 clay pipes 

Bone comb 

Necklace (very fine specimen) 

3 necklaces consisting of shell orna- 
ments 

147 miscellaneous ornaments 

Wooden spoon 

Wooden cup 


. Bone spoon 


Clay vessel 

Pair of copper bracelets 

8 strings of beads (various kinds) 

Brass kettle containing 68 various 
objects 

15 cards containg 111 Indian relics 
of various kinds 

Land tortoise shell with perforations 

29 gambling devices 

Bone punch 

Bone handle 

3 chert scrapers 

5 leaf-shaped objects 

2 spear heads 

I2 arrow points 

2 chert drills 


‘Ceremonial stone 


5 stone celts 
Grooved axe 

gouges 

sharpening stones 

stone corn pounders 

game stones 

iron axes 

Iron hoe 

Fragments of pottery 

8 strings of beads of various kinds 
6 clay pipes 

58 clay pipe fragments 

Lead pipe 

Copper pipe 

2 stone pipes 

2 stone pipe fragments 

Bone comb 

2 clay vessels 


Clay disk 


Cw 


Nr 


NO 


82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


13 clay pottery fragments 

72 bone tools (fragments) 

3 soapstones (decorated) 

7 soapstones (plain) 

4 ceremonial stones 

79 stone knives 

Iron trade axe 

3 chert drills 

5 game flints 

Long gun barrel 

Jasper scrapers (7) 

5 quartz scrapers 

II copper beads 

2 copper arrow points 

Piece of decorated copper 

22 celts 

4 stone mullers 

3 stone hammers 

2 sharpening stones 

3 sinew stones 

Chert spade 

II stone plummets 

4 stones used for agricultural pur- 
poses 

28 stones used for various purposes 

25 leaf-shaped implements 

392 spear heads and arrow points 

126 chert drills 

23 large chert objects 

Rubbing stone 

615 chert scrapers 

Copper ring 

Brass kettles 

oI flint points 

Shell gouge 

Shell chisel 

2 pipes (red stone) 

Tomahawk 

Shell ornaments 

10 bone implements 

3 bone ornaments 

Totem pipe 

2 pipes 

Fish hook of bone 

3 sink stones 

Wampum beads 

2 ceremonial stones 

2 celts 

Pottery fragments 

Fish hook and line 


a 


Clay pipes (4) 
Steatite pipe 

Stone pipe 

Bird stone 

Copper spear head 

10 spear heads 
Ceremonial object 
Indian skull 
Tomahawk 

2 stone chisels 

17 stone knives 
Scraper 

6 gouges 

3 sinkers 

II celts 

II grooved axes 

2 stone hammers 

8 drills or perforations 
19 spear heads or knives 
26 arrow points 

6 pestles 

2 ceremonial objects 
Steatite pipe 

3 celts 

Hammer and sinker combined 
Game stone 

Knives or spears (12) 
55 spear heads 

132 arrow points 

5 bunt scrapers 
Copper spear head 

6 stone pestles 

& celts 

Hammer stone 
Grooved axe 

Stone mortar 
Leaf-shaped chert implements (7) 
4 drills 

Iron trade-axe 

38 hammer stones | 

19 celts 

13 scrapers 

70 clay pipe fragments 

3 clay disks 

8 stone disks 

11 beads 

8 bone awls 

3 bone needles 

98 bone tools 

Bone pottery marker 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII — 83 


Human faces molded in clay (2) 

8 shell ornaments 

296 bones and teeth for ornamental 
and useful purposes 

235 pottery sherds (decorated) 

13 pottery sherds (plain) 

2 stone ornaments 

2 mortars 

Sharpening stone 

2 iron axes 

I stone pipe 

16 beads 

IO arrow points 

Game stone 

3I arrow points 

8 gun flints 

Copper ornament 

48 arrow points 

Red slate pendant 

Decorated clay pottery fragments 
(35) 

7 plain clay pottery fragments 

2 celts (fragments) 

9 clay pipes (fragments ) 

5 celts 

3 hammer stones 

Animals’ bones and teeth (27) 

Sandstone pipe 

3 bone awls 

Bone arrow 

2 gatne stones 

4 shells 

Pottery vessel 

5 bone tools 

Scraper 

5 spear heads (chert) 

Spear head (copper) 

31 arrow points 

13 arrow points (copper) 

Arrow point (bone) 

2 knives 

2 drills 

6 gun flints 

Sinker 

4 leaf-shaped pieces of chert for 
various purposes 

2 iron knives 

Smoothing stones 

81 pottery sherds (decorated) 

68 pottery sherds (plain) 


Pottery marker 

133 animal bones 

25 shells 

3 bone tools 

Harpoon (bone) 
Flaking tool 

Corn pounder 

Rubbing stone 

4 scrapers 

5 pottery pipes (fragments) 
Copper kettle (fragment) 
2 bone awls 

Hammer stone 

3 stone mortars 

2 stone pestles 

12 stone chisels 

Stone gouge 

Spear head (chert) 
Indian knife (chert) 

4 tomahawks 

Brass kettle 

Gun lock and rifle barrel 
2 war clubs 

Moccasin needle 

Stone tube 

Stone amulet 

Indian necklace of teeth 
Earthen basin 
Headdress (Seneca) 
Calumet 


_ Leaden cross 


Stone skull cracker 
La Crosse sticks (2) 
2 Indian bows 

6 feathered arrows 

2 snow snakes 

Bark tray or platter 
2 splint baskets 
Medicine pouch 
String of stone beads 
Bark canoe (model) 
4 paddles 

Cigar case 

2 card receivers 
Watch case 

2 clay pipes 

3 pipes (not complete) 
16 arrow heads 
Arrow head (copper) 
Knee rattle 


84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Arm bands (1 pair) 

Wrist bands (1 pair) 

Knee bands (1 pair) 

Indian belts (3 varieties) 
Moccasins (2 pairs) 

2 kilts or skirts 

2 pairs leggings 

Necklace 

Pin cushions ‘(3 varieties) 
Work bags (5 varieties) 
Pocketbooks (6 varieties) 
Breech cloth 
Needle book * 

Baby frame | 

3 bark trays 

2 hominy blades 

Bowl for game, with peachstones 
Deer buttons for an Indian game 
Javelins for an Indian game 
4 tobacco pouches 
Ball bat for an Indian game 
Pipe 

6 Indian bows 

2 burthen-straps 

2 skeins 

2 husk salt-bottles 

Air gun 

Bow and wheel for striking fire 
2 basket sieves 

Open-work basket 

Toilet basket 

Headdress 

Sheaf for carrying arrows 
Satchel 

Work bag 

2 pin cushions 

Kilt 


Deerskin shoulder-belt 
3 moccasins 
Shot pouch 

3 hominy blades 
Bread turner 

4 wooden ladles 
Wooden spoon 
6 bark trays 
Bark sap-tub 
Glass beads 

2 canes 

Belt and knife 


Horn rattle 


War club 

2 Indian flutes 

Indian bow 

Ball bat 

Feathered arrows (18 specimens in 
sheath) 

Tobacco pouch 

Moosehair and bark burthen-strap 

Burthen-straps (6) 

Grass shoulder ornament 

2 bark ropes 

Finger-catcher 

Basket sieve 

Covered basket 

Hominy blade 

Skirt 

Leggings (2 pairs) 

Broadcloth blanket 

Snow-boat 

Bark canoe 

Museum collection of flints 

Museum collection of pottery 

Museum collection of polished 
stone articles 


VII 


PUBLICATIONS 


A list of the scientific publications issued during the year I910—-11T, 
with those now in press and treatises ready for printing, is attached 
hereto. The publications issued cover the whole range of our scien- 
tific activities. They embrace 1042 pages of text, 151 plates and 5 


maps. 


The labor of preparing this matter, verifying, editing and cor- 
recting is onerous and exacting. Taken altogether, it excellently 
indicates the activity and diligence of the staff of this division. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 85 


ANNUAL REPORT 


1 Seventh Report of the Director, State Geologist and Paleon- 
tologist for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1910. 28op. 42pl. 


Contents: 
. Introduction WoLUL Stange 
I Condition of the scientific IX Accessions 
collections X The New York State Mu- 
II Report on the geological seum Association 
survey Comparative Sketch of the 
Areal geology Precambric Geology of 
Surficial geology Sweden and New York. 
Industrial geology J. F. Kemp 
Seismological station . Notes on the Geology of 
Mineralogy the Swedish Magnetites. 
Paleontology D. H. NEwLanp 
III Report of the State Botan- Notes on the Geology of 
ist the Gulf of St Law- 
IV Report of the State Ento- rence. J. M. CLARKE 
mologist The Carbonic Fauna of the 
V Report on the zoology sec- Magdalen Islands. J. W. 
tion BEEDE 
VI Report on the archeology Exfoliation Domes in War- 
section ren County, New York. 
Ethnology ; W. J. MILLER 
Archeology Studies on Some Pelmato- 
The Mary Jemison monu- zoa of the Chazy Epoch. 
ment G. H. Hupson 
VII Publications Index 
BULLETINS 
Geology 


2 No. 146 Geologic Features and Problems of the New York 
City (Catskill) Aqueduct. By Charles P. Berkey. 286p. 38pl. maps. 


Contents: Introduction 
Introduction and acknowledgment Ch. 1 General position of 
I General features aqueduct line 
Ch. 1 Catskill water supply 2 Hudson river canyon 
project 3 Geological conditions af- 
2 Problems encountered in fecting the Hudson 
the project river crossing 
3 Relative values of dif- 4 Geological features in- 
ferent sources of in- volved in selection of 
formation and stages site for the Ashokan 
of development dam 
4 General geology of the 5 Character and quality of 
region the bluestone for 
IL Geologic problems of the aque- structural purposes 


duct ee 


86 


Ch. 6 The Rondout valley sec- 
tion 
7 The Wallkill valley sec- 
tion 
8 Ancient Moodna valley 
9 Rock condition of Foun- 
dry brook 
10 Geology of Sprout brook 
1m Structure of Peekskill 
creek valley 
12 Croton lake crossing 
13 Geology of the Kensico 
_dam site 
14 Stone of the Kensico 
quarries 
15 The Bryn Mawr siphon 


22 INO, 
Gordon. I22p. 26pl. I map. 
Contents: 

Introduction 


Location and other general fea- 
tures of the quadrangle 

Topography 

Drainage 

General geology 

Previous geologic work 

Stratigraphical table 

The Precambric gneisses | 

The Hortontown basic eruptive 
and associated metomorphic 
rocks 

The basal quartzite (Poughquag) 

The Wappinger (Barnegate) lime- 
stone 


4 Noo asi 
D. H. Newland.  82p. 


Contents: 


Introduction 
Mineral production of New York 
Cement 
Clay 
Production of clay materials 
Manufacture of building brick 
Other clay materials 
Pottery 
Crude clay 


148 Geology of the Poughkeepsie Quadrangle. 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


16 A study of shaft 13 and 
vicinity on the New 
Croton aqueduct 

17 Geological conditions af- 
fecting the location of 
delivery conduits in 
New York city 

18 Areal and _ structural 
geology south of 59th 
street : 

19 Special 
zones 

20 The general question of 
postglacial faulting 


exploration 


Index 


By Cae: 


The Wappinger creek belt 

The Fishkill limestone 

The “Hudson River” slate group 

Preglacial history of the drainage 

Glacial geology 

Retreat of the ice sheet 

Postglacial erosion 

The present depression 

Other drainage features and ad- 
justments 

Land forms 

Economic geology 

Bibliography 

Index 


The Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. By 


Emery 
Feldspar 
Garnet 
Graphite 
Gypstiun 

Iron ore 
Millstones 
Mineral waters 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


Natural gas Stone (continued) 
Petroleum Granite 
Pyrite Limestone 
Salt Marble 
Sand and gravel Sandstone 
Slate Trap 
Stone Talc 
Production of stone Index 


5 No. 152 Geology of the Honeoye-Wayland Quadrangles. 


87 


By 
Pee Enther: 30p. I map. 
Contents: 
Formations in ascending order Devonic (continued ) 
Ontaric or Siluric Genesee black shale 
Camillus shale Genundewa limestone 
Bertie (and Cobleskill ?) wa- West River dark shale 
terlime Middlesex black shale 
Devonic Cashaqua shale 
Oriskany sandstone _ Rhinestreet black shale 
Onondaga limestone Hatch shale and flags 
Marcellus black shale Grimes sandstone 
Stafford limestone Gardeau flags and shales 
Cardiff shale - .  Nunda sandstone 
Skaneateles shale Wiscoy beds 
Ludlowville shale Chemung sandstone and shale 
Tichenor limestone Dip 
Moscow shale Index 


Pyrite layer in horizon of 
Tully limestone 


Entomology 


6 No. 147 Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year 


ending September 30, 1910. 182p. 35pl. 


Contents: Notes for the year (continued) 
Introduction Forest tree insects 
Injurious insects Miscellaneous 
Codling moth Publications of the Entomologist 
Juniper webworm Additions to collections 
Large aphid spruce gall Appendix 
Ash psylla Miastor americana Felt, an ac- 
Notes for the year count of pedogenesis 
Fruit insects | Explanation of plates 
Garden and grain insects Index 


Shade tree pests 


88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Botany 


7 No. 150 Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending 
Sepremmper 2O; 1910, TOOp. 10 pl: 


Contents: 


Introduction Edible fungi 

Plants added to the herbarium Cranberry and Averyville marshes 

Contributors and their contribu- New York species of Hypholoma 
tions New York species of Psathyra 

Species not before reported Explanation of plates 

Remarks and observations Index 


New species and varieties of ex- 
tralimital fungi 


GEOLOGIC MAPS 


8 Poughkeepsie quadrangle 
Q Honeoye-Wayland quadrangles 


In press 


MEMOIRS 


10) Birdsvot New York, volume 2 
I1 Eurypterida of New York 


BULLETINS 
Geology 


12 Glacial Geology of the Schenectady Quadrangle 
13 Geology of the Broadalbin Quadrangle 

14 Glacial Waters in the Black and Mohawk Valleys 
15 The Mineral Springs at Saratoga 


ENTOMOLOGY 
16 Report of the State Entomologist for the fiscal year ending 
September 30, I9II 
Botany 


17 Report of the State Botanist for the fiscal year ending Sep- 
tember 30, I9II 


VIIl 


STARE OF THE “SCIENCE, DIVISION AND Sina 
~~ MUSEUM 


The members of the staff, permanent and temporary, of this 
division as at present constituted are: 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


ADMINISTRATION 


John M. Clarke, Director 
Jacob Van Deloo, Director’s clerk 
Paul E. Reynolds, Stenographer 


GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 


John M. Clarke, State Geologist and Paleontologist 
David H. Newland, Assistant State Geologist 
Rudolf Ruedemann, Assistant State Paleontologist 
C. A. Hartnagel, Assistant in geology 

Robert W. Jones, Assistant in economic geology 
D. Dana Luther, Field Geologist 

Herbert P. Whitlock, Mineralogist 

George S. Barkentin, Draftsman 

H. C. Wardell, Preparator 

Michael T. Sammon, Stenographer 

Martin Sheehy, Machinist 

Joseph Bylancik, Page 


Temporary Experts 


Areal geology 


Prot EL. BP: ee Adelbert College 

Prof. J. F. Kemp, Columbia University 

Dr C. P. Berkey, Columbia University 

Dr Arthur Hollick, Bronx Garden 

G. H. Hudson, Plattsburg State Normal School 
Prof. W. J. Miller, Hamilton College 


Dr W. O. Crosby, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 


Dawa. Kimmel, Menton, IN.) 
Burton W. Clark, Washington, D. C. 


Geographic geology 


Prof. Herman L. Fairchild, Rochester University 
Prof. Albert P. Brigham, Colgate University 


Paleontology 
Edwin Kirk, Washington, D. C. 


BOTANY 


Charles H. Peck, State Botanist 
Stewart H. Burnham, Assistant 


gO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


ENTOMOLOGY 


Ephraim P. Felt, State Entomologist 

D. B. Young, Assistant State Entomologist 
Fanny T. Hartman, Assistant 

Anna M. Tolhurst, Stenographer 

J. Shafer Bartlett, Clerk 


ZOOLOGY 


Willard G. Van Name, Zoologist 
Arthur Paladin, Taxidermist 


Temporary Experts 


Prof. E. Howard Eaton, Canandaigua. 
Dr H. A. Pilsbry, Philadelphia 


ARCHEOLOGY 
Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist 


Temporary assistant 
FE. R. Burmaster, Irving 


IX 
1246, Cl S SIKOUN,S 
ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 
Collection 
Newland, D. H. Albany 
Building stones, rough and polished, from Adirondacks.......... 20 
Talevitrom St Tawrence COUNTY. is. o.)ca ob oe hc steele Sen ee ee 5 
Pyrite ore trom Gouverneur, No VY ois. dence ee eck ee 2 
Feldspar from New) York. quarries)... 2. ....0.020c. 2.5 veneer 12 


Jones, R. W. Albany 
Building stones, rough and polished, from southeastern New York. 40 


Kaolin from Shenandoaln, (Ns. Y.. 5.0705. oRa see vee 5 
84 
PALEONTOLOGY 

Donation 

Allardyce, Mrs W. L. Falkland Islands 
Fossils trom Falkland islands: 22... .<.0.4 2. )oee sae te ne ree 90 

Cole, Rev. Thomas. Saugerties, N. Y. 

Number of starfish: on datee sclabi cota. sms see © ccs iets wee I 


Foerste, Dr A. F. Dayton, Ohio 


Clitambonites diversus-fogersensis Poerste..':....4.5> 0.5 0rp eee eae II 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII gI 


Hudson, Prot. G. H. Plattsburg, N. Y. 


PMSA he MiMnalic a nhomliu WV allcOliin Island y.as eaten e ces b seals. nce. | 2 
Jones, R. W. Albany 

DicionenitamcrassumipGintye | COty pC ws sac. sae ee oe dele lee eee ec on 
Kirk, Edwin. Washington, D. C. 

Fossils from Black River limestone, Kirkfield, Ontario, Canada.... 100 
Ormiston, Prof. William T. Constantinople, Turkey 

Denomiciosslseironm Ivounieli-bitssanr, chunkeyd.a- .ae00.+.-+c-- 2 115 

Exchange 


van Ingen, Prof. Gilbert. Princeton, N. J. 
BMnypteniassijonl base or salina at Hatimers, Mills, Oneida co., 


Iho NE eb etn AS eee ec orn ga Nae bath atk IER ie a a 8 
Purchase 
Dean, R. C. Dalhousie, N. B. 
Wevomemisiies eho mie Vite Osa Sidr sees.) atiarg ete othe sb Sesotho) dyatiove se els 8: 10 
Krantz, Dr F. Bonn, Germany 
One Tom ill OMIEES Haile tais aks coscises alee Naps Cae Sp ERRCO OED CAE Oe Senne 7 
Plourde, Anthony. Migouasha West, P. 0. 
Devomicwmshics rom, Macotasha,. Ps Or Canada y....c045:.8..6.02 137 
Collection 
Clarke, John M. 
Wer omemossils toni meat News iWwiclmotmdsde OW. yanks .. aces 2: 6 
SUMMeEsKOSsils homme New mRIChimoncdy ey Ouran achs.cas Gees. ees 40 
EG wie D ery OMlGelitneSstOMes a usnian acme clase We se wine era Gale aes ele 10 
Pleistocene shells from elevated beaches, New Richmond, Pas@x 
(CR NABIGCIE! Sane, SS RIES he Bate isto) RRR ORI So ae 50 


Mya truncata 

Macoma sabulosa 

M. balthica 

Serripes groenlandicus 
Chrysodomus despectus 


Mevonre coal, Cape Haldimand, Gaspe Bay,)P. ©, Canada........ I 
Hartnagel, C. A. 

ita mie nid Suet Oilers chitin COMM yim secre sale diaiess @afe.c 6.8 eile esi weal 570 
Ruedemann, R. 

Graptolites and eurypterids from Normanskill shale at Catskill.... 250 

Fossils from lower Siluric shales and limestones of Schuylerville 

SIIEET Go HS SG den Goo bls coe DN OC AMOI Cee OPEC IRE RS ICE ORE tc ene a 200 

Wardell, H. C. 

Fossils from Canajoharie eiroiten) shale near Watervliet. OAT 

Siapilones LOM iMamiltom 1onmation- im Ulster cOv.. 0.5.60. 6... oes 200 


Q2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


MINERALOGY 


Donation 

Jones, R. W. Albany 

Nattve copper and cuprite, Box Elder co.,, Utah. 3.3). 2 ee 

Pyrite (crystal) A he dead tae 

Malachite and azurite 

Cupriteand-chysocollay 6.0 ASE Pi yee “See 

Aurichalcite on azurite ee Was ea Pe 

Malachiteand chrysocolla’,. . 4. Sehr 

Pyrite, (Boulderico., Coli ccecc. cs po desea heat eee ae 
Sanford, Gen. Denver, Col. 

Pyrargyrite, Gunniston co., Colle. .) jasc secics uss) cu 0 oe 

Sylvaniterand fluorite, Cripple Creek, Coll. se. 2.4.25 02 

Sylmanite Cripple Creek Coleime were ev dust beste 

Ouartz Gamethyst), ‘Colorado. Rho ase Se ee ie 
Hough, R. B. Lowville, N. Y. 

Sphalerite in quartz, Lyonsdale, Wewis co... 4-2. eee I 

Ouartz, dyonsdale, Lewis (cy e:).j0.c oa eee ee Oe ee ee 5 
Hartnagel, C. A. Albany, N. Y. 

Calcite, near Three Forks, Montel. feet ee cae 6 #] 
Stow.) se Sakatoed: Nerve 

Marcasite and ‘sphalerite, Elizabethtown, N.Y... 22. eee 

Malachite im limonite, Indian ake, (N.Y 3.2. cee ee 

Tourmalin in pegmatite, Greenfield, IN: Y../i15s.26.- .025 eee 

Ouartz in limestone, Saratoga Ni GY... Sea.) ee ee 

Malachite) azurite, chalcocite; Adirondacks CG)... 2... o. oe 
Van Loon, E. S. Albany, N. Y. 

Atagonite in conglomerate,” Albany, N. Y..22.4. 4. 232 3 
Gavitsaia Albany. iN. ay. 

Ouartz iCenystal), Wemple, Nov Yi 00k bag ee RR ee ee I 
Herrick, a) We Albany, iN: Y:; 

Ouartz,. New ‘Baltimore, Ni Ys. sole dsc sk anc acieieeeenee I 


Ss = = = = = eS 


Ke H&S S&S 


ne SS me 


Exchange 


Laws Boe. sehenectady, IN. °¥: 
Ouartz, (crystals), Amsterdam, IN. Yo... 0 2s920 0 une IS 
Goodwin, H. R. Philadelphia, Pa. 
Barite on dolomite, Frizineton, England )..... 2. 4. 6.65) I 
Jandorf, M. L. York, Pa. 
Cerargyrite, embolite and iodyrite, Tonopah, Nevada............. 
Pyrrte in ishale Vor a 3.26 oie ce scacelwint oe. sceseie geen ee ae 
Chrysocolla and chalcocite; York, Pa... o...cd.- ta ee 
Magnetite, Barts)! Berks co: (Paes. at siiseh eas ba ae 
Rutilatéd quartz, York Pans. vee. ia. vss sais Be 2s ce eon eene ee en 


wou 


Purchase 
Law, E. S. Schenectady, N. Y. 


Quartz on chalcedony, Amsterdam, N.Y. is. .en-4e bee eee 4 
Ouartz (crystals), Anisterdama, Ni N..s ¥i4.c6 elas a auet eel ioe 3 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 93 


Collection 
Assistant State Geologist and R. W. Jones’ 


MieMGer ANG MnO Riiep Humes Ni) Vice ae cals Sera nie. s.cce cela eccle gscece oe Bee 5 
Mineralogist and C. A. Hartnagel . 

Beg (ance crystals).) Batelellerville; No Yous... 3... 2666. .c 6555. ine) 
Bemuin(ciaystals). batchellervallle; Nw oo stg esas cues ges eee oo ee 5 
Benya microchine and quartz, Batchellerville, N. Y...........2.. IL 

Muscovite (cleavage sheets showing inclusions), Batchellerville, 
ITs, SE cic BRS Oe SU mes een ae tN NC a 2 
Minscovite, (laree! crystals), Batchellerville, N; Y...:2.2.......--. 8 
Muscovite, in microline and quartz, Batchellerville, N. Y.......... 8 
Waasea (ose), Batchellervalle, No 5 aa. Side eee ols cds Subs wees 7 
Pyroxene and muscovite in pegmatite, Batchellerville, N: Y...... I 
Himronite and quartz, Batchellerville, Ne Yioiso. ccs cike we ec eee ce i 
Mirecnociine (crystal). Batchellerville, Nive. cake hee ce ee ce I 

Mineralogist 
Pear Omiter tleGOne lomenrate, i batlys INg Ys .9 toed esc 6 dees es Sse 14 
@ranez(chalcedony,), Saratogay Ni Y gagcc te hai ek vices ode lle os 6 
Wuactze(hint). Saratoga, Ns Youcsss-. ce Beare EN Ess: Sucurontt B a g 3 
CannewanGicraphite inj serpentine, Saratoga, ING au sens cee. cc. sss 4 
164 
ENTOMOLOGY 
Donation 
Hymenoptera 


Nailer Mrs oM. S: “Boonvilley Thalessa atrata:- Fabr., black 
long sting, July 6 

Baker, A. N. ~ Bellport. Rhodites bicolor  Harr., spiny rose 
gall, old galls on rose, June 19 

Douglass, J. A. Oriskany Falls. Cynips? prinoides Beutm., 
gall, September 14 

Wallace, Sterling. New York City. Tremex columba Linn, 
pigeon Tremex, adults on hickory, September 12 

Sidacpe, EL. ©: Schenectady, “Caliroa:> cerasi lLinn., cherry and 
pear slug, eggs on cherry, June 3 

Livingston, J, H. ‘Yivoli: Kaliofenusa ulmi Sund.,' elm leat 
miner, larvae on elm, May 30 

Howe, Madam. Kenwood. Same as preceding, May 31 

Graff, Stephen. Johnstown. Same as preceding, June 16 

Peeine eh. Co Chester,  Urichiocampus viminalis Fallen, 
poplar sawfly, larvae on poplar, August 13 é 

Harris, W. H. Greenfield Center. Same as preceding, August 30 

Barron, Leonard. Garden City. Abia inflata Nort., larvae on 
Lonicera, June 8 

State Department of Agriculture. Trichiosoma tibialis Steph., 
cocoon and pupa on Crataegus from Holland, April 10 


Q4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Coleoptera 


Hyle, Fisher. Germantown. Eccoptogaster rugulosus Ratz., 
adult, August 8 

Cushman, R. L. Yonkers. E. quadrispinoswus Say, adult on 
hickory, August 13 

Brisbin, C. E. Schuylervillee Gymnetron teter Fabr, aame 
June 21 

Sargent, Miss G. W. Lenox, Mass. Rhynchites bicolor Fabr., 
rose curculio, adults and work, October 26 . 

Nards, R. 8S. Slingerlands.§ Pomphopoea sayi Lece., Say’s blister 
beetle, adults, May 31 

Bowen, Smith. Hartford. Same as preceding, May 31 

Hart, Matthew. Castleton. Same as preceding, on locust blossoms, 
June 5 

Winne, C. M. Castleton. Same as preceding, adult, June 8 

DeGarmo, A. C. Schuylerville. Same as preceding, June 8 

Jansen, Frank. Fonda. Same as preceding, June 14 

Ward, J. G. Cambridge. Same as preceding, June 16 

Ward, Arthur. Philmont. Same as preceding, on cherry, June 20 

Brisbin, C. E. Schuylerville. Same as preceding, adult, June 21 

Fairman, C. E. Lyndonville Meloe angusticollis Say, oil 
beetle, adult, September 15 

Bush, Miss E. Albany. Tribolium confusum Duv., confused 
flour beetle, adults, November 29 

Frost & Bartlett Co. ~ Stamford, Conn.- Chalepus) dope 
Thunb. locust leaf miner, adults on locust, Ausust 30, gee wee 
C. nervosa Panz., adult on locust, August 30 

Rose, J. F. South Byron. Systena taeniata Say vag blagee 
Melsh., adult on bean, June 29 

Wicks, F. B. Ticonderoga. Galerucella luteola, Mullgem 
leaf beetle, larvae, June 28 

Satterlee, H. L. Highland Falls. Same as preceding, larvae, pupae and 
adults on elm, July 6 

Bell, Miss S. L. Amsterdam. Same as preceding, eggs on elm, July 21 

Wood, Miss F. A. Poughkeepsie. Same as preceding, adult on elm, 
August 7 

Bloodgood Nurseries. Flushing. Through State Department of Agri- 
culture Melasoma scripta _ Fabr., lined cottonwood beetle, 
egg, larvae and adult on poplar, August 18 ie 

Hicks, J. J. Jericho. Crioceris asparagi | Linhyaspaegere 
beetle, adults on. asparagus, May 19. Also C. duodecim- 
punctata Linn., !2-spotted asparagus beetle, adults on asparagus, 
May 19 

Shutts, W. H. Claverack. Saperda candida Fabt,, Teams 
headed appletree borer, adults on apple, May 25 

Onderdonk, A. F. Webster Groves, Mo. Plectrodera scalator 
Fabr., banded poplar borer, adult, July 26 

Flanders, C. Y. Tribes Hill. Monohammus confusor Kirby, 
pine sawyer, larvae on pine, March 14 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQII 95 


Wadsworth, Leland. Troy. Same as preceding, adult, June 5 

Pickering, F. B. Ballston Spa. Same as preceding, June 6 

Feeney, James. Meadowdale. Phymatodes variabilis  Fabr, 
variable oak borer, adults reared from oak, June 5 

Eeedey, Eo i Amsterdam. DWesmocerus palliatus  Forst., 
cloaked knotty horn, adults on elder, June 2 

State Department of Agriculture. Mount Vernon. Neoclytus 
erythrocephalus Fabr., adult on maple, June 16 

Baawit i. A. “Schenectady, Euphoria ainda -Linn., bumble 
flower beetle, adult, May 30. 

Brisbin Cy Ee: Schiylerville. Anomala- TIucicola Fabr., light 
loving grapevine beetle, adult, June 21. Also Serica sericea 
Ill., adult, June 21 

Draper, R. C. Rochester. Through State Department of Agriculture. 
Eeopitavinctiasciata Say.-ijurine pear blossoms, from Greece, 
May 16 

Scudder, J. B. Coxsackie. Canthon laevis Dru., tumble bug or 
dung beetle, adult and dung ball, May 27 

Gibbes, K. H: Schenectady: Amphicerus bicaudatus Say, 
apple twig borer, work on cherry, June 23 

wouter bo oi New York City. Dhelydrias contractus Mots., 
adult, pupal and larval skins, June 20 

Clapp, S. K. Brown Station. Through State Conservation Commission, 
Agrilus bilineatus Web., two-lined chestnut borer, larvae on 

- chestnut, August 30 

Erisoimee. oh.  ochiylerville: Dicerca -<divaricata Say, adult, 
June 21 

Fisher, George. Albany. Alaus oculatus Linn, eyed snapping 
beetle, adult, June 26 

Carpenter, J. s. Marlboro. “Byturws unicolor Say, raspberry 
Byturus, adults on raspberry, May. 15 

Wilson, Mrs James. Rochester. Attagenus piceus  Oliv., black 
€arpet beetle, larvae, October 3. Also Anthrenus scrophu- 
lariae Linn., Buffalo carpet beetle, larvae, October 3 

Cleveland, ©. Scotia. Silvanus surinamensis Linn., saw- 
toothed grain beetle, adults, April 12 

Seiver, W. I. & Co. Angelica. Same as preceding, in flour, May 31 

Bates & Broman. Middleburg. Same as preceding, adults, June 20 


Diptera 


Sollms. |; DD. Witca. VTabanius atratts - Forst., horse-fly, adult, 
July 14 ; 

Kellogg, V. L. Stanford University, Cal. Thecodiplosis pini- 
radiatae Snow & Mills, cotypes on Monterey pine, March 16 

Moore, R. M. Rochester. Anopheles punctipennis Say, 
malaria mosquito, adult, October 6 


Siphonaptera 


Drew, Miss M. E. Highland Falls. Through State Department of Health. 
Ctenocephalus canis Curt., dog flea, adult, August 4 


96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Lepidoptera 


Todd, Miss Mabel. Gloversville. Euvanessa antiopa Linn, 
spiny elm caterpillar, larva, June 2 

Draper, L. W. Amenia. Same as preceding, June 3 

Thomas, M. G. Ticonderoga. Same as preceding, on elm, June 3 

Babcock, H. N. Elmira. Same as preceding, larvae, June 5 

Morey, C. L. Greenwich. Same as preceding, June 6 

Pickering, F. B. Ballston Spa. Same as preceding, on elm, June 6 

Zeh, S. D. Hillsdale. Same as preceding, June 6 

Russell, C. A. Frankfort. Same as preceding, larvae, June 14 

Baker, A. N. Bellport. Same as preceding, June 17 

Winchester, M. F. South Amenia. Same as preceding, chrysalids, June 9 

Rankin, E. W. Albany. Same as preceding, chrysalis, June 14 

Wells, William. Flushing. Basilarchia astyanax (Pabrlaewe 
on oak, May 30 

Ward, G. E.. Ravena. Samia cecropia ,Linn, Cectopiagaumenn 
cocoon, May @é 

McEwan, Livingston. Albany. Same as preceding, adult, May 24 

Carpenter,:J. H. Elnora. Callosamia prom e¢eth eae. 
methea moth, cocoon on lilac, December 9 

Hicks) J. (J. Jericho. Same as \preceding, cocoon, Apmis 

Darling, Miss F. B. Syracuse. Same as preceding, pupae, April 28 

Russell, C. A. Frankfort. Same as preceding, cocoons, June 6 

Pierce, Mrs N. A. Solsville Tropaea luna linn. Donaemious 
adult, May 20. Also Telea polyphemus Cram, Polypuemmus 
moth, adult, May 29 

Wheeler, Mrs M. E. East Nassau. Tropaea luna Linn. Luna 
moth, adult, May 29 

Reed, J. A. Watervliet. Telea polyphemus Cram., Polyphemus 
moth, cocoon and moth, July 15 

Huested, P. L. Sparta. Through State Department of Agriculture. 
Hyphanttfia textor Harr, fall webworm, larvae; Ameuseees 

Bennett, A. T. Tivoli. Same as preceding, larvae on apple, June 9 

Scifield, A. G. Hopewell Junction. Same as preceding, larva, Septem- 
berma2 

Powers, F. N. Utica. Alypia octomaculata Fabr., 8-spotted 
forester, larva, June 23 

King, F. A. New York City. Same as preceding, larvae on grapevine, 
July 6 

Rich, W. L. Saratoga. Macronoctua onusta Gr., Inisyboren 
larvae on Iris, July 28 

Huyck, J. N. Albany. Same as preceding, August 2 

Harris, A. G. North Pelham. Papaipema nitela Guen, stalk 
borer, caterpillars, July 17 

Herrick, C. J. Albany. Xylina antennata Walk. green maple 
worm, adult, April 27 

Horning, C. O. Amsterdam. Same as preceding, larvae on maple, 


May 30 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 97 


Westervelt, W. B. Newburg. Same as preceding, larva on soft maple, 
June 6 

Winters, H. B. Brooklyn. Through State Department of Agriculture. 
Heliothis armiger MHubn., corn worm, larva on corn, Octo- 
ber 13 

Albright, M. C. West Coxsackie. Melalopha inclusa MHibn, 
poplar tent maker, larvae on Carolina poplar, June 30 

Fremd, Charles. North Rose. Datana ministra Dru. yellow- 
necked appletree caterpillar, July 20 

Brooks, F. M. Athens. Same as preceding, larvae, August 25 

Meliecs Wiss ELEY Bdens ; Datana integerrima G. & Rob., 
black walnut caterpillar, larva on pecan, July 28 

Beswor, VW. L. Amenia. Schizura concinna. Sm. & Abb., 
red-humped appletree caterpillar, larvae on apple, July 21 

Davis, A. G. Schenectady. Same as preceding, young larvae, July 12 

State Department of Agriculture Notolophus antiqua Linn. 
rusty tussock moth, eggs on box, nursery stock from Holland, March 

Tupper, Thomas. Corning. Hemerocampa Kewiceo st is nia 
Sm. & Abb., white marked tussock moth, eggs, March 22 

Hepworth, J. A. Marlboro. Same as preceding, larva, May 29 

State Department of Agriculture. Rochester. Hemerocampa 
definita Pack., definite marked tussock moth, eggs on poplar, 
April 5 

State Department of Agriculture. West Coxsackie. Tolype velleda 
Stoll., larch lappet moth, caterpillar on pear, July 25 

Machure, Gb. Saranac wake.” Malacosoma americana Fabr., 
apple tent caterpillar, larvae, June 5 

ox, townsend, jr Setauket. Malacosoma disstria Hubn., 
forest tent caterpillar, larvae, June II 

Humphrey, Miss A. Warsaw. Same as preceding, larvae on maple, 
June 13 

Paladin. Arthur, No; italy; “Bombyx mori Linn. silkworm, 
cocoons on mulberry, July 21 

mies, 4. hs eye.) @hroueh* State Department of Agriculture. 
Es OV pit a hap Oih.e taria Harr., fall canker worm, female moths 
and eggs, November 30 

State Department of Agriculture. White Plains. Same as preceding, 
egg, February 23 

Hummer, J. F. Potsdam. Same as preceding, moth, April 26 

Smith, J. N. Margaretville Ennomos subsignarius  Hubn.,, 
snow-white linden moth, eggs on beech, April 28 

State Department of Agriculture. Coxsackie. Ennomos mag- 
narius Guen., notch wing, egg, February 16 

Frech, Mrs William. Bayside. Thyridopteryx ephemerae- 
formis Haw., bagworm, larvae, August 13 

State Department of Agriculture. Cnidocampa flavescens 
Walk., oriental slug caterpillar, cocoon on Japanese maple. Nursery 
stock imported from Japan, March 23 


98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Van Loan, C. L. Catskill. Sibine stimulea Clem., saddle-back 
caterpillar, larva, August 30 

MacGregor, R. Brooklyn. Same as preceding, September 29 

DeFreest, Mynard. Voorheesville. Euclea delphinii  Boisd.,, 
larvae, August 25 

Barden, J. J. Sodus. Phobetron pithecium Sm. & Abb. hag 
moth, larva, July 27 

Burgin, B. O. St Johnsville. Same as preceding, August 14 

Struss, Mrs H. W. New York City. Zeuzeéra . py sivaapgeeanee 
leopard moth, adult, July 21 

Von Schrenk, Hermann. St Louis, Mo. Podosesia syringae 
Elan iilacsDOLen, pupa, Wiarchd a4 

Dunbar, John. Rochester. Phlyctaenia rubigalis "Guen, 
greenhouse leaf tyer, moth, January 7 

Skinner, R. L. Greenwich. Crambus caliginosellus Clem, 
sooty webworm, larvae on corn, June 23 

Huested, P. L. Port Chester. Through State Department of Agriculture. 
Mineola indigenella Linn, leaf crumpler, larvaer eon 
Crataegus, November 4 

Weston, I. A. Syracuse. -Plodia interpunctella ))iiabae. 
Indian meal moth, adult in graham flour, September 20 

Munger, D. M. Glen Cove. Evetria? turionana ‘Hubmepime 
bud tortrix moth, larvae on pine, August 20 

Dunbar, John. Rochester... Depressaria? atomellan@auges 
adults on Cytisus, April 19 

McGeoch, A. N. Lake Placid. Through State Conservation Commission. 
Bucetilatrix canadensisella Chamb., birch Teapebucee 
trix, larvae and work on yellow birch, September 7 

Steward, Miss M. B. Goshen. Phyllonoryter hamadrya- 
della Clem., white blotch oak leaf miner on oak, October 10 

Briggs, J. N. Coeymans. Same as preceding, June 30 

Weston, I. A. Syracuse. Tinea pellionella Linn., clothes moth, 
adult, May I 


Neuroptera 


Milligan, A. E. Schuylerville. Corydalis cornuta Linn, Dob- 
son fly, adult, June 29 


Hemiptera 


Lewis, H. D:. . Annandale. Tibicen septendecim Stamm. 
seventeen-year Cicada on apple twigs showing oviposition § scars, 
April 13 

Lintner, G. W. Summit, N. J. Same as preceding, adult, May 20 

Broome, Edward and Robert. Pelham Bay Park. Same as preceding, 
May 28 

Johannsen, J. Raritan Bay Park, Tottenville, S. I. Same as preceding, 
pupal cases, May 26 

Bulson, S. Stony Point. Same as preceding, adults and pupal cases, 
May 20. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 99 


Ward, G. E. Ravena. Same as preceding, adult; May 29 

Bolton, A. J. New Rochelle. Same as preceding, June 3 

Thomas, G. B. Schuylerville. Same as preceding, June 8. 

Davey, R. J. Mechanicville. Same as preceding, June 12 

Jansen, Frank. Fonda. Same as preceding, June 13 

Askins, F. M. Schaghticoke. Same as preceding, June 16 

Davies, D. C. Mechanicville. Same as preceding, June 19 

Harris, A. G. Pelham. Same as preceding, eggs on locust, July 1 

Hier o=. B.- Buttalo. Ceresa bubalus Fabr., Buffalo tree hop- 
per, eggs on peach, April 22 

Humphrey, Miss E. C. Watervliet. Enchenopa binotata Say, 
two-spotted tree hopper, nymphs on bittersweet, June 15 

State Department of Agriculture. White Plains. Pachypsylla 
c.-gemma Riley, galls on Celtis occidentalis, May 19 

Henpem Mrs Ay J. Rutherford, N. Jj: Phylloxera caryaecaulis 
Fitch, hickory gall aphid, adults in galls on hickory, June 2 

Wesson, H. W. Eggemoggin, Me. Through Country Gentleman. 
GChermes tloceus Patch, gall on spruce, May 15 

Ponever ix i, jr. Bedford Chermes "abietis Linn., spruce 
gall aphid, galls and adults on spruce, June 10 

Clark Arthur. Garrison. Chermes pinicorticis Fitch, pine 
bark aphid, adults on pine, June II 

faaevedie Cc. We Larcytown, Jelaman elasities, spinosus 
Siimenaamitsmonebinch june 17. Also we hy tlap hits) fagi WLinn., 
woolly beech aphis, adults on beech, June 17 

Graff, Stephen. Johnstown. Pemphigus ulmifusus Walsh, 
half-grown galls on red or slippery elm, May 27 

Gardner, M. N. Brewster. Phyllaphis fagi Linn., woolly beech 
Apmis, adult on beech, june 15 

Howe, Madam. Kenwood. Gossyparia spuria Mod., elm bark 
louse, adults on elm, May 31 

Rogers, J. D. Round Lake. Same as preceding, June Io 

ieaasino sede aensselaer. Ehjenacocenus aceri¢ola King, 
false cottony maple scale, male cocoons on maple, May 18 

Hammond, Benjamin. Fishkill. Same as preceding, young on maple, 
May 26 

Briggs, Miss E. M. Oneonta. Same as preceding, adults on maple, 
May 29 

Lawson, T. R. Troy. Same as preceding, June 8 

Harcourt, A. J. Kingston. Same as preceding, females and young on 
maple, July 20 

Crossman, L. H. New Rochelle. Same as preceding, August 7 

Small, J. W. North Tarrytown. Same as preceding, August 14 

Wooster, H. B. Walden. Through State Conservation Commission. 
Same as preceding, August 16 

Unger, H. A. Clinton Heights. Same as preceding, August 17 

Buckten, C. W. Mamaroneck. Same as preceding, larvae and adults 
on maple, August 31 


4 


100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


White, Miss J. N. New Rochelle. Through State Conservation Com- 
mission. Same as preceding, adults on hard maple, September 9 
Nies, C. F. Salamanca. Pulvinaria vitis Linn, cottonysmaple 
scale, adults on maple, May 21 

State Department of Agriculture. Mount Vernon. Same as preceding, 
June 16 

Kekok, C. C. West Brighton,.S. I. Same as preceding, adults and 
young on soft maple, July 21 

Blunt, Miss E. S. New Russia. Lecanium. scale, adults and young, 
June 20 

Babcock, H.-N. Elmira. Eulecanitum nigrotasweuan ame 
Perg., Terrapin scale on soft maple, April 8 

Yates, M. DeForest. Schenectady. Same as preceding, April 29 

Brown, Miss S. A. Unadilla Forks. Same as preceding, June 12 

Ward, GE: Ravena. Eulecanium ‘persicae Pabrmyaqduineon 
mulberry, May 29 . 

Humphrey, Miss A. Warsaw. ?Eulecanium magnoliarum 
Ckll., adults, on maple, June 30 

Olsen, C. E. Maspeth. ?Saissetia oleae Bern.,, olive scale, adult 
on lemon, Match 5. Also Chrysomphalus  smilacwoumeameare 
smilax scale on ?smilax, March 209. _ Also Lepidoeapines 
beckii .Newm., adult on lemon, March 5. Also Par labonr ua 
proteus Curt., orange chaff scale, adult on orange, March 5 

Harris, S. G. Tarrytown. Chionaspis pinitfioliace itech eaae 
leaf scale, eggs on Scotch pine, September 27 

Stene, A. E. Kingston, R: I. Diaspis carueli .Daregeiumees 
scale, adults on Swedish juniper, September 27 

Thompson, Miss Rhoda. Ballston Spa. Aulacaspis rosae Sandb., 
rose scale, egg on rose, November 18 

Ritch, E. J. Kingston. Same as preceding, April 26 

Atwood, G. G. France. Through State Department of Agriculture. 
Epidiaspis “piricola’ DeGuer., pear scale, addlitianmmean 
imported from France, January 16 

Ellwanger & Barry. Rochester. Aspidiotus? ostreaeformis 
Curt., European oyster scale, adult on willow, May 12 

Gibson, Arthur. Ottawa, Canada. "Same as preceding, adults, October 11 

Earl, Mrs E. A. Ballston Spa. Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst., 
San José scale, young on apple, May 18 Also Lepidosaphes 
ulmi Linn., oyster shell bark louse, young on apple, May 18 

Lane, A. M.- Schenectady. Aspidiotus perniciosts) @omem 
San José scale, young on apple, April I 

Akins, W. J. New Baltimore. Same as preceding, young, August 8. 
Also Lepidosaphes ulmi Linn., oyster shell bark louse, on 
French lilac, August 14 

Schofield, R. Coeymans. Aspidiotus perniciosus Comst., San 
José scale, adults and young on apple, September 15 

Field, J. E. New York City. Lepidosaphes ulmi Linn, oyster 
shell bark louse, eggs on balm of Gilead, April 21 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII IOI 


Hudson, G. H. Plattsburg. Lygus pratensis Linn., tarnished 
plant bug, adults on aster, October 8 

Yeomans, Albert. Walworth. Poecilocapsus lineatus Fabr., 
4-lined leaf bug, work on currant, June 13 


Orthoptera 


Brown, M. R. Merrickvillee Ischnoptera pennsylvanica 
DeG., June 19 s 

Moore, W. F. Mechanicville. Through Troy Press. Gryllotalpa 
borealis Burm., mole cricket, August 26 


Plecoptera 
Robinson, W.G. Greenfield Center. Pteronarcys biloba Newm,, 
adult, May 26 
Ephemerida 


Hane, B. H. Coxsackie. Hexagenia variabilis? Eaton, June 2 


Thysanura 
Taber, S. R. Milton. Smynthurus arvalis Fitch, adults on rasp- 
berry, May 24 
ZOOLOGY 
Donation 


Mammal skull 
Clarke, Dr John M. Albany 


Walrus, Odobenus rosmarus Gitinnacue s+. 0... I 
Birds 
Publishers of Country Gentleman. Albany 
Riipic Wied. Lu pod seus pitp ure us (Gmielin)......... 2 


Jordan, A. L. North Greenbush 
Red-winged blackbird, Agalaius phoeniceus (Linnaeus). 1 
Paladin, Arthur. Albany 


Yellow-bellied sapsucker, Sphyrapicus varius (Linnaeus). I 
Seymour, Miss May. Lake Placid 
Water thrush, Seirus noveboracensis (Gmelin)........ I 
Stead, Mrs J. C. Brooklyn 
SaAgice eS iihd) Mas sath , liinaAeis  MOUuNLE 256s... ce ee eee wee I 
Amphibians 


Latham, Roy. . Orient Point, Suffolk county 
Four-toed salamander, Hemidactylium  scutatum 


(Se) Sb) tle noe Bey wey 22 Pe eS a I 


102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Fishes (in alcohol) 


Bean, Dr Tarleton H. Albany 
Golden shiner, Abramis crysoleucas CUviitchll\ oe 
Lake chub, Semotilus bulblaris (Rafittesque)x. eee 
Greek chub, Semotilus atromaculatus (Cvitehnil ae te 
Elorned dace, Notropis ‘comnutus (Mitchill)c.2>. eee 
Buckeye shiner, Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque..... 
Spawn eater, Notropis hudsonius (De, Witt Clintompeee: 
Mud sucker, Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sucumeee 


Invertebrates 


Bean, Dr Tarleton H. Albany 

Leech, Trachelobdella vivada -(Vernil) 4-22 eee 
Patten, Mrs M. M. Albany 

Sea tan, Rhipidovorgia tlabellum Ciinnacus)). see 
Sanford, Gen. George D. Albany 

Tarantula, Dugesrella hentz1 (Girard). 10. 


Exchange 
Birds 


Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester 

Black-backed gull, Larus marinus’ Linnaeus, skin oss 
Iceland gull, Larus leacopprerus Faber, skin. os: 5s 
Harlequin duck, Histrionicus histrionicus (Linnaeus) 

4) Lee eRe ie es RMR Nee EE Arye 
Wood ibis, Mycteria americana Linnaeus, mountcaeseee 
White gyrialcon, Falco rslandus  Brinnich, skin. .>. 2 see 
Snowy owl, Nyctea nyctea  Clinnaeus) skin. : ...) eee 


Purchase 


Mammals 
Paine, Silas H. Silver Bay 
Virginia deer,.: Odocotleus virginianus boOPeaimas 
Miller: fawn, anounted ..¢ 2.6.0.0 eS a ee 
Porcupine, Erithizon dorsatus (Linnaeus) mountedsee 
Fisher, Mustela pennanti Erxleben, mounted..!..2.y-eeee 
Rhodes & Gilbert. Lander, Wyoming 
Elk, Cervus canadensis (Erxleben), skins.... 2... .s2eeee 
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester 
Opossum, Didelphis virginiana Kerr, mounted group.... 
Harbor porpoise, Phocaena phocaena (Linnaeus), cast... 
Bottle-nosed dolphin, Tursiops tursio (Fabricius), cast... 
Pok squirrel, Scitirus tufiyéenter Geollroy, skinst.>. oe 


Se = = = SS S 


I2 


SS = ses eS 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 103 


Birds, mounted 


Barker, Fred. Parker’s Prairie, Minnesota 
Pied-billed grebe, Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus)..... 
mieche ten, ottydrochelidon “nigra Surinamensis 

GIETIE FERN Coe ATS 2 ie Gd rl aes ei eae Bly a 
mining emia spilt you ly CMOS immaeuse. {<4 dc) css eee: 
Reastepitterni. — <obryehiwsse «ils  @Gnrelin):.:.2.. 2.5.5... 
Winetua cau hallus vyireinianwus, Linnaeus......:......:. 
SOT, lB Gee 2 Se leWel aon ibalat, eM bipa ceACASIS) ) Se ae en 
Miorida sallinnule: Gallinwla ealeata (Lichtenstein)........ 
Pleticanie coor. tut liGa jaded ¢ auna IGmeline. 2.0.26 0e ss 
Waland plover, Bartramia long@icauda (Becnstein)...... 
iMilidecer.O xyec hus vO Ciie hits) Cuinndeus) 26.2... 2... 22s 
Miagswentawike Cir cms hu dsommas ) (lmnaens)? ...¢) 45.2.2... 
Coopers hawk, Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte).... t 
bea titled tawk, Buteo borealis @Gimnelim)).; 2.02: 200.26 .% 6. 
naoad winced hawk, Buteo platyptet WS. sess... ku. ee. 
Kone-carediowl, Asio wilseonianus (lesson)............... 
Great-nogied owl, Bubo virginianus (Gmelin)............ 
Ruby-throated humming bird, Archilochus colubris 

CLOTS ITY SINS) RL An Pe ae SS en aerate oe eg ee 
Grasshopper sparrow, Ammodramus savannarum aus- 

(APRS, ge 2 ES AG Steel Ue Otte ene fie Re Oi ie 2 a 

Paine, Silas H. Silver Bay 
Maine Gea valida? til ie i \( BEtiimich) = sto eaeGis feck 60k oc ewes es 
Picnic tmp Noahs ateendatms ontoppidany. - 6c... 2.4 
Binckwanck. Anima so wb) p,es CSrewSster) 2.t. 2.62% 505.26. 8.0.0. 
Bite, Botaurus lentiginostus (Montagu) ...... ee Nery 8 
Piesie le, were, Ardea Mien O.daa is linnges. 22... .3...\... «- 
Rea pialarope,,§ falarepws talicariws Chinnaeus)...... 
wiModceee ee tthe hee la aide  (CGielin) {22 25). o.. oe see 
sported sanapiper, wetitis macttlartra’ (Linnaeus)....:.... 
Ried otause: Bb omasa wirbe linms (@annaeds)....)s..60..% -% 
CGCoshawk, As tas. atricaprl lus. (Wilson): - 

- Duck hawk, Falco peregrinus anatum ie Gaaparie).. 
Sparrow hawk, ia beiecs  aet wacim itis MICITMMAelS ois alee ee aks 
Gorey, Pandiom haliaectus’ carolinensis (Gmelin)... 
PeigtenSdeh Cie h yl Ce ade wrOy GIeIMAAEUIS) 2. f eke s os cee ee ws 


Ou 


IES OS (Sy Toph Sy des GSS IS) (al FS) al (onl {os} (28) (8) 


ij 


iat 


BW HAA UN DY LHW NW HW 


Birds (skins or in flesh) 


Jordan, A. L. North Greenbush 
Barred owl, Strix varia’ Barton: )i:ss.2c.ie.eti ee. te HEE os I 
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester 
Ground deve, Columbigallina passerina terrestris 
(COLE BVTT Tg) Sc IES econ 9 SR Sag ae 2 


104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Birds’ nests and eggs 


Paine, Silas H. Silver Bay 
Pied-billed grebe, Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus), nest 
and 3 eggs 
Bittern, Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu), nest 
Great blue heron, Ardea herodias Linnaeus, nest 
Coot, EPalica “americana —Gulelimumest 
Killdeer, Oxyechus vociferus (Linnaeus), 3 eggs 
Ruffed grouse, Bonasa umbellus (Linnaeus), 7 eggs 
Marsh hawk, Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus), nest and I egg 
Goshawk, Astur atricapillus (Wilson), nest 
Sparrow hawk, Falco sparverius Linnaeus, nest and 2 eggs 
Barred owl, Sti lx ava ila Bratt om ye mest 
Screech owl, Otus asio (Linnaeus), nest 


Great horned owl, Bubo virginianus (Gmelin), nest and 3 eggs 


Kingfisher, Ceryle alcyon (Linnaeus), 5 eggs 
Kingbird, Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus), nest and 3 eggs 


Crested fly-catcher, Myiarchus crinitus (Linnaeus), nest and 


3 eggs 
Phoebe, Sayornis phoebe (Latham), nest 
Eave swallow, Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say), 2 nests 


Barn swallow, Hirundo erythrogaster Boddaert, nest and 


3 €8gs 


Red-eyed vireo, Vireosylva olivacea (Linnaeus), nest and 1 


egg 
Blackburian warbler, Dendroica fusca (Muller), nest 


Chickadee, Penthestes atricapillus (Linnaeus), nest and 4 


eggs 
Bluebird, Sialia sialis (Linnaeus); nest and 2 eggs 


Reptiles (casts) 
Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. Rochester 
Rattlesnake, Crotalus horridts Linnaeus,” casts... eeee 
Garter snake, Thamnophis sirtalis (Linnaeus) castvve 
Painted turtle, Chrysemys marginata Agassiz, casteueee 
Snapping turtle, Chelydra serpentina (Linnaeus) cast:.. 


Fishes (mounted) 
Paine, Silas H. Silver Bay 


Small-mouthed black bass, Micropterus dolomiet, 


1B Yel oats eS Re Ae Pe ee 
Common sunfish, Eupomotis ¢gibbosus. (Linnaeus)... vac 
Yellow perch, Perca flavescens.CMitchill) \ 4 eee 


x + S| eS 


LS) 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQITI TO5 


ARCHEOLOGY . 


Excavation 
By A. C. Parker and E. R. Burmaster 


Lima, Livingston county 


OD NERETE LGR 6 Oe Ra ge ree ee gees ke ke 20 
JANIPIEO MET [CRONIES ER NACA OT FE mol ea amargrare ol cctica each wr aha a a ee 

Mitte WOrkeds\.s5. ers 2 30 ie Bi RIS Bee ere 28 eee eae Ue ea I 
Wausned povcny vessels; iiay be reSstOned soo. 5 26.0 os eee ee 5 
SEIS soa bolds Shitcted BRO REDE DED BORD LOL COOL Coe bo a ana eee 5 
APE DOMMES ANROLIG) Mh Eos Biemine ti ois SIC Soll eee eae een 25 
Midna pe ctide shiellubeddsu<- 4s ic. OS. as ols nts Seeds lee 65 
PS SeOteCOMpele Gylii@e rk) hile. ty aa ernie he cdl skis ec le Ga a es I 
Healierencs tied with«COrdsa4. nt oo ee ceils sobs 0 ev te be ees ee I 
Biioticcars ie llmomaaiile mice. 4.40% ccc haste its wb bok e dee ae es I 
WN BsTa ODI [DERKEIS, ee ci aites Konig YB aes aie ee Oi A 50 
SCAG SMINOATIOKENSLY LE >). uakiu ts com dais ans bea cis kaa Wels a wee 3 
TESS, (GOH S 5 Biche See ERIS Si cabe tetas Hite tea a gt an I 
ASHIS cet 2566 ee one oor bn ay oy Ely Seca oR ape TT a 3 
Eel asioiitee Gna Omid enlusio tis Cat, ve eee A ete Mesh RO Sa 5 
IES iiae., CHEN AHA OREM WeCG ta cat ee Aa Gea Ce aioe SA ae en I 
ASS TOUP (DOMES 5 Cea BALE tes ai SRC (iO a 12 
Pig Ota ke Ge Walle JOLIE sf 3) 2 Fa Ses scaBaesns epee oss EPP eee I 
Sigel (SEOGISS oF RIE i ce eon ee RO or fe gecat ak DOC le a a Sty eae eae 5 
SR Gi OA HEATON EP OMNES sp oes baste eA each eccyoe hein cd ok ode anaes 2 
fed! CMETCHIDILSG. bake = ieee eRe ey IR eRe ae i en rr 3 
EOLuon wove pac. COMtaiiing matty, Deadss 2. . <i... .6 seek ec. I 
Moule rEStOte rm MmMes SPCCIIMEM .. tals Git ek ki te ee ck sod lew esas a I 
BESS Oncoppenspitakis....2) ge OE oe enol a I 
Large copper ring ornaments of native manufacture............ 3 
COMPS DE eee Gace ob Gee eee Sean cee ah ee Be nn 25 
LFNSPS @siamSvaile SRAON ETT IDNEer A nue re cance Can eae SUE MiMi mene te a I 
IP LIRCIENTIG? AVOOI stub Se clase’ al we Guat tls Bet ee Gir RE SnE RS eo a I 
LPS Bes. nae SR eae pean Gln RE ieee oe Gee tle 3 
BBO cMleP ire Cri tOimly Olen LA We ase sets Gs elnce sleeve secs bes 3 
‘CimayieireG: Corte en shane oot Piece Bettye: ea te Rie ah I 
Siewaainssir Si@ine Cole inshallah tier = oo 6 Relea I 
ODDS? Sialteile Cpe te he eke SR cue eak ete «Bill CNN ee I 
Sliellk DeddS xcs Passe ws ePIC Ska ic ole So's sid eviews 20 
PMMA ORiaAnieimin COM aNIIe GAO! DEAS ., od. er... ss bees ee ba os oe I 
CoMUIGIE DEI eGBialss oe ye Pele PAS lt NC eee 21 
EOuercombp veabivicontact fommileen. 24. dc ceeds ca cee cee ee eee I 
Ufiaan Sint aN Ge Oe ae ee Ye he ee ae I 
ERO McC EOO Mae A aiNTNb Sit. aie acia sc Uintelete cle vis fice cic cs Ve bes svee's 6 
eas eubsass) Of COppel: File OLMAMENS.. Jolas ove ce ee ce eee 4 
IDS? (ane brash malas \yysherh ois ooo oot lor ene en a nr 9 
Large natural made wampum beads.............. | AAA SME COCR ai 5 
Emi Monae tips wOGKEd WtLO DEAUS:.0 0030. occ. eck ee ee ees 2 
aie S SMP cee eee rma e cre ale aTeleiviel cle tive s'e kaw we de ew I 


106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Long tubular brass: ornament. 732.2. 2s co eee ee oe I 
The five last mentioned articles on original thong preserved 
by copper salts 


Woven, bacotracmient.. 22.2 acd Ms steer I 
Disk beds toc. 650 hee athigus bly c behe ls dina Sart - 04 
Copper DEAUS.. 6st eared Be ule eo ees Dee pe abe owen eee 2 
Smiallobrass tubes. 4... os dvs Mhvas beled eee yaa ee rr 75 
Copper disk, broken... oases cece es Oe eee ee eee eee I 
Brass De@dSe «ck we S crecats Old oe UR te is 
EiiaMe pute ein. Ss. + Giclee aco eee Ee $e 0h we 86 Gaus ee 24 
Brass on copper tubes. (long). 2 arce 684 ein oe 7 
Wampum and coanoke beads: 2 27). ... 2.668 6.05). 200 
Copperibeads7 ae. ota. vee ee ee SS 6 
Rracments, of puckskin. 2 paeee ete oh nie Teele tel eae 2 
Bone ornament worked trom turtle carapace: ...-+ 52 ae eee I 
Wao shell iarticles:. oi." .4.2. vanes ecsuteede unten oe 2 
Antler. pins” polished «..2.¢c. 2.0.6 eek Pelee bee eee 3 


By J. F. White 
Mount Morris, Livingston county 


Copper orfiament... 6.04... ./sdeg eek see a ee I 
Donation 
J. A. Van Denburg. Eagle Bridge 
Geli tie : ek ea f ig ave bb wletdtete ol BAe be baton eek ore eet I 
Stone kithe sec. sis cd Mee oie os eels Do ai ee I 
5 


Chipped arrow points... cielo. coe cw eee l s aek oe wee ee 5 
Clyde B. Hay. Hackensack, N. J. . 
Collected from South Bethlehem 


AE OWs POLIS te sie nic widrwis Uederend ene o & ae BEE ease Ue See 23 
Miscellaneous stone. points. “o420) <2 00 tet: Se) oe sian ee er 16 
SP Gaise penta Abas Aaley SSE RIE 8 c/n ort ne en 6 
Pracmentary: Hintse., (0 eens cS eee < oir sb wap tea eee II 
C. E. Durkee. Saratoga Springs 
One igacment polished piek ox... 64.4 sasisce es Saw pee ee ee I 
Kraginent pottery vessel rims... os 024... 00% oh. ee I 
Chisel comeesin... foe ona tons ste e ns ve eee ew be en eee 2 
Slate (hatin eo oo esse dex greg ask ab a Dee wih. a ghRR Ie en 9 Aa 
Pilinit ypomitse See ets tb hood als. ae. gy wna: a 2 6 wd eee eR oe ce II 
Krithes chert. a2. thce s vote bitte es sco ks bar tly So RP ee ee ee r 
Gutting edge of Celt. 22 0s eagle oa healed tate aee eae I 
FGA onaents sOb wp Owes’ yy) suf he ers os fo ow» hos Seog ee Be Sco 16 
| Gath eee ae aN ee ME Se UE PMY eee RE Ee 3 
ID CI Se Rin coe ee supa 6,7 BE Rng. 5! 9nd dag ok genkey eee iene acs 2 
Triangular -pOmtsy) «eis ok ile e Cae eee BEN ee eee See Bh eee eee 2 
Miscellaneous: notched (points. ca 2... aise ones ae epee 25 
Burnt, Scrapers MotGhedies eve vccwk.w fei ths bane come I 
Holden Collection, Box 1 
Bronze buckle...... Phas & Bee Bccabelt Pad os CP nae ag secon I 


Catlinite tube-pipe. vi-745; 255 Gs ow ccs Be oon ea a ee I 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 107 


ieononated: StONEe.. 6. .5.. 

DODD RP TOOTS SN Se SR es Bt oad A ee eee a 
S RCM Tae ee ie ae A ee pare 
ie cidlionverictiiiesn tone. VWWalllitane Teta esos 52 ent os nl och ss drones vine ws 
Pie MC MNCAT MG ALLACMeCGs. om s\n. Mes AEE OS ole as Fou ass eae 
LEVEN EINGNE SID OHEVE GATS Als saan A Me elt All eet es Pee, ee ee 
PETELLIGE GOO la A OAR ts A irre Eri 8 ee Mel ee a a a ee 
Dee lomny (GayEn Sw PIS? 2) Ce ey ieee ng ee ay ae rr 
“S DIRS CISA CT ei se on SN Se ee 


MarcEolase ikainie trois tajet Clie Id 265 nc fen aces ccs 4 ss tans no 
Rerrorated stone.....2 2. ee rn Ne ne aes EEN Sy Re AL aa 
SODDEE leven eves URES Beat as eae CC Te ee tee | a 
ear cuapedr birch bark, avith. quill’ work. 20.24 S66. ee a 
aOR Olt MG CORSE ce oa ci Ree near nt eee Be BOSE aides Ge eis os wee are 
TENE EVES fy Sie eae en ee eee as Oe etki 
PnnOnvacad—-MUOUCCe TOWeet, Lat nes aot teats 6 os ce ee bb ene ¥ 
LE DMGS? . SVOMSS Fos AOR G We ae ae een re oe one is ove 


td 
4 
oe) 
x 
a) 
Ky 
o 
© 
=) 
3} 
o 
iY 
wn 
wi 
(e) 
{=} 
a) 
Le en DD Do DO 


Sia imino comianiaimno: Shelly peads 9.2 nee. ares cs. isles Becclape od oa 
Wier erinaeE SMCAIT PO MIbSs VP 5 fe Ns tes cede oc arate ctv eG dn oo ow eee 
SEE Sho RG a oh ely Sy eG es 
JEEVEN TRIE: TEES (ete Sota Re ES peal ats ie cee aera me ed 2, Ok Oe ae err 
LENCE CRPCVEROP Est 2 SUES an mann ea Ee Steg) ie a ec ee 
Siiwienox pullers, simapael ete. fron Mort (Georges. 2... ..:.... 
ABLSE. CUD. ats Mell Es OD cae eee es eee Bee 
LELCNE. GUBNDYS 5 hd ieee te Bae Pt Pettis Re Me MR Oe es cre oa yo 
oxen ce UN AeCOUS? MIMMEGALS =e oe a See ee oa ok Sheen os 5 oe 
oP ceeteulle eeeuSs Ce air con per SY OU ak s\> Rene a Re 
Package arrow, POlmltss 2). Nile enecs4s:2 WS a! a ni ee A ea 
' 2 boxes unidentified arrow and spear points...................-- 
Holden Collection Box 2 


on A ee 


O1 
fe) 


LLGEP EE TOSSES. Bae RSiey ginal a ne, 5 gee Bienes nln ope ae rr 
DAS ETS Rss SiPics Soe a Bp tvs Un Ss as oe 


© UCN SEES.) hb eR ee Ne Fee De tO 
HATE SPONGE Axe Mea acl SR Ce tee. aS 
SOM Ss Shoe SEES ee ee age Le a he 
SE DIGS SSIs ae 27 a ae a A ae Gn 


SEOMe Re “te ae ee SS ne sea Raat De 
IP Dyn ByCrZee ey Ly pee ae Ss ie i en 
SIGS Dao SER Eos LO ane Pee Bae ing Lois, 5% 


COM ISB) Oe ME a np SRO fees SRT RES 


on ae ce oe re rs | 


108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


IDTESSING {StONe. os! es. Pin Bee ces ok Uy ee OE Oe I 
OURO GS oe eee a Sl oaye bes et OEE bale ob RE I 
GONE ists Ses wn cio, id Chee ae Bk i eae oe te I 
Brolsen pestle. ys es sas dic oe see eae bees 6 cet Se ee I 
Iron «axe, restored handles) 2220 2. en. sce le nd aeee e I 
Brasmentssteatite Vessels i. 2.8 scl k sine eke one 2 
(G/Sll SSSA eae ee ee ER aOR UTS aOR NER tri. Cia i Sa I 
Binencelitius 2h. Gipiea ce 6 aie oe veins es ale We ee ee I 
Brick from Ticonderoga: .vi. 2. 20.0552 Ye) ee eee eee I 
Gordon, Patchogue, L. I. 

Workedsoval stone...) 50d hee eee ee ee eee I 
Notched ssinkers hia. cee tee eee da wie tt obi 6 ghee 4 
Grooved"axe crude) incl ne eo eee I 
Chipped4stomesns.j 2.0 esc. tee Geeie ee Goidé-a d's tele pe aod ee 4 
Celt DELS ei ils vee ated owes oe age alone tao Migr 4 
Celts, fine: Speciinens .. ¢.42¢0 cs0ike Sonos ar ce eee 3 
Celts Acride b.6¢.6 tc dulag o aloe pune bs oe ene 5 
Cheri arrow points... 2) 56s eee ee eee we alee he 

REV OCE MIME Foie are Soe 4 leks io whe De ee FR A Oe ge 
Ring vor Muropean tradé wampunis...0... sa0se- ns. oe I 
(©) Gis) Re a en MI ani MRR mee tg os - I 
Pape =— completevuss oo... fhe ees oe een ee Cae I 
irmane ilar upOlits). ..62 ee lhe leans Gills a Maul ad eee 07 
Wong wlenders points saci. boeken os Bos ee eee 25 
Chert ipoints, miscellaneous:...2. 0.4.62. 2.0 Oso oes ee eee 48 
Bragmients of clay: pipes a:.4.4/ 40 ¢. Same secon he ete ee 3 
Mascellaneous -tilints . ar. meee eee wae beled bon es a 30 
Olio “arrow “poimts. oo ol. oe ee ews Fee oe nine eee eee 13 

ETH NOLOGY 
Seneca specimens 

Flat scorn basket oo eo '5 00 ed von boys boa eb een ae Oe I 
Carnyine (basket \)e0 0. fen: eee ones eels the ee I 
Gaile DOW acceso eG eee vels ate -orn. ele 4 slated vis aie ele < Se I 
PAIS © SACO ee rie Secsie sted ‘ane coh ono eae bonis lie Osun debe el Gscte hee ts nee I 
WiOOdeTIMSPOON 6 oie Ness wc 2 ow -avel do Snlbse ciateia oie ce kone een ne er I 
FIEAGETESSES be dec fs eve eid ieie w ols 4 aa aiai'o 41 Sen tein RUE Se ee 3 
Wooden Ybowls.i... vee Pett ok ooo tas oh tenis Oe ee 2 
Sap’ CP ese hehe Ae ais lero. eto pe 8k Sk BL Ope Oe een LR ee 5 
BOW: Amd VArGOW Sis. oe ie So <ieitas Gaye 05's ore a 6 Rune Oe cnet OO ee 6 
WiOOCEN SPOOMSe sine shop 6 ev cee o-s ois apis, She whe one eee ORCI en 2 
Riatgles owing sc elia angie EAM othe 5% 684 alone anette Ce we 4 
Wiooden trotig lied hin iiek o kiss s\e-aeleim ie lel eters Ste Stier te eee tene etn I 
BrOOChes cya. <balson cis jane © tte esse Ge & oleh apelin cusses Cieilp eR RNG Se ee 30 
FEAT OUTIO De Casa z die Sooo oxen nh oe ie UR ee Oe tue tae ee 2 
Decorators tools swig iis en ealenelens wees crop ee ne aera 15 
Bracelets, stlverias 2 fac Sceecssis hte orcke Cone «8 Cue ec ea 2 


REPORT OF THRE DIRECTOR IOLT 


8 


Onondaga specimens 
RMS CM HACC ris ae eulae ee oe eas veo sot ocoectio ato RSE ere aaa 
TEi gle, GIO Sec aac STR eres la ISTS coc ee Rae es SN Hee 
Pip cece coral redsuetiad 21h nt ee te ets Meese sco cs She a ataee ss 
HaROOCIMES era oe soe ray ack ieeae ees I eptblelts Groat thc b-cat St gee RAE MS See 
JD IPIPINANS'S.. 6, wipvechis ace ee Bie: Bee each oi Gee NO an ale et IVE Re a 
IDNKE@’ OF, SEI SLC OMESIe cB ls are oe a, Baio oe 
GOO CIE SHEE YN en tn ORG Meme fh CN EP yk Ok eoe 
Silver animes... we oho Secchi ge Gab 0s) Roehl apt 4 9 ies alee RP a 
Cayuga specimens 
IBEOU? LOSTCL § «tase a cNeasiiere otto METS Re ash oie iin ae ee 
LOR MOUSE «6.0 ypc Mina ade i sles sik TiO en Raa I 


HAAN Aub w 


Lon) 


AK 


po Fic pe ee 
eee 


s 


BIRD ROCKS @) 


BRION I. 
Lyre CF 


DEADMAN I. 


Present outline. All long arms are sand Outline at 5 fathoms 


Hy 
ee ee N 
e LAS) 

Cutline at 10 fathoms Outline at 20 fathoms 


Magdalen Islands. Outlines indicating their loss of area by wave action 
with concurrent submergence. All are in the same scale. 


meee ON THE GEOLOGY OF’ THE GULF OF 
Si LAWRENCE : 


BY JOHN M. CLARKE 


THE DEMOISELLES OF ENTRY ISLAND 

On the Magdalen islands in the Gulf of St Lawrence the higher 
land elevations are mammiform hills which rise everywhere with 
striking symmetry and entire absence of irregularities into softly 
contoured grassy domes. I have termed these hills demoiselles,’ 
taking the name from Demoiselle hill, one of their number, which 
fronts the sea on the east coast of Amherst island. Over all the 
larger islands these pretty hills rise to relatively notable heights ; 
except for them the islands are flat, low-lying plateaus of sandstone 
and sand dune, but the rounded heads of the demoiselles, showing 
none of their rocks except where eaten into by the sea or weather, 
command the eye by the abruptness with which they rise from the 
plain. Wherever they occur all have the same general direction and 
relation to each other. Their course lies generally northeast-south- 
west, like the trend of the island group itself. On the broad central 
part of Amherst they lie in well-nigh parallel rows, but their height is 
greatest on Entry island. St Lawrence hill (so named by S. G. W. 
Benjamin, author, forty years ago, of some fascinating sketches of 
these islands) approximates 670 feet and is the highest of all and 
the most symmetrical in the remarkable array of demoiselles in that 
island to which I desire, among other things, to direct special atten- 
tion. On Amherst these hills lack some of the elements of sym- 


metry and beauty which are presented by those on Alright and 


Entry islands. It is in the latter they attain their most striking 
_ appearance and on Alright their greater isolation makes them a some- 
/ what more effective feature to the passerby. Indeed the passer 
| seldom sees the hills of Entry except as a skyline, for this island 
‘lies apart from the rest of the group and from all regular con- 
nection with them. The steamer threads the precarious channel 
between the sand spits of Amherst and Entry but the hills of Entry 
are on its farther side and face the gulf. In my general description 
of the islands and their geology the nature of these hills was dis- 
cussed and some suggestions made as to their origin, but much was 
left unsaid. Since then I have had opportunity to study the structure 

ef Entry island, which I had not before visited. 


: 


1 Observations on the Magdalen Islands, tort, p. 12. 


vig Wi 


i 


II2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


One reaches Entry from Amherst harbor by the help of a fisher- 
man’s shallop, and though isolated from the rest of the little archi- 
pelago, it is easy enough to reach in a summer’s breeze, less easy in a 
summer’s blow, and the island is quite off the world in the gales that 
blow up without warning on the uncertain gulf. Entry is the park 
and arcadia of the Magdalens. The very beauty of its isolation, the 
fertility of its soil, the alluring grace of its contours, the air of rela- 
tive prosperity among its slender population, invite to studious re- 
pose. It is a little seagirt domain where no one asks a favor of 
the outside world, save to get there and to get away again. Its 
proportions are slender, measuring two miles in diameter both north- 
south and east-west; taking on a rather five-sided shape, with the 
east shore due north and south. From its northwestern angle a 
long sand spit reaches out toward the great nine-mile spit from 
Amherst (Sandy Hook), these long arms almost clasping hands 
across the narrow channel in which by fair weather lies the steamer’s 
path. 


Entry island in profile, seen from the west 


The eastern shore is lined and buttressed by the range of de- 
moiselles. The sea has eaten into them making all that shore a row 
of sheer and inaccessible cliffs. The island remains, it may well be 
said, because these hills have defied the storms of the gulf and have 
guarded the lower lands behind them against the tooth of the sea. 

The views from the shore cliffs and uplands of the island are of 
wondrous sweep and beauty — toward the west and north the cliffs 
and low-lying shores of the other islands, the gray rocks of Amherst, 
the red walls of Grindstone, the more distant hills of Alright fading 
with distance into the blue sands of Grand Entry and Old Harry; 
on the south the misty outline of St Paul’s island and Cape Breton 
fifty. miles away, and at the east the vast expanse of waters of the 
gulf. Of a fair day in summer the island is a gem of emerald in an 
idyllic Aegean setting. In autumn’s storms it is a foothold against 
the seething uproar of the gulf, and in winter it lies chained to its 
sister islands by bands of ice which sever it and them fom the world 
outside, save for the cable and the marconi. 

History and settlement. In my previous paper I have taken 
occasion to refer incidentally to the fact that since the days of the 


Peq aqqod 
pue Joke] pues o}IYM SuIMOYS FatOYs Y4Jou uo sIqQev} 9UO\spuLs paye[nsuy — pur{si A1QUqT 


o 


7 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII II3 


earliest charts on which this island has been given any designation, 
its name has been unaltered. It was the Ile de l’Entrée to the skip- 
pers of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Standing at the 
door of the island cluster, as the navigator swung from the south- 
ward of Newfoundland through Cabot strait, its name registers its 
office. The records of French settlement on Entry have entirely 
passed away. Today the population is wholly Scotch and Scotch- 
Irish and the old stock is the Cassidys, Dixsons, McCleans and 
Collinses, stock which came in from Nova Scotia a century or more 
ago and has multiplied almost wholly by intermarriage. There are 
about thirty families on the island, each related in near or far degree 
to all the rest and it is commonly said that no outsider has settled 
in this community in time out of mind. The laws of eugenics 


which discountenances such close inbreeding is here honored in the 


breach and the youth of the place instead of weaklings, anemics and 
decrepits, are sturdy and wholesome. For every human head there 
must be five head of fine cattle, and milk is actually freer than 
water, for potable water is scarce; if one will not drink milk then 
let him drink cream. 

The settlers have built their homes for the most part under the 


lee of the eastern hills, and thus away from the most fertile parts 


of the ground. So from the beach at Northwest point two wheel 
ruts crunch their way over buried walrus bones, wander through the 
grass, bounded on one side, as they pass over the badly drained 


- plaster soil, by fens and bogs sheeted with fleurs-de-lis, on the other 


2 


by outside cellars made of an overturned whale boat sawed in 
twain or opened at the side, turfed over on keel, here and there a 
Barbados puncheon for the geese, till they reach the southeast cliffs ; 
this is the only road the island boasts. 

The farmer-fishermen are all tenants of the proprietor — the 
estate of Sir Isaac Coffin. No land is held by them in fee; notwith- 
standing the efforts made by the islanders and their friends in the 
Quebec Parliament to exact concessions from the proprietor to 
enable freehold, the settlers of Entry have taken no advantage of 
these concessions; and all the surface of the demoiselle hills is still 
unleased crown land, pasture to all the community. 

The soil divides itself in quality in accordance with the rock that 
lies beneath it, for it is all residual. Hence over the thin soil of the 
larger demoiselles at the eastern side there is only grazing for the 
sheep and cattle; on the lower slopes of the mid-island, where lesser 
volcanic domes are mingled with the sink holes and roughened sur- 


I1l4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


face of the gypseous clays, there is grass in plenty and much soil 
deep enough for oats and potatoes; but it is on the low plateau of 
red sandstone near the west and north where the soil is of extra- 
ordinary richness, and grain, potatoes and gardens grow to a fulness 
restricted only by the shortness of the season. ‘The fertility of 
this soil is barely tried by the inhabitants; on the lowlands it is 
hardly scratched from year to year to invite the less exhausted 
parts to the top—but withal, with minimum of labor, always 
reluctant, it yields enough; the people are fairly well to do and 
want is unknown among them. 


with small 


Red sand sone Guyjseous clays Sit and domes 


West-east cross section of Entry island 
Added to all the possibilities of the soil are the treasures of the 
sea; the seal, the lobster, cod, herring, mackerel and cod again, each 
in its season —a rich horn of plenty for any one who will, at some 
cost of rough work, reach out and take. Two hundred thousand 


‘uunsdAS our[je}ysh19 JO SJoTUIDA YIM YyoOI snoosdAr) ‘puryst ArjUy 


a 
7? To AT 7 TA wy ar Fs) sas fF 


ae 
Ste agattns 


L ones 


‘Spoq SUIATIOAO 9Y} 
JO uolsola purm Aq posodxo ‘ouojspues pot 9} UIYJIM SOAR] JOARIS oyy ‘purest Aqua 


A comfortable home, with demoiselle topography in the background. 


y island. 


Entr 


ee eee 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQTI IIs 


lebsters were caught on Entry in 1911, but it is easy work to drop a 
lobster trap and pull it up again loaded. Even at three cents a lobster 
this means something for the frugal islanders. And yet the other 
wealth of the sea might be made vastly more productive than it now 
is. But why make muckle mair? This is the Isle of Repose, its 
treeless slopes and plain, the shadeless groves of the stagyrite. 

Topography. The contour of Entry is suggested by the 
accompanying east-west cross section which may be applied to the 
plane map. 

Red sandstone plateau. The red Permic sandstones of the lower 
plateau are restricted to the northwest corner on both sides of the 
sand spit and here-they are displayed in all their brilliance of color, 
made more effective than elsewhere on the Magdalens by the way 
in which the winds have stripped it of its overlying soil. I have 
before directed attention to the constitution of these, the latest 
sediments of the islands, and may here only restate that the striking 
band of glistening white residual sand lying everywhere beneath 
the vegetable mold is here brilliantly developed in every cliff section. 
The layer of angular diabase pebbles which lies directly beneath 
this white sand, is even more conspicuously displayed on Entry 
than anywhere else on the islands and there are broad areas on the 
north side where soil and white sand have been torn away by the 
winds, exposing this layer of angular gravel in very striking display. 
This widespread deposit lying on the summit of the red sandstone 
plateau and incorporated into it points to an obscure but rather 
extraordinary phenomenon, as though a final stage in the deposit 
of the sandstone had been the sweeping over the sea floor of an 
extensive mass of volcanic debris. From any knowledge I have 
now I dare not say that it points to a contemporary outburst of 
volcanic debris, or to an overriding tidal wave which may have even 
covered the low cliffs after they were raised to their present 
elevation.? 


1 The tidal wave action suggested is not too remote. We have evidence 
at hand that such things still happen in the gulf. On January 7, 1912, the 
sea rose suddenly in the gulf at 7 p. m., a few hours after high tide, and 
swept all the lower levels of the Gaspé coast from Cape des Rosier to 
IPeTCé, causing much damage on the beaches, submerging the stores and other 
buildings on the “point” at Gaspé Basin and rising to a height of six to 
eight feet above highest tide. The wave was not followed by another and 
the water subsided promptly. The action suggests a submarine earthquake 
of slight moment in the northern gulf, quite possibly some dislocation along 
appalachian fault lines in the older rocks beneath the upper gulf, but the 


T16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Beneath the soil and on the pebble bed lie the bones of walrus 
in considerable quantity all about the northwest point. I have re- 
ferred to the occurrence of these in similar position on the other 
islands. They date back to a century and more ago when the walrus 
was regularly hunted on the islands, being driven upon the low 
shores from the ice pans and slaughtered at leisure by the fishermen. 
Over these bones the soil has formed to a depth of several inches. 

The sea has cut away this rock with great rapidity, and is yearly 
changing the outline of this northwestern shore. When Mr S. G. W. 
Benjamin wrote his inviting sketches of the islands' he gave a picture 
of two rock pillars off the north shore, long known as the “ Old 
Man”’ and the “Old Woman.” They fell under the waves some 
twenty years ago, and since their destruction new rock tables and 
monuments have been carved from the island mass. 

The volcanic-gypsum belt. This area makes a broad belt across 
the island and its topography is that quite characteristic of many 
gypsiferous regions—a rather badly broken surface, due in no 
small part to hydration and solution. It is a region of short drainage 
ways leading down from the hills and running into or through small 
bogs and marshes, blind sink holes, irregular and formless knolls. 
But it is for the most part a fairly fertile soil. In geology this belt 
is composed of gypseous clays and more solid masses in extreme 
disorder traversed by veins of the crystallized sulfate, the rock 
masses varying greatly in color from greens and grays into purple- 
red and pink. While the absence of an orderly bedding is a very 
evident feature of these extensive deposits there are places where 
the beds are clearly arranged in horizontal layers with alternating 
colors. I have here given an illustration in approximately correct 
tints of a cliff exposure where light pinks and blue grays produce 
a very surprising color effect. This is on the south shore. With 
and among these gypseous beds are frequent igneous masses exposed 


seismograph at Albany failed to record any such motion on the day men- 
tioned. Such a single wave of greater magnitude might well have washed 
the’ beach debris over the red sandstone cliffs by a single pulsation affecting 
simultaneously all these low cliffs of all the islands alike, burying and kill- 
ing the grass with its mantle of gravel which has eventually worked its 
way down into the decomposing rock. 


1The Atlantic Islands.as Resorts of Health and Pleasure, chap. 4, 1878; 
The Cruise of the “ Alice May”; the Century Magazine, 1884. 

Some recent magazine articles by Yeigh and by Amy refer to these rocks 
as still standing — statements quite comparable in accuracy to many others 
regarding the islands that these short trip artists have chosen to put down. 


‘a10ys YINos uo 


SAYS) 


snoosdAr) — purysi A1uy 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 7) 


sometimes as erect dikes of diabase, deeply rotted and at others 
thin single sills lying at steep angles and constituting the projecting 
points of the rocky shore. In the midst of these volcanic-gypsum 
masses, however, are well-stratified green and gray sandstones, ex- 
posed most plentifully nearer the contact with the soft red sandstones 
at the southwest of the area; and in the very heart of the gypsum 
clays I have located in the midst of great disorder of the strata, 
dolomites and shales carrying fossils of the same species as those 
which have been described from Grindstone island. The combina- 
tion of rocks here is not unlike that on Grindstone island, and else- 
where in the archipelago, but it is more forcibly expressed. The 
gray sandstones prevail in greater extent on Grindstone and Amherst, 
and on the former the fossiliferous rocks are found in close juxta- 
position to the gypsum. There is on Entry no such development of 
the commercial gypsum as on Grindstone but the same disordered 
condition of the gypseous clays and the same intimate association of 
these with volcanic intrusions. This volcanic-gypsum area is the 
foreland of the distinctively volcanic demoiselle range of hills; 
iis volcanic intrusions are not conspicuously dome-shaped, but 
isolated single dikes or sills with no contact effects except those 
indicated by the existence of the gypseouis masses. Here, as on 
Grindstone, there are many evidences of angular diabase blocks 
entirely inclosed in gypsum, forming a diabase conglomerate with 
crystalline gypsum cement. The dislocations of the sandstones and 
limestones are purely local and of slight extent. It is quite evident 
that for the red sandstones the horizontal position general in all 
the other islands is normal here, though these are somewhat out of 
piace on the west shore; and likewise the gray sandstones, elsewhere 
horizontal, are here thrown into a steep dip where they appear on 
the south. The disorder of arrangement shown in the cliff sections 
of this belt is expressed by the irregularities of the surface of the 
ground. 

The demoiselles. This belt of breasted hills begins at the 
north, forms all the eastern third of the island, spreading a little 
westward at the south. The most impressive and largest are at the 
north but it is toward the south that the number is greatest. Ina 
certain sense they are arranged in a single row close against the 
sea and into their substance the sea has eaten its way, but at the 
south lesser hills spring up about the base of the larger, becoming - 
smaller in size as they recede from the main series, but always in 
this more diminutive form retaining their perfect symmetry. I 


118 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Sy line and south-east sea front of demoisell2s, Entry island 


have not attempted to enumerate these 
demoiselles ; the number of their suxcmits 
seems to depend on the angle at which 
they are viewed. Often one of the larger, 
seen from one point, resolves itself into 
duplicate curves if looked at from an- 
other. In all the curves are of essentially 
the same arc, large and small, and their 
individuality is mere pronounced than on 
the other islands. 

In respect to their geology these demoi- 
selles are to be regarded as more pro- 
nounced expressions of the conditions 
presented in the volcanic-gypsum belt, the 
volcanic form herein being developed in 
topcgraphy freer of complication with 
associated rock masses. Yet it 1s impor- 
tant to avoid the conception that there is 
any real distinction in composition or 
genesis between this region of hills and 
the foreland. ‘The sea has cur awelleinge 
the heart: of these démoiselles samdmige 
weather has eaten into their surfaces; 
and so far as I have observed the vol- 
canics here are accompanied and often 
overburdened by gypseous deposits alone. 
The volcanic n.asses are lenses compesed 
of palpably curved layers and it is this 
curvature into domes with quaquaversal 
dip that has produced the contours of 
the hills. The bedding of these masses is 
sometimes better defined in one part of a 
given section than in another, and in no 
case that I have observed is the volcanic 
mass free of its overburden of gypseous 
rock save where meteoric agencies have 
apparently weathered it away and 
brought to light the crumbling curved 
top surface of the diabase. So on all this 
steep eastern shore section of the demoi- 
selles there are high cliffs of gypse- 


‘SOTJOSIOWOpP UlIYyJIOU OY], ‘purvyst AsyUG 


‘SyDOTG DIUROTOA SOOT SUIMOYS dI[aSTOWAp 
[ I [es 


FO 20 


eyins 


‘purest AU 


Outside cellar made of half a whale boat. 


Entry island. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 119 


ous rock as well as of the volcanics, and it becomes very evi- 
dent to the observer that the igneous masses have been exposed 
in their surface contours by meteoric solution of the gypsum 
overburden. That this is the process of removal of the gypseous 
rock is made clear by its presence in the shcre sections of masses, 
interstitial between the laccolitic volcanics in cliffs which equal 
in height the volcanic domes themselves; and for this reason I 
am disposed to believe that the progress of time will bring the 
volcanic domes into even stronger topographic contrasts. It is to 
be presumed that the intrusive masses are not all at the same horizon 
in the rocks and that the interstices or intervals between as well as 
for the most part the surface over them is occupied by the gypseous 
masses. This part of Entry does not however show certain other 
accompanying and contact effects of the laccolites which are shown 


Curved volzanic layers in a section of a demoiselle, east coast of Entry island 


in the rest of the islands. These I have elsewhere referred to and 
they have chiefly to do with the relations of the laccolites to the 
gray sandstones which are best displayed on Grindstone and Alright 
islands. On Ambherst island it is made very clear that the red 
sandstones are of later date than the gray, for they lie unconform- 
ably over them. But on Grindstone island the red sandstones pass 
laterally into the gray and much harder sandstones of Point au 
Meule, the steamer landing at that place. Point au Meule is a 
demoiselle exposing no igneous core; the gray sandstones alone 
compose the sea cliff which rises well nigh to the top of the dome. 
This hardened and highly silicious sandstone mass is soon replaced 
by the gypsums at the north as it is by the red sandstones at the 
south. Similar phenomena are seen in the shore domes on Alright, 
the bolder heads displaying gray sandstone fronts, and in these 


I20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


cases I believe the overburden of the laccolites is sandstone which 
has been lifted and in some measure compacted and altered by the 
igneous lenses beneath. It is not to be understood that these expres- 
sions of contact change are the only ones here appearing. The 
gypsum overburden is also evident on both islands, but the greater 
resistance of compacted sandstone to the wear and tear of the sea 
and weather has made these presentments conspicuous, while they 
are absent on Entry because the ingredients are wanting, the gray 
sandstones being only very sparsely represented. 


A REMARKABLE SILURIC SECTION ON THE BAY OF CHALEUR 


This is a preliminary note in regard to a Siluric section of 
apparently extraordinary thickness exposed along the north shore 
of the Bay of Chaleur, just east of the mouth of the Little Cas- 


capedia river. The prosperous village of New Richmond lies here 


U. ~ 
(7 ins 
‘ i ge TS 


7 4 T~ 
7 bez \ SS 
f ‘ ae 
WS a 
“3 , \ 
\2 { Ss 4S rf 
nd v njew [Ri ch Imge-D ~~ * 
/ 
e / veg 0 ya RY, m4 / 
“WG ; 
/ 
/ 
Sy ft i 
/ 
edia B Blac 
a ca a ay Ly / 
/ 
e / 


y aria Capes 00k 


N 
Ga 


ve 


~~ 


2 Ee ina 
‘N 
N 
N 


Sketch map of Cascapedia bay and rivers, Bay of Chaleur, giving location of the Black cape 
section 


in the broad depression of the Grand and Little Cascapedia rivers. 
In the valley of the two rivers the rock series lies deeply buried, but 
crossing the Little Cascapedia eastward, the rock comes to the sea 


‘juUINs UO osnoyySi] ‘9suert o]Jostowosp Jo pua yYyWNoSs 


‘puryst Arua 


‘peol oy ‘pueyst Arjuq 


‘so]JasIowap oy} Useamjoq uoUTWIOD ote sjid uol} . 
-NJOS YONG ‘WOHeJSIA YIM UMOISIBAO BOY JoyeM TeTNoIIO IO Soq Suryen(d) ‘purest A1juq 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII i270 


front beginning a section which extends continuously along the 
shore for more than two miles. This section practically ends at 
the east in a volcanic cliff known as Black Cape and as the same 
name has been applied to the post-town on the cliff, the section 
may be designated the Black Cape section. 

When the late Doctor Ells and his aides mapped this part of the 
Gaspé peninsula the rocks on this stretch of shore were registered 
as part Siluric and part Devonic. Their variations in dip were 
recorded, but little clue was given to the stratigraphic and 
paleontologic importance of the peculiar development of the series. 

It is well to record here, in passing, some recent determinations 
in the distribution of the paleozoic rocks in the New Richmond 
region in order to indicate the general condition in which the Siluric 
belt is involved. The plain between the rivers referred to is an 
elevated submarine or barachois bottom and is notable for its fine 
exposure of raised beaches on the sea front at New Richmond 
village, carrying shell banks which stand at a height of 20 feet and 
dip eastward about 3’ in a 100. The shells, mostly lying vertical 
in the clay as they were lifted out of the sea, are: Mya are- 
Pitas Vent iii catas Niancoma sabulosa, M. bal- 
mica, Saxicava rugosa, Seripes groenlandi- 
cus; and the gastropod Chrysodomus despectus.? 

For a distance of five miles back from the sea front of this plain 
there are few, if any, rock exposures, but the Carleton mountains 
lie behind and about it in the form of an amphitheater, the nearer 
ridges of which are essentially composed of ledges of the red sand- 
stone and conglomerates of the Bonaventure formation.? At the 
west, on the farther bank of the Grand Cascapedia gray unfossili- 


1 Identified by Dr H. A. Pilsbry. 


2Doctor Ells, in his maps of Gaspé and accompanying reports thereon, 
endeavored to subdivide the general.mass of red sandstones and conglom- 
erates which had been broadly grouped together by Logan under the name 
“Bonaventure formation,” into a lower (Devonic) and upper (Carbonic) ele- 
ment. I believe entirely in Doctor Ells’s close approximation to the facts in 
this expression of the value of the Bonaventure formation, but admit my con- 
viction that an actual boundary between these elements can be located only 
with great uncertainty. It has been my practice to refer to the formation 
as a whole as of Devono-Carbonic equivalence and there is not, to my 
observation, any unconformity or change of sedimentation sufficient to 
justify a conception of discontinuity of sedimentation. Doubtless sections 
which I have not seen came under Ells’s observation and I disavow any 
intention to discredit the determination of so admirable an observer as he. 
The truth is sufficiently stated in the admission of Devono-Carbonic age of 


122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


ferous limestones of Siluric age are exposed at various places about 
five miles from the mouth of the river and thence Mord ame 
tremendous unconformity between these highly inclined Siluric 
limestones and the essentially horizontal Bonaventure conglomerates 
is seen at every contact, but it is nowhere more forcibly pronounced 
than at the “ Antimony mine” which lies seven miles back of New 
Richmond among the Carleton mountains. Here the unconformable 
formations mentioned have parted or been spread apart, and the 
interval is filled by a “vein” or other deposit of quartz having a 
width of eight to twelve feet. Where best exposed this quartz 
carries a very considerable amount of diffused stibnite and along 
certain planes of the deposit the stibnite is concentrated into solid 
seams some of which are several inches in width and of notable 
extent. No trace of the Devonic in place has presented itself near 
these contacts surrounding the plain,t but among the loose pebbles 
and boulders which have been used in the construction of the Mont- 
gomery Company’s breakwater at the west side of the New Richmond 
plain — material which has been gathered from the farm fields — are 
locks of Devonic sandstone filled with Leptocoelia flabel- 
lites and Rensselaerias; the latter are unlike any species yet 
known from the Gaspé sandstone, but are allied to, probably iden- 
tical with, species occurring in the Lower Devonic Moose River and 
Chapman sandstones of Maine and the Dalhousie beds of New 
Brunswick \(ct R. atlanticia,and) Ro ys te wia mir 


these rocks. The Ells maps, for the reason intimated, become rather hard 
to read in the field because of the inclusion within the single Devonic color 
the lower part of these red beds with the other very different beds of earlier 
Devonic. To make Doctor Ells’s conception of his Devonic unit clear in 
this place, his definition of the term as applied to his Gaspé maps is here 
given: 

The Devonian consists principally of moderately coarse gray con- 
glomerates, sandstones and shales, thovgh red beds occur at several 
places. The largest area is that of the Great Cascapedia which is prob- 
ably continuous with that of the lower Restigouche, though largely con- 
cealed below Scaumenac bay by the red beds of the Lower Carbon- 
iferous. The beds of the Cascapedia though containing abundance of 
corals and brachiopods at several points have not so far yielded the 
rich flora and vertebrate fauna of the Campbellton and Scaumenac 
areas. This area is apparently separated from the more eastern or 
Gaspé area by ridges of Silurian and older rocks. The beds of Scau- 
menac bay and eastward probably represent the upper portion of the 
Devonian system, while those of Campbellton belong to its base. 
1There are outcrops of dark shale with some gray sandstone on Bruleé 

brook near the Little Cascapedia which Ells regarded as Devonic. No fossils 
have been found in them. The Siluric-Bonaventure contact noted above at 
the Antimony mine lies far within the Devonic area indicated by Ells’s map, © 
in fact not far from his Siluric-Devonic contact. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 123 


Fish remains similar to those of Scaumenac bay (Migouasha) 
twenty-five miles west, are reported to me by trappers as occurring 
about ten miles up the Grand Cascapedia, a statement I have 
no present means of verifying. In my judgment the brachiopods 
cited help to substantiate Doctor Ells’s view that the Devonic basin 
here was separated by uplifts of earlier rocks from the Gaspé sand- 
stone basin at the east and was probably continuous with the Devonic 
basin at the west carrying the Migouasha fish beds. In a previous 
paper I have pointed out the probable occurrence of the Lower 
Devonic -in the Migouasha-Restigouche region with the species 
Payer tbodenta ¢ratia and Schuchertella, while the Leptocoelia 
and Rensselaeria here mentioned indubitably point to its presence 
not far away. 

The Siluric section now in consideration begins not far from the 
southeast angle of the mouth of the Little Cascapedia and, as already 
stated, continues without any material topographic break as far as 
Black cape, a distance of a little more than two miles along the bay 
shore. The rock strata are almost uniform in their upright attitude 
throughout their extent, pitched high with steep inclination for the 
most part to the south-southeast. Ells notes a variety of dips, some 
to the south-southwest and varying in angle from 40° to 75°; yet 
westerly dips are unusual and rather restricted.in extent. This 
change in direction of strike is a deformation of slender magnitude. 
My inspection of the entire section is by no means a thorough one, 
but a watchful eye for suspected displacements and duplications has 
failed to detect any, and if such are present they are certainly veiled 
in parallel unconformities. Reappearances of strata of similar litho- 

logic character are evident, but it is not certain that their fossils are 
alike. I desire to make all reservation necessary regarding possible 
| duplication in the section, for the thickness of these Siluric beds, 
| estimated apart from such possibilities, is very great, several thou- 
sand feet at all events. Yet it is well to recall in this connection that 
the Canadian geologists who have traversed the interior waterways 
| of this great peninsula record the very great extent of the Silurians 
all through the region and inferentially their correspondingly great 
| thickness. The upturned edges of these strata are ragged and much 
-eroded. Though they are not here visibly overlain by the later 
deposits an open cleft on the face of the cliff near the middle of the 
section, three feet across and twenty feet high, is filled with fine red 
sandstone of Bonaventure age which has filtered in from above and 
lies now in oblique saucer-shaped layers, its color in striking contrast 
to the blue grays of the adjoining vertical limestones. 


I24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


In describing this section we begin at its base near the east shore 
of the Little Cascapedia, for the position of the coral heads indicates 
that there has been inclination of the strata without overturn and 
that in accordance with this inclination the base of the section is 
at the west. 

The lowest part of the rock section is on the front of the Pritchard 
property. The strata are greenish, highly nodular lime shales, very 
compact and heavy bedded, weathering out into irregular and 
gnarled shapes. These alternate with more highly calcareous shales 
and compact limestones of red and ochreous tints. These compact 
limestones contain Stricklandinias of great size (S. gaspensis 
Billings) and in great number. Often this brachiopod is as large as 
one’s fist but it is usually crushed, except at the beaks. The original 
of Billings’s species came from Siluric rocks at L’Anse a la Vieille 
which is a shore bay fifty miles eastward of this point. With these 
Stricklandinias are “Spirifers of the S. niaganemisaemsae 
and occasional Whitfieldellas. The rest of the fauna throughout 
the beds is largely stromatoporoids and corals. These are in enor- 
mous quantity and very considerable variety. The Stromatoporas 
vary from-the Size of a penny to immense masses.) @ieterane 
Halysites of several species, Favosites and Alveolites of great size, 
two to three feet in diameter, Heliolites of compact and branching 
forms, Zaphrentis and other cyathophylloids of large size, Syrin- 
gopora and Eridophyllum in extensive colonies and various species. 
These corals are commanding for their size and abundance and are 
in admirable preservation. The fauna is essentially a coral planta- 
tion, lacking the features, however, of true reef construction. Addi- 
tional species observed, are Calymmene, Chonetes, Atrypa 
Fetreularns , Mentaculites, Diaphonostomea, eke: 

From here the section continues on eastward to the Howatson 
property. Beginning with the cliff exposure at Howatson’s the 
section must be studied at low tide on account of the narrow beach. 
Here again the heavy calcareous highly nodular beds occur, varying 
in color from dark green, gray, yellow to red. All are blocky and 
heavy bedded except for thin intervals of shale between the lime- 
stones. The small nodules of irregular size weather loose freely 
and scatter over the beach. While there is great variety of lithologic 
expression in these beds in this respect they do not differ essentially 
from the Pritchard section, but their fauna is more profuse though 
the preservation is inferior. Silicification is extensive and where 
decay has been effective beneath the soil on top of the cliff, silicified 
fossils are set free. 


one. Black Cape, 


evonic or Bonaventure sandstone. Black Cape, 
Bay of Chaleur. 


Vertical cleft in the gray Siluric limestones filled with red D 


cat instore 
| End of Chalew a 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 125 


Stromatoporas, Heliolites and Favosites still abound; Cladopora 
and Trachypora are common, Camarotoechia like C. whitei and 
C.indianensis; Whitfieldella, Rafinesquina, Orthis, Atrypa 
reticularis (Niagara type), Calymmene, Orthoceras, Trocho- 
ceras etc. are present. About in the middle of this section occurs the 
infiltrated “ vein” of red sandstone mentioned above, the surface of 
which can be traced in the fields overhead for two hundred feet away 
from the cliff. 

From Howatson’s the shore exposure continues without break 
into the. Service and LeBlanc properties, the scraggy limestones 
Maintaining their character as far as the little dock at Service's. 
Eastward from here follows a great thickness of gray sandstone, 
heavy bedded at first, thence passing upward into sandy shales. 
The sedimentation continues sandy to near the end of the section 
which terminates in the volcanic mass forming Black ‘cape, but 
toward the top the sands become interlaminated with thin beds of 
volcanic ash, with red and purplish shale and eventually calcareous 
and variegated beds succeed, becoming in places compact limebanks 
entirely constituted of the debris of fossils. These abut against 
the volcanics of Black cape. 7 : 

These sandstones and sandy shales are remarkably profuse in 
corals, some of the species, as of Halysites, palpably unlike those 
in the lower beds, but Halysites, Favosites, Heliolites, Syringopora 
and the stromatoporas of extraordinary variety and size occur 
together buried in this tremendous.mass of sand. Plant remains, 
apparently fucoidal, are also present in the upper sands. The 
uppermost limestone banks are constituted of the debris of bryozoans 
and small corals which have been weathered out over extensive 
surfaces into exposures of much beauty and effectiveness ; but other 
fossils than these are notably absent. The section on the whole is 
one well worthy of attention for its paleontology as well as its 
stratigraphy. The paleontologist would find at his hand unlimited 
quantity and variety of corals and stromatoporas, the museum col- 
lector fine demonstrative slabs and blocks and the stratigrapher a 
section of the Siluric apparently unexampled for its thickness and 
unusual composition. Leaving out of account repetitions of strata 
which thus far have not revealed themselves in structure or paleon- 
tology the entire section must approach a thickness of seven thou- 
sand feet. As far as the observed and collected fossils indicate the 
species are indirectly comparable to the later Niagaran of the interior 
basin, with an absence of the Clinton elements. The direct com- 


126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


parison in paleontology and paleogeography is doubtless to be made 
with the expressions of the Siluric afforded by the sections on 
Anticosti island and on the Arisaig shore of Nova Scotia. There 
is nothing in the Siluric sections of Gaspé elsewhere comparable to 
this, so far as my knowledge extends. 


STRIKING UNCONFORMITY IN PALEOZOIC ROCKS AT, LITTLE 
RIVER EAST GASPE COUNTY 


Little River East lies on the north shore of the Bay Chaleur just as 
it opens into the gulf. It is a small fishing hamlet about six miles 
west of Grand River. Whe unconformity here 1s of avsonem maces 
general throughout the Gaspé peninsula where the upturned Siluric 
comes in direct contact with the Devono-Carbonic, but at this 
exposure it is so notable for its color contrasts as to attract attention 
of the traveler when steamer or sail happens to pass close enough 
inshore to bring it into clear view. The Little River is bounded on 
the west by a rock cliff reaching one hundred rods along the shore, 
and the base of the cliff is made up of light gray sharply stratified 
Siluric (Siluric-Ordovicic) thin limestones and hard shales standing 
at an almost vertical angle or dipping steeply toward the southwest: 
in this respect in conformity with the general attitude of the older 
paleozoics on all this coast. Over the very irregular edges of these 
lower beds he the horizontal heavy-bedded masses of deep red 
Bonaventure conglomerate and sandstone, which has settled into all 
the surface irregularities of the gray Silurics. The section teaches 
again the well-known lesson of the exposure today of the Siluric 
rocks of this southerly Gaspé region during at least all the period 
of the early Devonic and its submergence in later Devonic to receive 
the rough water or continental deposits of the Bonaventure stage. | 


d}LIIWO[SUOD IINJUIAeUOT [eJUO0Z 
“Hoy Ajieou pue B7V14S OLIN]IS Pourpour wsoajoq AyrustoyuoUQ — adsey yseq JIA 2] 


NOTES ON DEVONIC FISHES FROM SCAUMENAC BAY, 
QUEBEC : 


BY L. HUSSAKOF 
I An almost complete specimen of Coccosteus 


Up to the present time Coccosteus has been known in America 

only from fragmentary remains. No specimen has been found 
showing the head with its associated armor plates, or with 
the notochord and dorsal fin. It is therefore of great interest 
to record the discovery recently of an almost complete specimen 
Poieoecesteis Canadensis —a species described 
Myer A. S. Woodward,’ in 1802, from a cranium. The 
specimen was collected for the New York State Museum, from 
the Upper Devonic shales on the shore of Scaumenac bay, near the 
village of Migouasha, Quebec. It came from a layer of thin-bedded 
shale at a level considerably below the massive, fine-grained sand- 
stone containing the exquisitely preserved ferns made known by 
J. W. Dawson, and the splendid specimens of Bothriolepis with the 
soft structures and fins, described by Patten. The specimen was 
contained in a small slab of shale which had weathered out so that 
its upper surface lay exposed. 
- Description of specimen. The specimen consists of the head, 
a portion of the dorsal armor, several ventral plates, the im- 
pression of the notochordal region, some neural spines, and part 
men the -dorsal fin. From its orientation on the slab, the 
animal appears to have become turned ventral side up after 
death, and to have settled into the sediment in that position. The 
head and dorsal armor were thus embedded in natural association, 
while the ventral plates, on the softer tissues loosening up, either had 
drifted out of their places (this is the case with the three plates seen 
in figure I to the right of the median axis of the specimen) ; or had 
fallen onto the dorso-median plate partly covering it. In collecting 
the fossil, the slab was unfortunately opened in such manner that 
most of the actual bone was lost and only the impressions (of the 
dorsal tuberculated surface) are shown in the rock. 

Head. The head (CRAN) is 11% centimeters long and shows, as 
impressions, most of the sutures and lateral lines. As it has already 
been well described by Woodward it is unnecessary to refer to it 
again in detail. To the left of the head is seen the right suborbital 


1A. 8S. Woodward. Further Contributions to Knowledge of the Devonian 
_ Fish-fauna of Canada. Geol. Mag., N. S., Dec. 3, 1892, IX, p. 481-85, pl. xiii. 
127 


128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


(SO). It is represented by actual bone, shown in outer, ornamented, 
aspect. The body of the plate is deeper, that is, more nearly circular 
in outline, than its homologue in C. decipiens. 

The present specimen throws light on one detail in the structure of 
the Arthrodire head. It is a moot question whether the so-called 
pineal canal, which is always seen on the inner aspect of the head of 
Arthrodira, perforated the bone and opened on the upper surface 
of the pineal plate. The state of preservation of the fossils has 
always left it open to doubt whether the pore on the upper surface 
had not been excavated by the collector while freeing the specimen 
from matrix. The present head of Coccosteus shows indubitably 
that the pineal canal did open on the upper surface of the head. 
For in the matrix, which is a cast of the upper surface, there is seen 
a small papilla (p) which is clearly due to the infiltration of sediment 
into the original opening on top of the head. The function of the 
canal is not known. But it may be inferred from its conical shape — 
seen especially in Dinichthys where, owing to its large size, it 
can be carefully studied — that it lodged a nerve organ which tapered 
to a point as it rose through the bone to the surface of the head. In 
the region of the external opening the surface of the cranium is 
either smooth, or tuberculated, like any other superficial bone, and 
not excavated for the reception of any sense organ, such as a 
pineal eye. 

Mandibles. Portions of both mandibles (Mnd) are preserved. 
They show only the toothed portions of the elements, with small 
parts of the flattened posterior regions. There are seven teeth pre- 
served in each mandible; they are like those in other Coccosteids — 
sharp, conical and slightly recurved. 

Dorsal armor. The dorsomedian (DM) is 8% centimeters 
long (excluding the process) and of the typical Coccosteid form. It 
exhibits the inner (under) surface and is largely covered over with 
fragments of other plates. I am not certain whether a posterior 
spine is present, since the hinder end of the plate does not show; but 
a keel is present, as is clearly indicated by the small part of it (k) 
preserved near the posterior end of the plate. 

Only one antero-dorsolateral (ADL) is preserved, that of the 
right side. It retains its natural position with regard to the head and 
dorsomedian. Its lateral line is noteworthy since it consists of two 
branches which diverge at an acute angle a short distance back of the. 
articulating process. A similar branched canal occurs on the anterior 


Quebec. 


Scaumenac Bay, 


Plate 1 
Whiteaves. 


Sawa adem Gig 


Coccosteus 


Fig. 1 Outline drawing of the specimen of Coccosteuscanadensis Woodard, shown in plate I. 
ADL, anterior dorsolateral; AVL!, AVL2, anterior ventrolaterals; CRAN, cranium; DM, dorsomedian; IL, in- 
ateral; k, ‘‘keel’’ of dorsomedian; L,‘lateral; Mnd, mandibles; MV, median ventral; N, impression of “not 
ord; p, pineal opening; pf, “‘ pelvic fin support’’ ; PVL, posterior ventrolateral; SO, suborbital, 


: q 


130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


dorsolateral in some other coccosteids, for instance C. minor 
anal (Coy ian aS ial Wl Se 

Neither of the posterior dorsolaterals 1s preserved. 

Lateral plates. A lateral (Ll) and an interlateral (WS) abore 
apparently belonging to the same side of the animal, are preserved. 
They are of the form usual in Coccosteids. They seem to be dis- 
tinct plates and not, as might be expected by analogy with Dinichthys, 
the halves of a single plate.* | 

Ventral armor. Whe ventral plates are shifted from )tnem 
natural positions and incompletely preserved. The antero-ventro- 
lateral (AVL) of the left side is preserved im outer aspect ueteme 
relatively broad and characterized by the presence of a dateral line 
cn its anterior third. The ornamentation on this plate is well pre- 
served; it consists of small, blunt, conical tubercles with fine radi- 
ations at their bases. 

The right postero-ventrolateral (PVL) is seen from the inner 
side; it is of the form usual in Coccosteus. 

The median ventral (MV) is only partly preserved —in outer 
ornamented aspect. Its over-lapped flanges seem broader than com- 
mon in Coccosteus — probably an adaptation for strengthening the 
ventral armor. 

Notochordal region. This is shown here for the first time 
in an American coccosteid. Immediately behind the dorsomedian 
plate there is a group of neural spines and dorsal fin-rays, repre- 
sented by their actual tissue. Back of these, extending a distance of 
13 centimeters, to the end of the slab, there is a double series of 
impressions arranged in a gently sigmoid line. These correspond to 
neural and hemal arches and indicate the position of the noto- 
chord (N). Impressions of. some neural spines are also clearly 
shown. 

About 4 centimeters back of the dorsomedian there is a sickle-— 
shaped rod (p.f) terminating posteriorly in what seems to be a 
broad plate, though this is either buried in the matrix or missing. 
This element I identify as one of the so-called “ pelvic fin” supports, 
recently discussed in detail by Professor Dean.’ 


1A discussion of these elements has recently been given by Burnett Smith. 
Notes on Some Little-known Fishes from the New York Devonian. Proce. 
Acad) Nit) Sciences pelila;, Dec. 1oLo} pp, 1056203: 

2 Bashford Dean. Studies on Fossil Fishes (Sharks, Chimceroids, and 
Arthrodires). Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, 1909, p. 282. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR TOT ou 


GENERAL CONCLUSIONS 


Coccosteus canadensis is one of the largest species of 
the genus. It is distinguished from the best known species, 
C. decipiens of the Old Red Sandstone of Scotland, first, by 
its larger size, and second, by trivial differences in the shapes of 
several of its plates. It is quite close to Dinichthys hal- 
modeus (Clarke) of the Marcellus shales of New York. Indeed 
. the latter is very probably to be put back into the genus Coccosteus, 
in which Doctor Clarke had originally placed it;' for its supposed 
dinichthyid characters listed by Doctor East ran,? when judged by 
our present knowledge of Coccosteus, are hardly enough to take it 
out of that genus. The mandibles, upon which Doctor Eastman 
chiefly based his opinion, seem to me typically coccosteid though 
poorly preserved. Moreover Dr Burnett Smith has recently shown? 
that in this species the laterals and interlaterals of each side are sepa- 
tate elements, as in Coccosteus, and not a single plate as in 
Diichthys: rom: these facts) i appears that Coccosteus 
halmodeus—not Dinichthys halmodeus—rss the 
correct name of the Marcellus species. 

The coccosteids hitherto recorded from North America are there- 
fore the following: 


Coccosteus occidentalis Newberry 
oe canadensis Woodward 
halmodeus Clarke 
macromus Cope - 
cuyahogae Claypole 
(Protitanichthys) fossatus (Eastman) 
Of these six C. canadensis is the one now represented by 
the best material. 


I 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 


II Note on a remarkable specimen of Eusthenopteron foordi 

A remarkable specimen of Eusthenopteron foordi has 
lately been collected by Doctor Clarke in the type locality, Migouasha 
P. Q., Canada, and is preserved in the New York State Museum. 


1 John M. Clarke. New or Rare Species ot Fossils from the Horizon of 
the Livonia Salt Shaft. Thirteenth Ann. Rept. State Geologist, N.Y., 1803, 
ps fOI—co, ‘pl: i-iv: . 

2 Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations. N.Y. State Mus. Memoir 
10, 1907, p. 126. The synonomy of the species is given there also. 

3 Notes on Some Little-known Fishes from the New York Devonian. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 661. 


132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


It represents a very large fish, perhaps the largest Eusthenopteron 
ever found, measuring nearly three feet in length, and at the same 
time shows nearly all the anatomical structures thus far made out in 
this species. 

The accompanying figure gives a good idea of the specimen. The 
fish is seen from the left side, and is so oriented that the paired fins 
of both right and left sides are shown, while the caudal end is seen 
in profile. An important fact to be deduced from the appear 
ance of the fossil is that Eusthenopteron was a more slender fish 
than the current textbook restoration, which we owe to Whiteaves, 
makes it appear. The depth of the fish in the region of the ventral 
fins can be accurately measured in the specimen; it is found to go 
over seven times into the to.al length (including tail). Hence the 
maximum depth of the fish r ust have been contained six or six and 
one-half times in the total len»th, not four and two-thirds as in Whit- 
eaves’s restoration. In othe- words, Eusthenopteron was shaped a 
good deal like Tristichopterus, its nearest allied form. 

In the head region most of the cranial elements can be plainly 
made out. The opercular elements are separated from the shoulder 
girdle by a wide space, part of which no doubt represents the soft 
membrane back of the operculun. The operculum (Op) and the 
suboperculum (S. Op) are clearly shown. The large plate, P. Op, 
probably comprises, as remarked by Traquair,! both a preoper- 
culum and one or more cheek-plates ; but the sutures separating these 
parts can not be clearly made out. The cleithrum (Cl) is broken off 
at its lower end; the piece I. Cl, is probably the infra-clavicle broken 
away from the cleithrum and shifted from its position. A gular 
plate (G), that of the left side, is beautifully preserved. There is 
no indication of lateral gulars in this specimen; but it should be 
recalled in this connection that Traquair found in a specimen in the 
Edinburgh Museum “the presence of five narrow lateral jugulars- 
[1. e. gulars] very distinctly shown.’ The mandible (Mnd) appar- 
ently has sutures separating the dentary from one or more infra- 
dentaries, but they can not be plainly made out. 

The fins are all present and are remarkable for the preservation 
of their internal cartilaginous supports. Those of the pectorals agree 
with the figure of these elements given by Woodward.2 The 
ventral supports are not so well preserved; one can make out, how- 


1 Traquair, R. H. Notes on the Devonian Fishes of Scaumenac Bay and 
Campbelltown in Canada. Geol. Mag., Decade 3, VII, 1890, p. 15-22. 
2 Woodward, A. S. Outlines of Vertebrate Palaeontology. 1898, figure 23. 


* 


. 
D 
? 

i} tt 

Ah 

a 
te 
Kh 
NNN 
oo | 
Kt 
Ve 


Tigure 2 EUSTHENOPTERON FOORDI, Whiteaves, x.... 
in New York State Museum: 


Scaumenac Bay, Quebec. Speci 
_A, anal fin; Cl, cleithrum; D5 D* dorsal fins; (D', accidentally omitte 
€ piate; I. Cl, infraclayicle; L. P, left pectoral; L. V, left ventral; Mnd, mandi 


, mandible; M: 
Op, operculum; Pa, parietal; P. Mx, premaxilla; P. Op, preoperculum; PT, postten 
Ventral; S. Gl, supraclavicle; SO, suborbital; S. Op, suboperculum; ST, lateral supr: 


4 P 


TITY, 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 133 


ever, at the base of the fin, three small elements, parallel to one 
another, which are articulated proximally with one or two elements 
that can not be clearly made out on account of their crushed con- 


dition. These two rows of cartilaginous elements correspond 


respectively with the a-2 and a-3 series of the pelvic fin figured by 
Goodrich. 
Regarding the supports of the unpaired fins, those of the second 


idotsal (D*)) and of the anal (A) are beautifully shown.  Wheir 


number, form and arrangement are already well known from Whit- 
Eaves ss testoration.  Uhey are almost exact counterparts of each 
other. One point worth noting is that in the anal there seem to be 
only two instead of the three separate basilar rods found in the 


dorsal. The internal supports of the first dorsal (D*) are also to 


some extent shown, although one can not make out the separate 


_— EE 
ee eel 
) 
/ 


parts beyond what they are shown in the figure. 

A feature of great interest in the specimen is the clearness with 
which the vertebral centra (V) are shown in the front half of the 
fish. The presence of vertebrae in Eusthenopteron has already been 
meeonaed My Etagian.-  “Mhey-extend only as far back asthe 
first dorsal, behind which the notochord was apparently continuous, 
although neural and haemal spines were well developed. Twenty 
centra can be counted between the cleithrum (Cl) and the first dorsal 
fin. They are seen in profile so that one can not be certain whether 
they are complete rings or not. Each is about two and one-half 
times as high as wide, and provided with a neural spine. The haemal 
Epics, di present im tis recion, are not shown. The centravare 
separated from one another by narrow spaces which increase back- 
ward until, near the end of the series, they are equal to the width 
Bimiide | Velbeptae: 


MEASUREMENTS OF THE SPECIMEN 


Tepito EP ee eS Oe en 2 feet 10 inches 
Total length, allowing for missing tip of the tail ........ 2.2 ee Tel is 
leleaich i Gaghsinuel eriseteyoyercertlll Eras eine Sy ee 7 Va is 
Deprupicrossebead Gr unceh back Of EYE): <.eccse. sce. 3% _* 
Wepiiammenectonmyvot WE 2 yok kc ced caches cae ese ceet- 4xjer- “ 
Deniimvemmect 12 and atiall 44)... 5accceuerdhs sss canes 4 ad 
ilar place, leneth. (sliehtly restored) ~....:...6....35.- ee. 
iGulanmplatewereatest widths ..2..,<<.cacrecscccvcacesaes ies 
Secrest aneialt On CaliUaleiity icles. vo cles « ¢ ojcc eo valcese 634. * 


1 Goodrich, E. S. On the Pelvic Girdle and Fin of Eusthenopteron. Quart. 
Kou Wicroscop, oct, N.S. XLV, p. 311-24, pl. xvi. 
2 Op. cit. p. 17. 


134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


III Notes on the anatomy of Scaumenacia curta 

The New York State Musuem possesses a series of fourteen speci- 
mensof Scaumencia curta (Whiteaves), one of them more 
perfect than any other yet found, and the rest with one or another 
feature well preserved. Through the kindness of the Director 
of the Museum, this collection was recently placed in my hands for 
study. I have taken this ocasion also to go over the excellent 
materials, comprising some fifteen specimens, in the American 
Museum collection, and have also examined one fine, large speci- 
men belonging to the Yale Museum. These thirty odd specimens 
make up the largest assemblage of Scaumenacia ever brought 
together at one time, and afford excellent data for a reconstruction 
cf the fish and for elucidating a number of anatomical details still 
imperfectly known. The specimens are all from the type locality — 
the Upper Devonic shales on Scaumenac bay, Quebec. A few are 
from the massive fine-grained sandstone in which the soft structures 
of Bothriolepis occur; the rest are from thin-bedded shales at a level 
considerably below this horizon. | 

Scaumenacia was first described by Whiteaves in 1881 [8]. He 
regarded it as belonging to the genus Phaneropleuron, and named it 
P. curtum. In 1887 [9] he discussed the anatomy of this fish 
and figured one of the types and several anatomical details — cranial 
plates, dentition and scales. These confirmed him in his original 
opinion that the fish was a dipnoan. In 1889 [10] he published a 
“slightly restored” figure of the fish. 

In 1893 Traquair [7] pointed out that this fish differed from. 
Phaneropleuron in having two dorsals instead of one. He therefore 
regarded it as a distinct genus for which he proposed the name 
Scaumenacia. 

Two restorations of Scaumenacia have been published, one by 
Whiteaves (mentioned above), the other by Traquair, in Dollo’s 
paper “ Sur la Phylogénie des Dipneustes”’ [1]. Several anatomical 
features, in addition to those by Whiteaves mentioned above, have 
also been figured: a dental plate (Jaekel [4]); the head (Eastman 
[2]); and the anal fin (Woodward [11]). 

Size. Most of the specimens of Scaumenacia are small, under 
10 inches in-length, giving the impression of a rather small fish. 


1 This specimen was kindly lent me for study by Professor R. S. Lull. 


‘SoqonG ‘Aeq ovusumesg ‘oruoaocy Joddq) “(soavoyyA) ey4in9 


Z 33g 


eVrovuow 


ness 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 135 


Remains of larger fish are, \ 
however, known. A specimen 
in the American Museum lack- 
ing part of the tail measures 
14% inches, and when complete 
must have been 18 inches in 
length. Another large fish, 
no. 2675 Yale Museum, -is 
about 15 inches long. Hence 
Scaumenacia may be regarded 
as having reached a length of 
at least 18 inches; in other 
words to have been as large, 
full grown, as a medium sized 
Neoceratodus. 

Restoration. The accom- 
panying restoration (figure 3) 
is based on a beautiful speci- 
men in the New York State 
Museum. This is a fish eight 
inches long in a nodule of fine- 
grained sandstone (plate 2). 
It is almost uncrushed, which 
is an important circumstance, 
for Scaumenacia specimens — 
are usually badly distorted 
through lateral pressure so 
that the fish appears much 
deeper than it must have 
been in life. This specimen 
shows all the fins save the 
caudal, which is nearly all 
missing. But this fin, fortu- 
nately, is beautifully preserved 
in another specimen of the 
Same size (7661 American 
Museum). The State Mu- 
seum specimen also shows the 
scales so that their size and 
_ imbrication can be clearly seen 
on the greater part of the fish. 


Fig. 3 Restoration of Scaumenaciacurta (Whit2zaves). Upper Devonic. Sca:menac bay, Quebec, Can. 


136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The distinctive features of Scaumenacia may be summarized as 
follows: 

Body-form gracefully fusiform, about as much compressed as 
Neoceratodus. Maximum depth equal to head, and contained six 
times in total length (including caudal). Fins well developed ; paired 
fins archipterygia, large and relatively slender, with scaled central 
portion and divergent marginal dermal rays. Length of pectoral one 
and one-third tires the maximum depth of body; when adpressed 
to body extending over two-thirds the distance from origin 
of pectoral to origin of ventral. Ventral longer and somewhat 
broader than pectoral, about one and one-half times the maximum 
depth of body; commencing slightly back of origin of second dorsal. 
First dorsal very low, its maximum height one-seventh or one-eighth 
its length; commencing considerably back of occiput, but somewhat 
nearer to origin of pectoral than that of ventral. Space between 
dorsals one-seventh the length of first dorsal. Second dorsal very 
much higher than first, its maximum height two-thirds the maximum 
depth of fish. Caudal strongly heterocercal. Anal relatively small, 
situated close to lower lobe of caudal. Lateral line present. 


Cranium. Three specimens (2875 Yale Museum; 7656 and 7677 
American Museum) in the materials in hand, show the cranium in 
fair preservation. Figure 4 is based on these, more especially on 
the. Yale specimen? 9@iitewea 
rangement of the cranial ele- 
ments is quite like iiapamea 
Phaneropleuron as figured by 
Goodrich [3, p. 239]. There is 
a median supra-temporal (MS), 
preceded by a pair of parietals 
(Pa),-and anterior to these a 
pair of frontals (#i}e ae 
suture between the frontals is 
rather vague in the Yale speci- 
men, but it is very clearly shown 
in an American Museum speci- 
men (7677). There-areuagaeed 

Fig. 4 Head of Scaumenacia curta number of other paired plates 
(Whiteaves). Fr, frontal; MS, median occipital; arranged symmetrically on 
Ni_mnilss Op. operlum; 7 Danetal Ccither side —pteroties ia 
orbitals. supraorbitals (Su. O), and 
several others whose homology is not quite clear. The rostral region 
is lacking in all the specimens in hand and is indicated in the figure — 
by analogy with other dipterine crania. 


‘OoqonG, ‘Aeq oeuaunesS 


‘suOAId Joddq — j]ey [epnes oy} [jam Ayvroedso SUIMOYS YSy ojo]dwo0o ATIeoON “(saAvaNYyM) e}48n9 ev 1IItuUIWMNeIS 


a is 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 137 

Dentition. It is well established that Scaumenacia had typical 
dipnoan dental plates. Whiteaves [9] figured a portion of such a 
plate showing a group of pointed denticles arranged in rows; and 
Jaekel [4] has given a figure of a complete lower dental plate. 

Figure 5-b represents an upper, or palato-pterygoid, dental plate 
drawn from a small specimen in the American Museum collection 
(7662). This plate and the one figured by Jaekel show plainly that 
Scaumenacia had a Dipterus-like dentition. The dental plate shows 
seven rows of small pointed and slightly compressed denticles. The 
rows do not radiate from a common point but from a smooth area 
near the inner angle of the tooth. The number of denticles in a 
row varies from two or three in the innermost, to seven or eight in 
the outermost row. 


Besides a dipterine plate I have found 
vomerine teeth in Scaumenacia (figure 5-a). 

a These are of great importance considering 
the rarity of specimens of these teeth in the 

extinct dipnoans. They were found in 


es their natural position in a large fish in the 
aes American Museum (no. 7656). Whe l- 
ee teseuin (no. 7650). 
=a _~—Csectting the specimen in the field it was 
SSS Cs accidentally struck so that the snout broke 
SS 
VW off as a small fragment. On the inner sur- 
et ee face of this, and right in advance of the 


Fig.5 Scaumenaciacurta 
(Whiteaves); dental plates and 
scale. a, vomerine teeth; b, pal- 


most anterior denticles of the upper and 
lower dental plates, could be seen, above, 
a pair of small, thin vomerine plates (fig- 


ato-pterygoid dental plate; c, 
portion of a scale, showing or- 
namentation (enlarged) 


Ure 5-a). They are broader than deep, 
with the lower edge cut into four unequal, 
sharp teeth or serrations. In view of this serrated con- 
dition the vomerines of Scaumenacia may be regarded as more 
primitive than those of the adult Neoceratodus. They resemble 
somewhat the vomerines of the embryonic Neoceratodus as described 
by Semon [5]. The small fragment of matrix containing these 
teeth was unfortunately lost; not, however, before a careful figure 
of the vomerines had been prepared. 

Scales and lateral line. Regarding the scales, Whiteaves wrote 
[9, p. 108]: “Scales thin, cycloid, imbricating with exposed sur- 
faces concentrically striated and marked also with exceedingly min- 
ute radiating lines, which latter are only visible under a somewhat 
powerful lens.” The superficial ornament of the scales is indeed 


138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


exceedingly fine. It is very generally worn off so that it is hard 
to find a specimen showing it. On several scales in the specimen 
belonging to the Yale Museum (2875) it is well shown and from one 
of these figure 5-c was drawn. The ornament consists of exceedingly 
fine lines, several of which may flow together towards the center 
of the scale into an elongate irregular elevation. From this area 
the lines are given off at irregular intervals and may again fuse here 
and there for part of their length. They may be traced to the pos- 
terior border of the scale. 

The lateral line Scaumenacia has not yet been figured, although 
it is known to be present in this form. It is here figured in a small 
specimen three and one-quarter inches long, in the New York State 
Museum, in which it is beautifully preserved. 


Fig.6 Scaumenaciacurta (Whiteaves). Small specimen, 3} inches in length, showing 
ateral line; natural size. Upper Devonic. S:aumenac bay, Quebec, Can. 


LITERATURE CITED 

I Dollo, Louis. 1895. Sur la phylogénie des dipneustes. Bull. Soc. 
Belge de Géol., IX, p. 79-128, pls. v-x.. IPI. v, fig. 6, is an -ontiine == 
storation of Scaumenacia curta, labeled “ Figure original de M. R. H. 
Gragquair: 7] 

2 Eastman, C. R. 1908. Devonian fishes of Iowa. Am. Rep’t Iowa 
Geol Surv. XVIII. [Figure of head of Scaumenacia. Fig. 35.]> 

3 Goodrich, E. S. 1909. Vertebrata craniata (First fascicle: Cyclos- 
tomes and Fishes). Lankéster’s “A, treatise on zoology.” Part IX. 

4 Jaekel, O. 1890. [On Phaneropleuron and Hemictenodus, n. gen.] 
Sitzber. Gesell. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin. p. (1-8). 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 139 


5 Semon, R. 1899. Die Zahnentwickelung des Ceratodus forsteri. 
Zool. Forsch. in Austral. u. Malay Archipel: p. 115-35, pls. xviii-xx. 

4 6 Traquair, R. H. 1890. Notes on the Devonian fishes of Scaumenac 
Bay and Campbelltown in Canada. Geol. Mag., n.s., Dec. iti, VII, p. 15- 
22 

~~ 7 —————.._ 1803. Do. No. 3. Geol. Mag, n.s., Dec. iii, X, 
202-077 

8 Whiteaves, J. F. 1881. On some remarkable fossil fishes from the 
Devonian rocks of Scaumenac Bay, P. Q., with descriptions of a new 

| genus and three new species. Canadian Naturalist, n. s., X, p. 27-35. 

g ———. _ 1887. Illustrations of the fossil fishes of the Devonian 
RockseouGanadas ant.) rans. Royal Soc. ‘Canada, TV, p.: 101-ro;epe 
WACK 

i oo Domuranrt Ul.) trans, Noyaly Soc Canada 
Walp. 77500, pl. vex. 

11 Woodward, A. S. 1803. Note on a case of subdivision of the 
median fin in a dipnoan fish. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, XI, 
p. 241-42, figure 


NOTE ON: A SPECIMEN OF PLECTOCERAS JASON 
(BILLINGS) 
(With one plate) 


BY RUDOLF RUEDEMANN 

Preparations for the moving of the State Museum to the new 
Education Building brought to light a block of middle Chazy lime- 
stone from Valcour, Clinton county, N. Y., collected by Professor 
van Ingen and the writer, which had not been at hand when the 
Cephalopoda of the Beekmantown and Chazy formations of the 
Champlain Basin were described by the writer (N. Y. State Mus. 
Bull. go, 1906), but which is so much superior in perfection of shell 
and in size to the specimens used for that paper that we are sure 
the publication of its figure will be an addition to our knowledge of 
the form. Above all it shows the entire living chamber and the 
apertural margin, both not observed before, as far as we are aware. 

The living chamber attains in length a little more than one-third 
of a volution. It is entirely free and furnished in the specimen with 
very strong costae except near the aperture where the ribs cease 
rather abruptly. The aperture is directed as it had been described 
from the growth lines in the above-mentioned paper. 

We have drawn in the nepionic and neanic portions observed in 
another specimen and figured in longitudinal section in the former 
publication,’ thus obtaining a view of the entire specimen. The rate 
of growth of the conch is thereby distinctly shown. 

The uncoiled condition of the entire living chamber and the dis- 
appearance of the ribs near the aperture suggest that the specimen 
had attained mature if not gerontic age, and the shell therefore 
represents the full size of this species. 

The septate portion of the whorl here represented is exfoliated 
and therefore, while showing the septa, fails to show the costae 
which are much closer in the neanic shell. The surface of this 
portion is represented in Bulletin 90, plate 29, and indicated in the 
restored part. The living chamber is also largely exfoliated and only 
shown in its interior cast and the smoother character of the apertural 
portion may be largely due to this state of preservation. The last 
portion of the apertural chamber would then seem to have possessed 
a thicker wall. On account of the absence of the shell, the conch 
now also appears more evolute than it was in reality. 


‘1Text figure 44, page 485. The figure is in natural size, and not X 3% as 
erroneously marked. 


142 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The depth of the cameras increases but little in the specimen and 
they remain relatively shallow as they had been found to be in the 
smaller specimens; the lateral lobe of the later sutures is apparently 
a little higher than in the earlier ones. 

The species was cited in Bulletin 90 as coming from the lower 
Chazy of the Valcour section. The specimens described had been 
obtained by Professor van Ingen and the writer in the beds out- 
cropping along the shore of Lake Champlain north of Valcour 
(Sibley’s) dock. These beds were in preceding publications referred 
to the lower Chazy on lithologic grounds but fossil lists since pub- 
lished by P. E. Raymond (Annals of the Carnegie Mus., vol. 3, 
No: 4) show that they belong with the middle Chazy (see op. cit. 
p.'574). Doctor Raymond cites P. jason irom BiIz0(op wen 
535), 1. e. the beds just across the bay north of Sibley’s dock; B124, 
the rocks at lake level on the shore at Day’s Point; and his station 
B128, exposures in the large quarries near the road between Valcour 
and Day’s Point. Our records show the species to have been found 
in beds approximately corresponding to Raymond’s stations between 
these two points. In all the stations where it has been found it is 
associated with faunas which, although lacking the Maclurites 
magnus, are of middle Chazy aspect, the beds in the quarries 
representing Raymonds zone 2a or the Malo@yieiigaee 
murchiseni zone of his division 2 (middle /C@hazyjeaeee 
Plectoceras jason is here a middle and “possibly saamen 
Chazy form, its range agrees with that observed in its type locality, 
the Mingan islands. 


ea] 


Plectoceras jason (Billings). Natural size 
Chazy limestone, Valcour, N. Y. 


——— 


ON THE GENESIS OF THE PYRITE DELOSmMS Or 
SV RENCE COUN TY 


BY Cue SNE, IR 

In an effort to get some clue to the methods of formation of the 
pyrite deposits of St Lawrence county, which in recent years have 
been more extensively worked than before, the important mines and 
several pits and prospects were visited and examined with such care 
as limited time and the conditions of the workings permitted. The 
expectation, based upon previous knowledge of the geology of the 
region, that the problem would prove a troublesome one to solve 
was fully justified by the result. A thoroughly satisfactory investi- 
gation of the matter can be carried through only after the general 
geology of the region is worked out in detail, but as this consum- 
mation is doubtless remote, a statement of the results of the present 
study seems warranted. | 

The most important workings are the mine on the Cole farm, four 
miles northeast of Gouverneur, the Stella mines, one mile north of 
Hermon, and the group of mines at Pyrites, or High Falls, on the 
Grasse river, six miles south of Canton. Besides these there are 
many smaller mines and prospects scattered over this part of the 
county and, as the geological conditions which favor the formation 
of the pyrite deposits prevail over a large area, it is peaibalele that 
many occurrences have escaped notice. 


GENERAL GEOLOGY 

The geology of the region is exceedingly complex and, for the most 
part, as yet unstudied in detail; but, speaking in most general terms, 
there is an older series of highly metamorphosed sediments, crystal- 
line limestones, gneisses, schists and quartzites, classed as Grenville; 
cut by igneous rocks of varying character and age, but chiefly 
granites, which are generally gneissoid. More basic rocks, diorites 
and gabbros, are not lacking but, particularly as regards the latter, 
are much less important than farther south, in the heart of the 
Adirondack region. 

The typical rocks of either class, sedimentary or igneous, are of 
course readily distinguished, but in many cases extreme meta- 
morphism has completely obscured the original character, making a 
positive determination difficult or even impossible. It often happens, 
too, that a rock is of composite character as a result of injection or 
assimilation, giving, on the one hand, a sediment more or less 


143 


144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


“soaked ” with igneous material and on the other an igneous rock 
which has melted into itself or assimilated sedimentary material. 
Between these two types every gradation exists, thus introducing 
added complication and uncertainty. 

The pyrite deposits occur in association with the sedimentary 
rocks, although it is probable that they are more or less closely 
dependent upon the igneous rocks for their existence. ' 

Throughout the Grenville series pyrite is a rather common acces- 
sory mineral and becomes particularly conspicuous in the so-called 
“rusty gneisses” which frequently occur. These rusty gneisses 
owe their name to the dark iron stain resulting from the weathering 
of pyrite, which is often present in large amounts. The question of 
the true nature and origin of the rusty gneisses is most intimately 
connected with that of the pyrite deposits, which in many, if not all, 
cases are merely exceptionally pyritiferous varieties of these rocks, 
or of rocks closely associated with them. At the yery outset 
this makes the problem. in hand difficult, since it necessitates the 
determination of the character of a widespread group of rocks 
which, though superficially similar, vary in character rather widely 
and may be of quite diverse origin in different cases. 

In dealing with the Grenville one is on safe ground in classing the 
crystalline limestones and quartzites as metamorphosed sediments, 
but with reference to the schists and gneisses the case is quite differ- 
ent. While many of these may with confidence be regarded as meta- 
morphosed shales or impure sandstones and limestones, others are 
beyond question intrusive sheets and dikes, while it is possible that 
some may originally have been contemporaneous lava flows and 
tuffs, though no case of the latter kind has yet been established. 
Thus while the rusty gneisses appear as part of the Grenville series, 
it does not necessarily follow that they are of sedimentary origin, 
though it has become rather habitual to take this view of them. 
That this course is in general justified seems probable from the fact 
that these rocks are strongly banded, exceedingly variable in com- 
position, and so far as studied not closely related in composition to 
any of the well-established types of igneous rocks. It must be 
admitted, however, that some examples, marked by the presence of 
scapolite replacing plagioclase, closely resemble certain varieties of 
gabbro.1 

If all of these pyritiferous rocks could be regarded as representing 
metamorphosed gabbros, a simple solution of the whole problem 


1Smyth, C. H. jr, Trans, N.Y. Acad, Sci, XII, 1803, np. 215-17... 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII T45 


would be suggested, the pyrite being a probable primary constituent, 
concentrated by magmatic differentiation. As shown below, this ex- 
planation is, at first glance, strongly suggested for one of the chief 
deposits but further study indicates that it is inapplicable even here, 
while as a general explanation of the rusty gneisses it has no claim 
to consideration. 

For the present it may be assumed that the rusty gneisses are of 
sedimentary origin, representing shales and sandstones interbedded 
with the limestones of the Grenville sea. 

With this brief introduction, the different mining localities may be 
described, taking them in order from west to east, and in each case 
first stating the facts observed in the field and then giving the 
leading megascopic and microscopic features of typical specimens of 
ores and wall rock. The paper closes with a general discussion of 
the problem of genesis. 

THE COLE MINE 

The Cole mine, situated about four miles north of Gouverneur, 
was idle when visited by the writer, but has since been started up 
again and is likely to be an important producer. Rock exposures 
around the flooded pit were not extensive but sufficient to show the 
usual strongly foliated rusty gneisses, the more pyritiferous parts 
of which constitute the ore. Beneath this is a mica schist, and still 
lower down, with a gap of five or six hundred feet in outcrops, is a 
beautiful serpentinous limestone: Thus the rocks are distinctively 
Grenville in type and, as a matter of fact, the location is in the midst 
of one of the most extensive of the Grenville limestone belts of the 
region. The only recognizable igneous rock associated with the ore 
is pegmatite which occurs in small patches and strings, particularly 
in the underlying mica schist. All of the rocks present, including 
the pegmatite, contain some pyrite, and here as elsewhere the ore 
body is merely that part of the gneiss and schist formation in which 
the amount of pyrite is particularly large. 

The pyrite is very irregularly distributed, appearing in streaks, 
bunches and veins (figure 1).1_ As the mineral increases in 
amount these irregular masses blend and form large and rich ore 
bodies, in which the relation:of the pyrite to the rock is wholly 
obscured. But in the leaner ore the pyrite appears distinctly, so far 
as its present distribution is concerned, to be of vein origin for, 
while commonly running parallel to the banding of the rocks, it 


1¥For all the photographs in this paper the writer is indebted to the kind- 
ness and skill of Professor Gilbert van Ingen, 


146 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


repeatedly cuts across at all angles and wanders about quite inde- 
pendently. Thus it is evident that at least a part of the pyrite has 
been deposited in its present position quite late in the history of the 
formation. The pyrite ranges from tiny scattered grains up to large 
masses, and may be irregular in shape or bounded by its own crystal 
faces. Crystals an inch or more in diameter are common, not in 
cavities but wholly imbedded in the country rock. 

Intimately associated with the pyrite is graphite in sufficient 
abundance to be conspicuous in the tailings from the separator. 

While the gangue is ordinarily the normal country rocks, the dump 
affords many lumps of quartz whose relations to the ore and other 
rocks are not shown in the flooded pit. This material appears to be 
vein quartz, in spite of its carrying considerable graphite. 

The ore body is perhaps ten feet thick as an average and conforms 
in a general way with the strike and dip of the surrounding rocks. 
That the latter are, with the exception of the pegmatite before men- 
tioned, apparently sedimentary in origin is the most striking fact 
exhibited at this locality with reference to the origin of the pyrite 
deposits in general. 

While the sedimentary character of the immediately adjacent 
rocks is apparent, it must not be overlooked that everywhere the 
Grenville is cut by intrusives which, in this vicinity, are abundantly 
represented by the white granite which is the common phase of the 
granite-gneiss when intrusive in limestone. With these-intrusions, 
the pegmatite associated with the pyrite must be connected, and quite 
possibly too the quartz mentioned above, in spite of its graphite, the 
latter mineral being frequent and sometimes abundant in very acid 
pegmatites elsewhere associated with pyrite. A quarter of a mile 
south of the mine the crystalline limestone contains large quantities 
of quartz, probably of vein origin, but quite free from both pyrite 
and graphite. 

Passing to the more detailed features of the deposits we find 
a fine-grained, gray banded schist of the wall containing considerable 
scattered pyrite strung out parallel to the foliation, while a minor 
cross fracture is filled with calcite and a little pyrite, the latter per- 
meating the wall of the fissure and thus showing a very late circu- 
lation of pyrite in the rock. A thin section shows abundant quartz, 
kaolinized feldspar, chloritized mica, some sericite and graphite. 
There are also many grains of colorless tourmalin. Pyrite, in 
moderate amount, occurs in crystals and rodlike and branched aggre- 
gates, which run between and very commonly project into the other 
minerals as shown in figure 3. Sometimes pyrite separates and 


mine, showing large, irregular masses of pyrite in the 
grained rock. (9/10 natural size) 


Fig. 2 Photomicrograph of schistose wall-rock, Cole mine, with pyrite developed 
in a chlorite vein and, to a less extent, throughout the rock. The white mineral is 
almost entirely quartz. Some cataclastic structure is shown. (Magnified 27.5 
diameters) 


— 


~ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII LAy. 


entirely incloses adjacent areas of quartz in perfect optical con- 
tinuity, thus clearly showing a replacement of quartz with no 
mechanical disturbance. Two large grains of pyrite with small 
branches attached suggest very strongly an older generation with a 
younger growing upon it. This phenomenon is worthy of special 
note in this case since it is very exceptional in the material examined. 

That the pyrite has crystallized after the other minerals is obvious 
and there can be no doubt that it has replaced an equivalent amount, 
not only of chlorite, but of the much more stable and resistant 
Guartz. 

A similar rock, but rather more massive, contains a much larger 
amount of pyrite in large bunches connected by stringers and vein- 
iets. Thus to the unaided eye the pyrite appears to be secondary, 
while as there is nothing to suggest preexistant cavities other than 
minute cracks it seems equally clear that it must be a replacement. — 
In thin sections the rock is similar to the last but has little tour- 
malin, is decidedly kataclastic and has more chloritic alteration. 
Pyrite is much more abundant in scattered grains, rods and branch- 
ing aggregates, commonly in association with chlorite, while the sec- 
tion is traversed by a vein of chlorite in which the abundant pyrite 
ranges from large solid masses to rods and shreds that might almost 
be called fibrous (figure 2). 

The greenish chloritic alteration runs all through the section in the 
spaces between cracked quartz grains, at whose expense it seems to 
have developed. Considerable sericite is present, appearing as tufts 
and shreds in quartz and chlorite, after which it is secondary. It 
also forms narrow veins around, and fills cracks in, many of the 
pyrite masses, indicating that the sericite is at least in part younger 
than the pyrite. Thus the microscopic evidence agrees with that 
obtained by the naked eye in pointing to a secondary origin for the 
pyrite, replacing the original minerals which also show pronounced 
chloritization. 

A specimen of rich ore very similar to ores at other mines is 
a medium grained, dark rock with abundant pyrite unevenly 
disseminated through it in crystals and irregular grains and some- 
times in large masses, like those in the preceding specimens. The 
dark color of the rock is largely due to fine scales of graphite, which 
are exceedingly abundant. A thin section shows a large amount of 
quartz, little orthoclase and no plagioclase. Muscovite, in part at 
least secondary, is fairly abundant. There is much pale green, 
hearly or quite isotropic chloritic alteration product, and abundant 
graphite. The roughly equidimensional grains of pyrite give little 


148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


hint of their origin or relation to other minerals except that occa- 
sionally they seem to be molded upon the mica. 

The rusty gneiss underlying the ore is strongly foliated and in 
hand specimens shows abundant mica, quartz, some pyrite and 
garnet. Thin sections show quartz, muscovite, bleached and altered 
biotite, much garnet and chlorite, little or no graphite, and con- 
siderable pyrite. The latter is sometimes molded upon other 
minerals as in figure 4. 

In chlorite there is sometimes a very. free growth of pyrite, as 
shown infigure 5. 

From these facts it is apparent that the pyrite has crystallized in 
its present position after all the other minerals, including the 
secondary chlorite but excepting sericite, were formed. This of 
course makes the deposition of the pyrite subsequent to the meta- 
morphism which converted the Grenville sediment into the existing 
eneiss, since the chlorite in which the pyrite has grown is an altera- 
tion product of the metamorphic minerals. This is an important 
step toward determining the origin of the deposits 1f it can be proved 
that the foregoing relations are not simply the result of circulation 
and recrystallization of pyrite already present in the rock long before 
this final precipitation. 


THE HENDRICKS MINE 

About two miles northeast of the Cole mine, on the Hendricks 
farm, are some small openings of pyrite which have never got 
beyond the stage of prospects, but are nevertheless of interest in 
their bearing upon the problem of genesis. _Here again, as at the 
Cole mine, the pyrite deposits lie in the midst of Grenville rocks 
with no large masses of igneous rocks near by. The pyrite is near 
the bottom of a heavy body of fine, strongly laminated Grenville 
gneiss, the ore being simply a pyritous and therefore “rusty ” part 
of the formation. This gneiss makes a high ridge north of the mine, 


/ 
OU ir. 
// 


as cs 77 
LTE 
1% MD V1 f ldakedi ie L1G 


MELD 


Fig. 6 ae gneiss and ore shown by heavier shading 


while to the south there is a wide gap in outcrops except for some 
fifty feet of typical limestone almost immediately beneath the ore. 
The section is diagrammatically represented with little reference to - 
scale in figure 6. 


- * 


Fig. 3 Photomicrograph of fine-grained _ schistose wall-rock, Cole mine, with 
branching masses of pyrite, and quartz, sericite, chlorite and tourmalin. (magnified 
154 diameters) 


See 5 8 Sale ee he 


Fig. 4 Photomicrograph of rusty gneiss underlying the ore at the Cole mine, 
showing pyrite molded upon garnet. (Magnified 83.5 diameters) 


a: 


4 4] 
<x): 
Bay 
» oaaiagl 
iy 
. 
yes 


Fig. 5 Photomicrograph of rusty gneiss underlying the ore at the Cole mine, 
with pyrite growing in chlorite, surrounded by quartz, garnet and bleached mica. 
(Magnified 154 diameters) 


Ligh wy, 


& OS ed 
ene. Big 


ne 


Fig. 7 Ore at the Hendricks mine, with crystals of pyrite in a chloritic aggregate. 
(9/10 natural size) 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 149 


The gneiss in the hill is typical Grenville and is confidently classed 
as sedimentary, and thus the ore body lies wholly within sedimentary 
rocks. Pegmatite, however, is abundant, appearing as irregular 
masses but more commonly injected in thin sheets parallel to the 
banding of the gneisses. It is particularly abundant in immediate 
association with the ore but apparently contains no pyrite. This is 
so unlike other localities, however, that it is probable pyrite was 
overlooked. The ore appears to be merely a modification of the 
ordinary gneiss, containing large, but variable, amounts of pyrite. 
There is a gradual transition from gneiss to ore, no sharply defined 
ore body being present. 

More than at any other mine, the pyrite tends to occur in distinct 
crystals which seem to form quite regardless of surrounding minerals. 
This is particularly true of a variety of ore consisting of a very fine 
chloritic aggregate, evidently an alteration product, through which 
are scattered abundantly quite perfect crystals of pyrite, seldom more 
than half an inch in diameter, and showing nothing more complex 
than cube and pyritohedron, as far as noticed (figure 7). This is 
evidently an extreme case of the tendency shown at all mines for the 
pyrite to crystallize more perfectly when in a chloritic matrix. As at 
the Cole mine, graphite is a constant accompaniment of the pyrite, 
though quite unevenly distributed. A considerable amount of milky 
white quartz is present, of vein origin and younger than the pyrite 
crystals, while there has been a still later deposition of calcite in 
limited amount. | 

Thin sections confirm the conclusion drawn from field study that 
the ore is a part of the Grenville gneiss enriched in pyrite at the 
expense of the other minerals. The ordinary gneiss on the ridge is a 
rather fine grained aggregate of quartz, feldspar, both orthoclase 
and plagioclase, abundant muscovite and a pale brown mica, prob- 
ably phlogopite. There is a little graphite and an occasional grain 
of pyrite. A similar rock, close to the ore, is darker in color, very 
quartzose and micaceous, with more graphite and considerable 
pyrite. The mica is changing into a greenish, chloritic material of 
weak or indistinguishable double refraction, and sometimes with a 
fibrous texture. This same substance also grows in quartz and. 
feldspar, together with small quantities of sericite. There is also 
present some colorless pyroxene and a dark brown mineral, probably 
rutile. 

In the sections, as in hand specimens, the pyrite seems to have 
grown freely into other minerals and only occasionally is molded 
upon them. Although in somewhat elongated and branching aggre- 


I50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


gates, it nearly always has its margins bounded by crystal faces 
(figure 8). There are some delicate aggregates of small crystals 
clustered in such a way as to indicate that they have crystallized 
within the rock after all mechanical disturbances. This rock 
‘is a perfectly typical rusty gneiss of the Grenville, and at the 
same time, when compared with the preceding rock, it is cleatiy the 
first stage in the conversion of a similar rock into ore. 

Next, a lean ore shows in the section all the mica changed to 
chloritic material. There is a little rutile, but no) Srapmitemeeee 
pyrite is in large areas, bounded by crystal outlines not of single 
crystals, but of many crystals in a single mass as shown in figure 9. 
Feldspar is practically absent, and the abundant quartz is largely, if 
not wholly, a secondary infiltration. 

Another section of lean ore shows large single, but somewhat 
incomplete crystals of pyrite with considerable feldspar altering to 
sericite, and much’ green chlorite. The larger crystals of pyrite 
partly or wholly inclose grains of the other minerals, clearly indicat- 
ing an incomplete replacement of the latter by the pyrite (figure 10). 
Another section differs from this only in the abundance of graphite, 
resembling in this respect many specimens from other localities, 
while the Hendricks material, on the whole, is rather poor in this 
constituent. Another hand specimen shows much vein quartz and 
rather perfect crystals of pyrite. In thin sections the latter is seen 
to be crushed and the cracks infiltrated with calcite. 

As bearing upon the question of genesis of the pyrite deposits, the 
most striking phenomena exhibited at this locality are the close 
association of the ore body with crystalline limestone, the gradation 
of ore into rusty gneiss and ordinary fine laminated gneiss, the 
irregular distribution of graphite in the ore and often its entire 
absence, the crystalline character of the pyrite apparently assumed 
late in, the history of the rock and but little controlled by other ~ 
minerals present, the alteration of mica to a chloritic material, which 
seems to grow also at the expense of other minerals, and finally the 
presence of considerable vein quartz. The small amount of calcite 
appears to be of minor importance, but on the other hand it is pos- 
sible that the injection of pegmatite in the gneiss of the adjacent 
ridge is a vital factor and its presence must be kept in mind in fram- 
ing hypotheses to account for the ore bodies. The crushing of pyrite 
shown in one section simply serves to accentuate the extreme rarity 
of this phemonenon throughout the region, for while there has 
doubtless been considerable disturbance subsequent to the formation — 


| 


Fig. 8 Photomicrograph of rusty gneiss close to ore, Hendricks mine, with irregu- 
lar masses of pyrite scattered through quartz, pyroxene, chlorite and sericite. A 


little mica and a few flakes of graphite are present. (Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Fig. 9 Photomicrograph of- lean ore, Hendricks mine. 


bounded by sharp crystal faces, with quartz, chloritized mica and a little rutile. 
(Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Large masses of pyrite, 


Fig. to Photomicrograph of lean ore, Hendricks mine, with incomplete crystals 
of pyrite developed in chlorite, bleached mica, kaolinized feldspar (in part plagio- 
clase) and quartz. A few cracks shown in the pyrite were made in grinding the 
section. (Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Ne ry ae 


‘ 
. 


a 


Fig. 12 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous pegmatite, Styles mine, with pyrite, 
chlorite and sericite developed along cracks in feldspar. (Magnified 83.5 diameters) 


=—c 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII I5I 


ef pyrite, it has not been of such a nature as to effect a comminution 
of the rock constituents. , 


THE STYLES MINE 

On the Styles farm, a few miles farther northeast, another small 
prospect has been opened. Here again the pyrite is in the rusty 
gneiss and its Grenville association is strikingly shown by the fact 
that this gneiss is hardly more than twenty feet thick and has lime- 
stone both above and below, as shown in figure II. 

In addition to these rocks con 
siderable pegmatite, carrying a 
peculiar light brown tourmalin, 
is present, a great deal lying on 
the dump. While much of the Fig.11 Rusty gneiss and ore heavily shaded 
pegmatite is free from pyrite, other specimens show considerable 
quantities of the mineral. Indeed some of the pegmatite is a 
father lean ore of pyrite, while the rich ore seems again 
to be merely a part of the rusty gneiss carrying an unusually 
large percentage of pyrite. As at the Cole mine, graphite is 
conspicuous in the richer ore which also contains large amounts of 
grayish green, soft chloritic material not conspicuous at the Cole 
mine, but very abundant and characteristic at other localities. 
Indeed, in many cases, it appears that the enrichment of ore is 
roughly proportional to the development of this chloritic product. 

Thin sections of the Styles pegmatite show moderately developed 
cataclastic structure, which is of particular interest since it evidently 
precedes the deposition of pyrite. The latter, with some chlorite 
and sericite, spreads in a network through the cracks between the 
mineral fragments recementing the fractured rock. But the process, 
instead of stopping at this point, evidently continued as an actual 
replacement of the mineral grains by pyrite, thus increasing the 
latter at the expense of the former (see figures 12 and 13). This 
may continue to the production of a rich ore. Indeed, among the 
specimens collected the richest is quite probably a highly altered 
pegmatite converted into an ore by this process of replacement. As 
at the other localities, graphite is quite generally present. 

A section of another specimen of pegmatite shows the same 
kataclastic structure, with pyrite filling cracks and from them spread- 
ing into and replacing the original minerals. There is also a more 
perfect development of crystal form of pyrite when in contact with 
chlorite rather than with primary minerals. This relation as already 
indicated is shown by sections from several localities and strongly 


152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


suggests that the soft chlorite is easily displaced mechanically, as well 
as chemically, by the pyrite, a conclusion which of course implies the 
later formation of the last named mineral. That this is true of at 
least part of the pyrite, there can be no doubt. The section in ques- 
tion is a cataclastic pegmatite, similar to that from which figure 13 
is taken, and shows the same development of pyrite, beginning in 
cracks and extending from them into the surrounding solid minerals. 


THE FARR MINE 

The Farr mine, some two miles northeast of the Styles mine, 
resembles the latter very closely in its geological relations. Here 
again the ore 1s part of a narrow band of rusty gneiss hardly exceed- 
ing thirty feet in thickness, with limestone above and below, while 
again pegmatite is conspicuous. There is a large mass of the latter 
rock, free from pyrite, some twenty feet from the shaft, while in the 
dump there is abundant pegmatite containing much pyrite. As the 
latter increases in quantity it passes into fairly rich ore. Judging 
from what could be seen when the locality was visited, the pyritifer- 
ous pegmatite is an important part of the ore. The rock contains an 
abundance of the light brown tourmalin seen in the pegmatite of 
the Styles mine. This mineral is conspicuous in some of the strongly 
replaced specimens. 

A section of the pyritiferous pegmatite shows large areas of pyrite 
from which veinlets extend out into the surrounding quartz and 
feldspar. Figure 14 shows an example where such veinlets traverse 
what was originally a single individual of quartz, without the slight- 
est disturbance in optical orientation of the now separated parts. It 
is clear that these parts have not been moved with reference to each 
other, but that the pyrite has replaced an equivalent amount of 
quartz, the process starting along minute cracks. Its continuation 
would lead to a complete replacement of quartz by pyrite, which is 
doubtless the manner in which the larger masses of pyrite have orig- 
inated. An even better case, perhaps, is shown in figure 15 where 
the veinlets of pyrite traverse several individuals of quartz, with no 
disturbance of their optical orientation and continue down through 
several other grains, outside of the field of the microscope. The 
only section of schist from this locality examined under the micro- 
scope shows, in addition to the ordinary quartz, feldspar and mica, 
sillimanite, tourmalin, garnet, some pyrite and graphite. It is evi- 
dently a Grenville sediment, but presumably has been affected by the 
pegmatite, as indicated by the tourmalin. 


ert 
s AG 
radi. 


Fig. 13 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous pegmatite, Styles mine. Quartz and 
feldspar showing cataclastic structure and subsequent development of pyrite. (Magni- 
fied 27.5 diameters) 


/{* 


re"aX © eS 


Fig. 14 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous pegmatite, Farr mine, showing veinlets 
of pyrite cutting a single individual of quartz without disturbing the optical orienta- 
tion. (Magnified 60.5 diameters) 


i B. 


bre sitsnQ vominr aolvte  etitsmrgeq enorotitinyq to dqsrgo1stinotodd gr 3rd 
ings) .otireq to tasce: rolsveb tnoupsedue bas stutowtte otteslosiso 2atrwode asqeblot 
(erstomsib e@.ys bot 


oo 


Fans Se SPN) an SITs Ltrs Bae im ele ey 


efalnisv garwode ,onint ts 1 Csipeot evottitiiva Jo dasrgorimotodd pr git 
-strorro Isoittqo sslt orrilanys 9 terdtiw strgup to Jarbivibnt ofgnte 5 gaittuo 9tlivg to 


Gxstbinsi 2.00 botticgsM ) mot 


OE pant ele 


Fig. 15 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous pegmatite, 


Farr mine, with branching 


veinlets of pyrite cutting several individuals of quartz without disturbance of optical 


orientation. Crystal boundaries of pyrite, very sharp. 


Fig. 17 Ore, Stella mine. -A rather fine. granular 
graphite, quartz and feldspar. (9/10 natural size) 


(Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


aggregate of pyrite, chlorite, 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQII 153 


While in all these cases the pyrite is manifestly introduced into 
its present position very late in the history of the rock, the question 
arises: Has it been brought into the rocks from an outside source 
subsequently to their formation or Is it an original constituent 
which has merely undergone secondary migration and recrystalliza- 
tion? The answer to this question may be different for the pyrite in 
eneisses, on the one hand, and for that in pegmatites, on the other, 
but as in either case the whole problem of the origin of the ore 
bodies is involved, the consideration of the matter is deferred for the 
present. 

THE STELLA MINES 

About five miles northeast of the Farr mine are located the Stella 
mines, much the most extensive workings of the pyrite region. In 
inany respects the geology is similar to that of the localities 
already mentioned, but at the same time there are some striking 
differences. The mines lie in a Grenville belt, with extensive 
development of rusty gneisses southward and heavy limestone on the 
north. At the mines the exposed section begins on the south with a 
coarse, rather massive, very dark hornblende gneiss, quite unlike 
any rock shown at the other localities. This rock forms a ridge 
south of the new Anna shaft, on the lower ore body, which is the 
next member of the series and which in its natural exposures is a 
typical rusty gneiss. Above this comes another gneiss forming a 
high ridge between the two ore bodies. At the bottom, this rock is 
light gray and appears fairly acid, but higher up it becomes dark 
and hornblendic, resembling closely the lower hornblende gneiss, and 
then finally becomes acid again toward the top. Next comes the 
rusty gneiss of the upper ore body, and this is followed in turn by a 
light gray mica gneiss, making up a considerable ridge, with lime- 
stone to the north. This generalized section is represented in 
figure 16. 


Wy L 
/\4 Gi, tie Af 
BOL, Gh him hn, yt 7 /, pint Wing 
VAG Wifi Minny A 
iy Ug Wi af 
Li eel AL SS 2 VY AAA 


Fig. 16 Hornblende gneiss shown by crossed hachures 


As compared with sections at the other localities, the entire 
absence of limestones is perhaps the most striking feature. The two 
distinct main ore horizons are also worthy of note, while perhaps 
more important is the great development of gneiss. The high ridge 
of gneiss above the ore at the Hendricks mine is in some ways 


154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


analogous to the mica gneiss above the upper ore at Stella, but the 
rocks at the two localities are quite unlike, while at none of the 
previously described localities is there anything resembling the dark, 
hornblende gneiss in the present section. The ore deposits them- 
selves and the immediately associated rock appear without doubt to 
be of the same general type as elsewhere. 

While in the preceding cases it has been clear that all rocks con- 
cerned, with the exception of the pegmatites, were of the generally 
accepted Grenville sedimentary types, at Stella this is far from being 
the case, and for the first time the question of the origin of extensive 
rock bodies presents itself. 

The problem begins with the dark, hornblendic gneiss at the bot- 
tom of the section. This is a type of rock that might result from 
the metamorphism of a sediment or of a basic igneous rock. In the 
present case conclusive evidence is not afforded for deciding between 
the alternatives, but from a general knowledge of the region, and 
more particularly from evidence to be given in connection with 
another locality, the writer inclines to regard the rock as igneous and 
closely related to the gabbros of the region. Yet this view meets 
difficulties when the gneiss between the ore bodies is examined. The 
central part of this can hardly be distinguished from the supposed 
gabbro, but it shades both upward and downward into a light gray, 
rather acid gneiss that might well be interpreted as a Grenville sedi- 
ment. Evidently this difficulty might be explained in diverse 
ways, but without very detailed study speculation would be 
fruitless. Finally, the mica gneiss above the upper ore is regarded 
as probably sedimentary, but on the other hand it too may be a meta- 
morphosed intrusive so far as can be judged by its structure and 
mineralogical composition. 

While these unsettled questions obviously are important in their 
bearing upon the history of the ore deposits, they are not so vital as 
they would be were this the only locality for the pyrite or did the 
deposits here differ markedly from those at the other localities. As 
a matter of fact, this latter is conspicuously not the case, the ore 
bodies at Stella agreeing in all important details with those already 
described. This being true, it follows that the nature of the ore 
cdeposits is independent of the immediate presence of large intrusive 
masses, since none occur at the other localities, and the probable and 
possible intrusions at Stella have exerted no noticeable modifying 
influence upon the ore bodies. The latter are of rough lens shape, 


——— ee -  ey  reeee e 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQIT. 155 


dipping to the north with the country rock. At present ore bodies 
lying at two distinct horizons, separated by about a thousand feet 
across the strike, are worked, and the superintendent of the mines, 
Mr J. Tonkin, informed the writer that a total of nineteen ore 
bodies of varying thickness had been shown by diamond drilling. 
According to Mr F. T. Rubidge, vice president of the St Law- 
rence Pyrites Co., to whom the writer is indebted for many courte- 
sies, only four or five of the pyritiferous horizons afford workable 
ore-bodies. They run about twelve feet in thickness, but may reach 
as high as thirty feet. In the Stella mine, the ore, about ten feet 
thick, extends about eleven hundred feet along the strike and has 
been worked nine hundred feet down the dip of 20°-30°. Con- 
siderable pyrrhotite occurs in this mine. In the Anna mine, the ore 
averages twenty feet thick and has been followed two hundred fifty 
feet down a 45° dip and twelve hundred feet along the strike. As 
elsewhere, the ore bodies are not sharply defined but fade gradually 
into the surrounding rock, which is impregnated with pyrite some 
distance from the ore proper. While the typical ore lies in the rusty 
gneiss, pyrite is disseminated rather generally through the rocks, 
and railroad cuts in the hornblendic gneiss south of the mines show 
strongly pyritiferous masses of irregular form, the pyrite being in a 
tough dark base. The same rock is also cut by many bands of 
pegmatite, both parallel to and across the foliation. These bands 
frequently carry pyrite in crystals ath it also occurs in irregular 
branching veins in the gneiss. 

__ The gneisses above and below the upper ore body carry a great 
deal of sheared pegmatite, mostly parallel to the foliation, and this 
carries some pyrite. Thus here, as elsewhere, the pegmatite is con- 
spicuous. The same is true of graphite, for just as at the Cole mine, 
lthe tailings from the concentrator carry considerable amounts of this 
‘mineral, which also is more abundant in the ore and immediately 
adjacent rocks than farther from the ore bodies. 

Hand specimens of the ore show a granular aggregate of pyrite, 
2raphite and a gray, soft alteration product, together with some 
quartz and feldspar (see figure 17). Some specimens can hardly be 
listinguished from the material at the Cole mine but large crystals 
ire less frequent at Stella. 
| Here and there vugs occur, lined with crystals of quartz, calcite 
‘and sphalerite, manifestly much younger than the pyrite and formed 
inder quite different conditions. 


} 


156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


A thin section of a rather lean ore from the Stella shaft, showing 
to the naked eye pyrite, graphite, quartz, feldspar and the usual soft 
gray material, under the microscope shows much nearly isotropic 
chloritic alteration product mingled with bleached mica and sericite. 
There is also considerable quartz and some untwinned feldspar. 
Graphite is abundant, much of it being inclosed in the pyrite though 
in one or two instances the latter mineral has grown between and 
forced apart plates of graphite. The pyrite is often in distinct 
crystals which apparently have been the last development in the rock 
unless it be the alteration products. As to the latter there is some. 
uncertainty, for while the chlorite sometimes forms borders around 
or veins in pyrite there is a tendency, noted elsewhere, for the pyrite 
to have more perfect crystal form when in contact with chlorite, as 
though the latter were more yielding than the other minerals. With- 
out doubt some of the chlorite, and probably most of it, antedates the 
pyrite, while the very pronounced formation of chlorite in the 
pyritiferous rocks, as compared with the average gneisses, strongly | 
indicates a direct connection between chloritization and deposition of 
pyrite, as products of closely related and associated processes and 
conditions. So far as the evidence goes this rock seems to be a 
highly altered gneiss carrying unusual quantities of graphite and 
pyrite, the latter mineral having evidently formed very late, replacing 
the older minerals. 

A section of richer ore differs greatly from the preceding, having 
even more graphite, and the pyrite developed almost to the complete 
exclusion of other minerals. The section is quite striking, showing 
the pyrite in distinct though interlocking crystals including abundant 
eraphite, the interspaces being filled with sericite, secondary quartz 
and chlorite (see figures 18 and 19). Though as a whole so 
unlike the preceding section, this one shows remnants of greatly 
altered minerals of the gneiss and there can be no doubt that this 
rich ore is a part of the gneiss in which the processes of alteration 
and replacement have been carried to an extreme degree. 

The immediate hanging wall of the Stella ore body is a fine- 
grained dark gray schist, with much graphite, shot through with tiny 
veins and bunches of pyrite (see figure 20). A thin section shows 
it to be a graphite-mica schist, the graphite giving the dark color. 
The mica is largely altered to a weak doubly refracting chlorite 
similar to that in the ores, and sometimes to a fibrous mass of yel- 
lowish brown color. Areas of this latter sometimes have a narrow 
border of sericite. Quartz is abundant, but feldspar is present only 
in very small quantity, and none with the twinning of plagioclase. — 


Fig. 18 Photomicrograph of rich ore, Stella mine. The spaces between the sharp 
crystals of pyrite are filled with sericite, chlorite and secondary quartz. Graphite 
is abundant in the pyrite, where, of course, it does not show in the photograph, 
and as small flakes and elongated grains in the light colored minerals. (Magnified 


27.5 diameters) 


Rather large crystals of pyrite, 
(Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Fig. 19 Photomicrograph of rich ore, Stella mine. 
with graphite, sericite, chlorite and secondary quartz. 


Fig. 20 Hanging wall, Stella mine. A fine-grained, dark, graphitic schist with 
veins of pyrite roughly parallel with the foliation. (9/10 natural size) 


Fig. 21 Photomicrograph of hanging wall, Stella mine, showing a section of one 
of the pyrite veins of figure 20. Crushed quartz, chlorite, sericite, graphite and 
bleached mica, with pyrite in anastomosing  veinlets, commonly bordered with a 
narrow fringe of sericite. (Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Oe 


; va 
we be Oh ce! a 


Jit aia te ot 
Goer AS 
HIV 2eGH1O lento 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII VE 7 


Graphite is abundant in scales and plates arranged parallel to the 
distinct foliation. Very commonly the graphite is somewhat split or . 
even shredded, with chlorite, sericite and pyrite filling its inter- 
spaces into which they have evidently penetrated after the 
crystallization of the graphite. Like the graphite, pyrite is usually 
elongated parallel to the foliation, occurring most often in irregular 
grains. The section shows one of the veinlets seen in the hand 
specimen. It is made up of many fine anastamosing branches parallel 
to the foliation, the pyrite often showing distinct crystal form, while 
the outer margins of the vein are bordered with the sericite, whose 
position and arrangement are so evidently controlled by the vein 
that there can be no doubt that the sericite formed after the pyrite 
(see figure 21). That the latter mineral is a replacement of the 
ordinary constituents of the rock seems equally certain, being 
localized by solutions circulating in relatively porous parts of the 
rock. Had the replacement proceeded further an ore similar to those 
actually worked would have resulted. 

The foot wall of the Stella ore body is a much coarser rock than 
the preceding, lighter colored and less prominently foliated. Large 
cleavage faces of feldspar are shown and many scattered grains of 
pyrite, but the pyrite veinlets so conspicuous in the hanging wall 
are lacking. In thin section, orthoclase is very abundant, passing 
over into the usual greenish, nearly isotropic, chloritic alteration 
product. Mica is thoroughly bleached, or completely .altered to 
chlorite. There are some large areas of clear interlocking quartz 
possibly of vein origin. As a whole the section suggests a much 
altered, sheared pegmatite or injection gneiss. No graphite is shown 
and pyrite is not abundant, occurring as rather evenly disseminated, 
irregular grains which have a tendency to lie in chlorite, though 
there are abundant exceptions to this rule. The pyrite often shows a 
variety of skeletal growth, having the interspaces filled with chlorite 
and sericite, as shown in figure 22. Here there is a green, low; 
refracting, chloritic alteration of feldspar clearly shown in process 
of formation, in the large feldspar grain on the right, and the same 
material filling cavities in the pyrite, near the bottom. Apparently 
this is older than the pyrite. Quite distinct from this is the filling 
of the spaces between the slender tongues of pyrite, by nearly color- 
less, strongly doubly refracting sericite, clearly younger than the 
pyrite. Pyrite is also seen replacing orthoclase and bleached mica. 
It is, perhaps, worthy of note that the disseminated pyrite is quite 
as abundant in this rock lacking graphite as in the hanging rock 
containing the latter in abundance. 


= 


158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Another specimen from the foot wall is a pyritiferous pegmatite 
quite similar to that at the Farr mine. It is a coarse aggregate Of 
quartz, feldspar, green from alteration, and pyrite. In thin section it 
bears a strong resemblance to the preceding rock, but is coarser. The 
feldspar appears in all stages of alteration to the chloritic aggre- 
gate, and the pyrite occurs in this rather than in the quartz. At 
several points there is a pronounced skeletal growth (see figure 
23) of pyrite in the chlorite, and here the latter mineral 1s some- 
what fibrous, the fibers being perpendicular to the pyrite margins and 
meeting along a straight line in the middle of the narrow veinlike 
spaces. The conclusion seems unavoidable that this part cf the 
chlorite has been deposited after the pyrite, or has undergone some 
rearrangement with reference to it. The latter is more probable. 
At another point, chlorite fills a narrow tortuous space between pyrite 
and quartz and between two adjacent grains of pyrite. Again, the 
fibrous chlorite has its fibers in clusters radiating from points along 
the margins of sharply banded pyrite crystals. Elsewhere the 
chlorite is clearly molded upon quartz. All these relations point to 
the mobility of the first-named mineral. 

In general the microscopic examination of these sections 
strengthens the impression gained from other thin sections and in 
the field, that there is a close connection between the formation of 
pyrite and of chlorite. Many exceptions occur where pyrite is asso- 
ciated with fresh quartz and silicates but the ores proper all show 
the chloritic alteration. Practically the same thing may be said 
cf pyrite and graphite, the latter being usually abundant but some- 
times absent. 

Sections of the gneisses adjacent to the mines shed little light 
upon their origin. They are aggregates of hornblende, plagioclase, 
a little pyroxene and some quartz and while, as previously stated, 
they are thought to be igneous rocks related to the gabbros, their 
true nature is open to question and they may be metamorp 
sediments. This latter view is favored by Newland. 

The material of one of the small pyritiferous bands in the dark 
hornblende gneiss, south of the Anna shaft, is of interest when com- 
pared with the large ore bodies. The hand specimen shows a rather 
coarse aggregate of hornblende, an amorphous black material and 
pyrite, the latter often in good crystals. The thin section shows 
some hornblende, greatly decomposed feldspar, apatite and an 


1 Newland, D. H. AE Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. N-Y. 
State Mus. Bul. 120, 1908, p. 51. 


‘ eS 
ease Se 


Fig. 22 Photomicrograph of foot-wall, Stella mine. Feldspar altering to green 
chlorite, which also fills cavities in lower part of pyrite. The latter has developed 
in slender, parallel tongues, between which sericite has formed. Pyrite is also shown 
in bleached mica and orthoclase. (Magnified 83.5 diameters) 


Fig. 23 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous pegmatite from foot-wall, Stella mine. 
Skeletal growth of pyrite in chlorite, which latter has developed chiefly at the expense 
~ of feldspar. (Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


~ 
\ 
is 
u 
’ 
—) 
- 
‘ 
7 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 159 


abundance of deep green chlorite which forms from both feldspar 
and hornblende but, so far as the evidence of a single section may 
be trusted, more from the former than the latter. This chlorite 1s 
fibrous and of a strong, deep green color persisting with crossed 
nicols which bring out aggregate polarization and weak double 
refraction. Pyrite in large masses is abundant, lying imbedded 
almost exclusively in the chlorite and molded upon hornblende and 
apatite instead of replacing them (see figure 24). The pyrite is 
frequently in slender branching aggregates which have grown in and 
been supported by the chlorite, and is clearly younger than the 
latter mineral. 

As bearing upon the mobility of the chlorite, referred to in con- 
nection with previous sections, an interesting fact appears in this 
slide. At one point a very narrow crack has developed in a grain of 
pyrite, crossed an area of chlorite, torn it away from another grain 
of pyrite, and separated a corner of the latter. The crack throughout 
its course is sharply defined by narrow black boundaries and is 
completely filled with a later deposit of chlorite. The latter is the 
same deep green as the old chlorite and in ordinary light would not 
be distinguished from it but for the dark boundaries of the crack. 
With crossed nicols, however, the younger chlorite in the crack shows 
different optical orientation and so is sharply distinguished from the 
older mineral (see figure 25). 

With this diagrammatic case before us it is easy to find many simi- 
lar though less clear instances, and it becomes evident, as suggested 
previously, that the chlorite is very mobile, circulating relatively 
freely and thus tending to fill all spaces, however minute, in the rock. 
It is also clear that the several cases previously described where 
there seemed to be conflicting evidence as to the relative age of 
pyrite and chlorite are cleared up by this proof of at least two 
periods of chlorite formation, one before, the other after, the de- 
position of pyrite. As to the larger question of the date of pyrite 
concentration compared with that of the possible intrustion of the 
hornblendic rocks, an indication is given by the presence of clearly 
later pyrite masses in these rocks. That the same later date 
holds good for the larger ore bodies is probable, and this may 
account for the fact, already stated, that the ore deposits show no 
marked difference when compared with those not directly associated 
with similar rocks, but on the contrary agree in all essential features 
with the prevailing type as developed in the midst of extensive belts 
of Grenville sediments. 


160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


THE MINES AT PYRITES 

At Pyrites, formerly called High Falls, pyrite was mined on a 
fairly large scale several years ago, but when visited by the writer 
the mines were idle and evidently had been so for some time. The 
locality is however of much interest and, standing alone, would be 
apt to lead to views quite unlike those presented in the sequel as to 
the origin of the ore bodies. Extensive exposures are afforded by 
the deep gorge of the Grasse river, at the lower end of which the 
pyrite is shown better than at any other locality visited. At this 
point a fine section is shown, the rusty gneiss being very strongly 
developed, dipping northwest at a high angle and striking north- 
east to north. A marked lens of pyrite about eight feet thick occurs 
in the gneiss, and the latter is itself permeated with pyrite. This 
lens with somewhat varying thickness extends to the top of a 
precipitous bank, but in the floor of the gorge pinches out abruptly 
along the strike. Veinlets of pyrite cut all the rocks including the 
ore lens itself, showing a certain amount of circulation late in the 
history of the formation, probably subsequent to all pronounced 
mechanical disturbance. 

The rusty gneiss shows its usual contortions and abrupt changes 
of strike and dip, is strongly banded and foliated, and in every 
way appears to be sedimentary or, if igneous, is of extreme an- 
tiquity and has suffered most intense metamorphism with resultant 
obliteration of all original characters. 

Immediately underlying the gneiss, with apparently conformable 
contact, 1s a rather massive, coarse, micaceous, nearly black rock, 
which is shown by exposures farther up stream to be a phase of 
the coarse gabbro so strikingly developed in the gorge above. While 
this rock is unquestionably later than the rusty gneiss, the contact - 
between the two gives no suggestion of being an eruptive one, a fact 
difficult to explain (unless faulting be appealed to) but quite fre- 
quent in contacts between Grenville and later intrusive rocks 
throughout the region. The only thing suggesting the relations of 
the two rocks is the abnormal character of the gabbro at the con- 
tact as compared with exposures farther up stream, more in the 
heart of the intrusions. There is a decided contrast between the two 
rocks, but the character of that at the contact, though rather finer, 
is not such as to point clearly to contact modification. Thus, with- 
out the evidence afforded by other exposures, neither the nature 


Fig. 24 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous hornblende gneiss, south of Anna shaft, 
Stella mine, with pyrite grown freely in chlorite, but molded upon hornblende and 
apatite. (Magnified 27.5 diameters) 


Fig. 25 Photomicrograph of pyritiferous hornblende gneiss, south of Anna shaft, 
Stella mine, showing pyrite developed in chlorite, with a crack passing through both, 
and filled with younger chlorite. (Magnified 27.5 diameters 


pd 


eee ey 


xe 


Annan aera ¥ 


9 


Asp 


ear nd ol 


U x. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 161 


of the gabbro nor its relation to the rusty gneiss could be determined 
at this point. The section is diagrammatically shown in figure 20. 


rIIVV YY Vy 
i evu hut yuu 


Maiti 


ples 


Fig. 26 Or:e lenses more heavily shaced; gabbro hachured 


A massive rusty gneiss with much pyrite, which might be classed 
as a second, but much lower grade ore body, underlies the main lens, 
with a small barren space intervening. As indicated in the diagram, 
it is thicker than the main lens, and much less sharply defined, 
while at the same time the pyrite is very unevenly distributed. 

The gabbro above referred to is by far the most conspicuous rock 
of the section and is best shown at the paper mill about half a mile 
upstream from the first mentioned locality. The rock is very dark 
in color, sometimes almost black, varying from medium to very 
coarse in grain and from massive to strongly foliated. Abundant 
mica, with a suggestion of flattened orbicular structure, gives to 
some exposures a most peculiar aspect quite unlike that of any 
rock seen by the writer elsewhere in the northern Adirondack region. 
Farther upstream the rock becomes a rather coarse hornblende gneiss 
whose origin would be very obscure but for the fortunate exposure 
of the transitional belt between the two phases. 

While in the field the rock is conspicuously hornblendic and mica- 
ceous rather than pyroxenic, thin sections of the more massive 
varieties show sufficient pyroxene to indicate the probability that 
this was the prevailing original ferro-magnesian mineral. For this 
reason the rock is regarded as a member of the widespread gabbros 
of the Adirondacks, rather than a somewhat pyroxenic diorite. The 
gabbro, in its gneissoid phase, is extensively developed in the vicinity 

and, while not yet mapped, covers some square miles. A consider- 
able extension to the southwestward toward the Stella mines tends 
to support the conclusion, previously referred to, that the very 
similar hornblende gneiss at the latter locality may be in reality a 
phase of this same gabbro. 

_ While at the lower end of the gorge at Pyrites the gabbro appears 
below the ore only, south of the paper mill it occurs also as a thin 
‘sheet above the pyrite formation, the main body continuing below. 
This is best shown at the lower end of a small island in the Grasse 
\Tiver just below the dam. Here the rusty gneiss, with abundant 


‘i 


162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


pyrite, is exposed in the river bed with a width of about forty feet; 
on the east (below) is the main body of gabbro, while at the west 
(above) the same rock appears and continues to the west bank 
of the river where gray gneiss of Grenville aspect comes in. The 
accompanying diagram (figure 27) makes these relations clear. 
At the upper contact of pyrite and 
gabbro, and in the former, is a con- 
spicuous pegmatite containing tour- 
malin, garnet in. large and fine 
crystals, and much pyrite. At 8 27 Kus. gneiss and ore ucavily 
she upper atid: @Fs "the elaine shaded; gabbro cross hachured 

few rods distant, the gabbro is continuous where the pyrite forma- 
tion should occur, the latter having been cut out by the intrusion 
of the former. This explanation of the absence of the pyrite forma- 
tion is justified by the fact that unbroken outcrops on both sides of 
the island eliminate the possibility of an abrupt change of strike 
and at the same time render faulting improbable. 

From the foregoing description it is evident that the general im- 
pression given by Pyrites is very different from that afforded by the 
cther pyrite localities. Instead of extensive outcrops of Grenville, 
with the conspicuous rusty gneisses, the great development of nearly 
black gabbro is the impressive feature; and in view of the general 
association of sulfid concentrations with gabbro, such an explana- 
tion is immediately suggested for the present case. Further sup- 
port is given to this idea by the fact reported by Brinsmade* that a 
large body of pyrrhotite is associated with the pyrite in the mines. 

The occurrence of the sulfids at the margin of an extensive 
intrusion of gabbro is certainly most suggestive of their concentra- 
tion by magmatic differentiation while, assuming the hornblende 
gneiss at Stella mines to be part of the gabbro, a closely related 
method of origin might be inferred for the ore bodies of the latter 
locality. While much may be said in favor of this view, the writer 
is unable to accept it since, in spite of their intimate association with 
the gabbro, the ores at Pyrites actually occur as elsewhere in typical 
rusty gneisses, quite indistinguishable from those in which they 
occur at localities where gabbro is absent. For example, the ex- 
posures at the lower end of the Pyrites gorge shows rocks in every 
way similar to those at the Cole, Farr, Styles and other similar 
localities, while at the two shafts worked in recent years the ma- 
terial on the dumps can not be distinguished from that at other 


1 Brinsmade, R. B. Pyrite Mining in St Lawrence County, Noe York. 
Eng. and Min. Jour. Oct. 28, 1905, p. 770-71. 


Fig. 28 Photomicrograph of gabbro associated with the ore at pyrites, showing 
an infiltration of pyrite replacing feldspar. (Magnified 83.5 diameters) 


Fig. 29 Photomicrograph of lean ore, pyrites, showing pyrite replacing a single 
grain of plagioclase feldspar. (Magnified 83.5 diameters) 


t 
. 
3 
« 
' 


re? 


a 


ea 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQIT: 163 


mines. Even where, at the lower end of the island, the pyrite has 
gabbro on both sides, the ore still occurs in the strongly laminated 
rusty gneiss rather than in the gabbro itself. As a matter of fact, 
very little pyrite occurs in definitely recognizable gabbro, and when 
present at all appears plainly to be a secondary infiltration, as illus- 
trated by figure 28. 

For these reasons, together with others to be mentioned later, it 
seems to be a necessary conclusion that the ore is not, even when 
closely associated with gabbro, a direct product of magmatic dif- 
ferentiation. On the other hand it is possible that solutions and 
vapors given off from the gabbro magma may have played a part in 
forming the ore deposits, although no positive evidence bearing 
upon the question is at present available and its further consideration 
is, therefore, best deferred till more extended data can be obtained. 

A specimen of ore from the bed of the river consists of a very 
fine-grained, dark green, chloritic aggregate, with abundant graphite 
and rather evenly disseminated, irregular masses of pyrite. The thin 
section shows a quartz-feldspar-mica aggregate, with kataclastic 
structure, containing an abundance of graphite, light green chlorite 
and pyrite. The pyrite shows some skeletal structure with inter- 
spaces filled with chlorite. Though in itself of somewhat doubtful 
nature, the section closely resembles several from other localities 
which were, from the evidence given by the intermediate stages, 
regarded as formed by the alteration and replacement of Grenville 
mica gneisses. The dark color of the hand specimen might suggest 
a pyritiferous phase of the gabbro, but the microscope does not 
support this view and indicates that the color is due to the chlorite 
and the graphite. Another and very similar specimen, though 
almost as dark in color, is shown in a thin section to be very 
quartzose, but at the same time exceedingly rich in graphite together 
with a good deal of deep green chlorite. The quartz is much 
crushed and the chlorite has replaced it largely. The pyrite, in fairly 
large masses, shows few fractures and must have been deposited or 
recrystallized subsequent to the crushing. The original rock appears 
to have been a quartz schist. 

A specimen from the dump differs from the above in being coarser 
grained and lighter colored, showing much quartz and mica and little 
graphite. Pyrite is abundant, evenly distributed and often in dis- 
tinct crystals. The thin section shows very large areas of pyrite, 
green chlorite and bleached mica. The pyrite is somewhat cracked 
and recemented by secondary quartz. Indeed, it is quite possible 
that all of the quartz is of this origin. A single grain of plagioclase 


a al vison, 


104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


shows a replacing network of pyrite (figure 29). Graphite is less 
abundant than in the preceding sections. By itself this rock is too 
much changed to show its origin, but comparison with others point 
to its probable derivation from a pegmatite or from a gneiss of the 
_ pyrite formation. The former origin is probable for a very coarse, 
quartzose ore from the dump with large masses of quartz probably 
of vein origin. The thin section shows a much altered quartz- 
feldspar-mica aggregate, with abundant fibrous yellowish chlorite 
and pyrite, a little graphite and garnet. Here the pyrite has often 
included small flakes of mica which, more or less altered, retain 
their outline very sharply. Graphite is not abundant. 

A section of lean ore from the lower end of the gorge shows a 
quartzose gneiss with scattered grains of pyrite and the usual 
accompaniment of light green chloritic material. In this section there 
is little evidence of secondary introduction of pyrite and, standing 
by itself without reference to other examples, the pyrite would be 
regarded as, and probably is, a simple product of recrystallization 
during metamorphism. But instances of this kind are so uncommon 
as to make the prevalent relations of pyrite in the rocks more con- 
Spicuous. 

It is clear from the above that microscopic study of the ores of 
this locality confirms the conclusion derived from field work that 
the pyrite can not be regarded as a product of differentiation in the 
gabbro magma. Between the two formations there is no close 
mineralogical relationship, while the ores agree in all essential 
respects with those of the other localities where gabbro is absent. 


GENESIS OF THE DEPOSITS 

From the foregoing brief statement as to field relations and 
microscopic character of the ore deposits, it is evident that the avail- 
able data are inadequate to afford the basis of any complete explana-_ 
tion of their genesis. The many vicissitudes to which the pyrite- 
bearing formation has been subjected have lead to the obliteration 
cf much evidence necessary to work out the successive steps in the 
process of pyrite concentration. Like the closely related ~ Fahl- 
bands” and “ Kieslager”’ of Europe, these ores belong to a complex 
class of deposits whose origin has always been a matter of doubt. 

In dealing with such involved phenomena it 1s by no means easy to 
discriminate between the essential and the incidental, and yet there 
are certain features, common to all the pyrite occurrences studied, 
from which some certain definite conclusions and more or less prob-. 
able inferences may be drawn as to the origin of the deposits. 

Of these features perhaps the first that should be mentioned is 


ewe eae —“‘( 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 165 


the distribution of the deposits, which has previously been referred 
to only incidentally. 

When the pyrite localities are indicated on a map it is at once 
apparent that in a general way they conform to the prevailing 
northeast and southwest trend of the Grenville belts of the region, 
this trend corresponding approximately with the strike of the rocks. 
It should not be inferred; however, that the various mines occur 
along a straight line, for such is not the case, although the first four 
localities described do not vary widely from such an arrangement. 
This distribution of the deposits is the result of what may be taken’ 
as the second important feature to be mentioned, that is the constant 
association of the pyrite with Grenville rocks, which occur as long, 
narrow belts surrounded, and often broken across, by great areas 
of granite gneiss. This association of the pyrite with metamor- 
phosed sediments rather than with the more extensive areas of 
igneous rocks, is a very striking feature of the deposits. Further- 
more the association is not only with the Grenville but with a par- 
ticular variety of the Grenville rocks, the so-called rusty gneisses, 
rocks which appear to be the BEd of metamorphism of impure 
sandstones and shales. 

As to the possibility of the pyrite occurring not only in a certain 
kind of rock but in a certain definite horizon, a conclusion seems 
justified despite the dangers attending the use of ordinary methods 
of stratigraphy in dealing with the Grenville. 

The Styles and Farr mines show such similarity of rock stcces- 
sion as to suggest the possibility of identity of horizons. The 
Hendricks pit, while showing limestone below the ore instead of 
having it above also, as these do, has a heavy thickness of gneiss. At 
the Cole mine scarcity of outcrops leaves relations uncertain, but 
this very scarcity indicates the absence of the heavy gneiss which 
overlies the ore at the Hendricks pit, though this latter locality is 
nearer the Cole than the others. At Stella the section is totally dif- 
ferent in its details from all the preceding localities; the same is 
true of Pyrites, although here of course the great intrusion of 
gabbro would suffice to account for such dissimilarity. Combining 
these data, it seems necessary to conclude that the pyrite, though 


confined to a certain type of rock in the Grenville, is not limited to 


any definite horizon. 

This occurrence of the pyrite in the one type of rock is another 
important feature of the deposit which must be considered in any 
lypothesis framed to account for its origin. In dealing with this 
phase of the problem there is a serious practical difficulty. All 


166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


rocks rich in pyrite weather with deep rusty brown and black stains, 
and very different rocks may, for this reason, be regarded as identi- 
cal in the field. While fresh specimens often show differences at a 
glance, it is sometimes difficult to procure fresh specimens of such 
easily weathered rocks. Without having made any extended study 
of the so-called rusty gneisses, the writer has encountered two 
rather distinct types. One of these contains much pyroxene, 
hornblende, mica, feldspar, quartz, scapolite, a relatively large 
amount of titanite,, some zircon, graphite and both pyrite and 
pyrrhotite. The minérals are often in rounded grains, and the 
rocks might be classed as pyroxene granulites. Though occurring 
in the Grenville, the origin of these rocks is obscure. Similar 
though more massive rocks, with much scapolite, have, as already 
stated, been classed as gabbros and were doubtfully placed in this 
category by the writer. 

The rusty gneisses of the second type are of much simpler com- 
position, having the ordinary minerals of acid gneisses together with 
graphite and pyrite, with interlocking crystalline texture. From 
the previous descriptions of the pyrite deposits it is obvious that 
they all occur in gneisses of the latter type, being portions of the 
rock exceptionally rich in pyrite. True, considerable variation of 
composition appears in the gneisses as described, but not enough to 
throw them into markedly distinct types nor any more than would 
appear in descriptions of an equal number of specimens of the 
ordinary Grenville gneisses. Perhaps the most pronounced 
peculiarity of the pyritiferous gneisses, particularly as contrasted 
with the pyroxenic rusty gneisses mentioned above, is their acidity, 
they being always'very quartzose and in general lacking the minerals 
characteristic of basic gneisses. Even garnet and sillimanite, which 
might be expected in these metamorphosed sediments, are by no 
means common. é 

While it is true that the pyrite ore bodies are confined to this type 
of gneisses, it must not be forgotten that pegmatites present in the 
rocks also contain the mineral. The presence of these pegmatites is, 
moreover, one of the striking features of the deposits, for at no 
locality are they lacking. Whether or not they are more abundant in 
connection with the ore deposits than throughout the region as a 
whole, it would be difficult to say, but certainly they are no more 
abundant than at many points where no pyrite occurs. The peg-— 
matite is often injected in thin layers parallel to the banding of the 
eneiss and so thoroughly blended with the latter as to make it 


\ 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 167 


difficult or impossible to draw any line between the original and the 
injected material. The pegmatites themselves are derivatives of 
the great intrusions of granite-gneiss referred to above as sur- 
rounding and cutting through the Grenville, injecting it with every 
variety of intrusion from batholyths down to sheets of almost 
microscopic thinness. As shown in an early report, where the 
intrusions become very thin they nearly always assume a pegmatic 
habit. This apparently anomalous behavior doubtless finds its 
explanation in the fact that only the more fluid portions strained off 
from the magma are capable of penetrating the narrow openings 


where, in virtue of their abundant gases and mineralizers, they 


naturally crystallize as pegmatites. It does not of course follow 
that no thick masses of pegmatite are present, since these are by no 
means rare, both types occurring with the ores. 

It is hardly necessary to recall at this point the fact that the 
Grenville rocks are all completely metamorphosed by the combined 
action of orographic disturbances and igneous intrusions, under 
heavy cover. The tendency of the pyrite to occur as lenses, 
conforming in general with the prevailing dip and strike of the 
associated gneisses, in so far as it is the result of mechanical forces, 
rather than replacement of lense-shaped masses, is doubtless to be 
referred to disturbances subsequent to the period of intense meta- 
morphism. | 

Among the more intimate features of the ore deposits mention 
should be made of the very general association of graphite with 
the pyrite, the former mineral occurring at all the mines, often 
in abundance though not evenly distributed through the ores. Thus 
while pyrite ores commonly carry graphite, this is not invariably the 
case. Conversely graphite, which is widespread in Grenville rocks, 
often occurs without pyrite. 

Another feature of the ores is the nearly universal occurrence of 
a chloritic alteration product with the pyrite. This material is 
evidently derived from mica in some cases, but in others seems 
equally clearly to grow at the expense of other minerals, particularly 
quartz and feldspar. Such an alteration is by no means general in 
the Grenville rocks, but on the contrary appears to be the result of 
unusually potent chemical agents associated with the formation of 


_ pyrite. 


Psmiyth;.G, EH. Jr. Report on the Crystalline Rocks of St Lawrence 
County. N.Y. State Museum, 49th Ann. Rept. for 1895, II, p. 4or. 


168 NEW YORK STATE -MUSEUM 


Finally, of the intimate features of the deposits, the most import- 
ant is the relation which the pyrite bears to the other minerals 
present. So much has already been said upon this point that a brief 
summary will suffice here. While often occurring in rounded or 
irregular grains, whose relations to the other minerals are susceptible 
of various. interpretations, the pyrite also frequently appears in 
shreds, strings and veinlets cutting the other minerals in such a way 
as to make evident that it is actually replacing them. There is a 
strong tendency for pyrite to develop its own crystal form quite 
independently of the surrounding minerals, and from cases of this 
kind there is every gradation up to large bunches of pyrite replacing 
the country rock. Such bunches occur scattered through the rock, 
united by strings and veinlets of pyrite, and as they increase in size 
and numbers gradually convert the rock into an ore. Associated 
with this replacement there is often the great development of chlorite 
referred to above, so that the ore becomes, as at Stella, a granular 
ageregate of pyrite and chlorite, the other minerals still present, 
with the exception of graphite, being pretty well masked by these 
two. 

The time relation between pyrite and chlorite 1s not simple. As 
previously stated, pyrite often seems to crystallize more readily in 
contact with chlorite than with other minerals, suggesting that the 
chlorite was present first; but on the other hand chlorite sometimes 
fills cracks in pyrite and is therefore younger. However, this is a 
subsidiary phenomenon since the same chlorite fills cracks in an older 
chlorite, so that these cases prove nothing beyond the mobility of the 
mineral. The evidence as a whole indicates that, while closely 
related in time and origin, the pyrite is generally somewhat younger 
than the chlorite. Much less frequent, but not to be overlooked, is 
the development of sericite so related to chlorite and pyrite as to 
show that it is younger than these minerals. 

To formulate a hypothesis that will unite and explain these 
various phenomena and at the same time harmonize with what-is 
known to be true or probable in regard to the geology of: the 
region, is by no means easy. Unquestionably the series of opera- 
tions by which the ore deposits have been formed was exceedingly 
complex, the available data are meager, and the best that can be 
hoped is to get some clue to the more important agents involved. 

Assuming the rusty gneisses to be of sedimentary origin, repre- 
senting shales and impure sandstones deposited in the Grenville 
sea, a simple explanation of the pyrite is to regard it as a primary 


— fn 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 169 


chemical sediment deposited on the sea bottom, and thus originally 
interbedded with the other Grenville rocks. This would account 
for the association of pyrite with the gneisses rather than with 
crystalline limestones, in agreement with the familiar tendency of 
the mineral to appear in shales and sandstones rather than lime- 
stones. Furthermore the tendency in later rocks, as well as in 
modern muds, for pyrite-to occur in such as are rich in organic 
matter, finds in the present instance a parallel in the association of 
pyrite with graphite. This association is quite general for the 
rusty gneisses and is very striking at the Cole and Stella mines, as 
already pointed out. Altogether, a consistent explanation of the 
rusty gneisses and accompanying pyrite seems, at first sight, to be 
afforded by regarding them simply as metamorphosed pyritiferous 
and carbonaceous shales and sandstones. 

From an explanation so seductively simple it is difficult to turn, 
and the writer is of the opinion that, with present evidence, there 
is much in favor of this view so far as the ordinary rusty gneisses 
with a little disseminated pyrite are concerned. But in applying the 
hypothesis to the larger masses represented in the ore deposits, 
difficulties arise. Here we come in contact with marked concentra- 
tions of pyrite, in veinlike masses, pods and lenses, often very thick, 
with much vein quartz and pegmatite containing both pyrite and 
graphite, the whole presenting little resemblance to sedimentary 
deposits. Obviously some of these phenomena are entirely outside 
the realm of sedimentary agencies and there appears to be ample 
eround for ascribing most of this pronounced concentration to a 
iater period of circulation, involving a large amount of transfer of 
material and replacement. 

In view of the well-known tendency of pyrite to circulate and seg- 
gregate in sedimentary rocks subjected to the action of ordinary 
ground waters it is quite possible that the process of concentration 
was begun in this way before the rocks were metamorphosed, and 
Newland! regards such premetamorphic concentration as probably of 
dominant importance. The complete recrystallization of  meta- 
morphism would, of course, destroy all the original structural rela- 
tions between pyrite and the clastic minerals which would show 
whether the former was original or secondary, and thus after 
metamorphism it would be impossible to distinguish with certainty 
between pyrite of sedimentary origin and that resulting from 
ground water concentration, except as the latter might occur in 


oc. cit. 


170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


masses of such form and magnitude as to be difficult to reconcile 
with a sedimentary origin, as is true in the present instance. Thus it 
is entirely possible that pyrite deposits might be formed by both of 
these processes, and be quite indistinguishable after metamorphism 
sufficiently intense to involve complete recrystallization. 

That any considerable concentration of pyrite was effected by the 
metamorphism is improbable. The process-doubtless resulted in a 
crystallization of the minerals already present in the rocks with no 
decided change of ultimate chemical composition. Original pyrite 
would be recrystallized, and where the proper materials and condi- 
tions existed, new pyrite would be formed, just as other minerals 
were formed throughout the whole mass of rocks from materials 
already present. All of this pyrite, both recrystallized and newly 
formed, would bear to the other minerals of the metamorphic rocks 
relations similar to those which these latter bear to each other. In 
other words, the pyrite would appear as a perfectly normal and 
essential constituent of the rock, taking part in its regular crystalline 
texture. Some of the thin sections examined show this relation, 
and doubtless if many sections of gneiss with scattered grains of 
pyrite were examined the relation would be found to be quite 
general. But from the descriptions of sections of the ores already 
given, it is quite apparent that in these most of the pyrite bears a 
very different relation to the metamorphic minerals, indicating its 
deposition as being subsequent to, rather than simultaneous with, 
their formation. In so far as this is the case it is evident that the ores 
are neither original sediments nor premetamorphic replacements; 
and there is much evidence justifying this conclusion. In particular, 
the widespread chloritic alteration of the gneisses associated with 
the ore deposits, the very close connection between this alteration 
product and the pyrite, the late deposition of the latter mineral, so 
evident in many cases, replacing the minerals produced by the general 
metamorphism arid often crystallizing in the chlorite secondary after 
these, the frequent abundance of vein quartz as a gangue, and the 
presence, in many cases, of pegmatite containing much pyrite replac- 
ing the primary minerals, are all phenomena, any one of which 
might perhaps be reconciled with the hypothesis of original sedi- 
mentation or of premetamorphic replacement, but in mass weigh 
heavily against them. Whatever the original source of the pyrite, 
these phenomena point to its relatively late concentration, subsequent 
to the period of extreme metamorphism. 

If this conclusion is justified it follows that the ore bodies were 


REPORT OF (PHE) DIRECTOR TOU Lisi 


formed by the action of circulating solutions, which either con- 
centrated into large masses, pyrite already present in a disseminated 
condition in the rocks, or introduced the mineral from an outside 
source. Manifestly these two sources of pyrite are in no way 
antagonistic and may both be of importance. Nor is it necessary _ 
to suppose that the pyrite is derived directly from iron sulfid 
of either origin, since it may, in part or wholly, result from re- 
actions converting totally different compounds into sulfid. 

All of the phenomena point to conditions quite different from 
those prevailing during metamorphism, involving the destruction of 
metamorphic minerals, but still, doubtless at such depth as to give 
temperatures and pressures considerably above those at the surface, 
and with circulating hot water, either magmatic or meteoric, as the 
active transporting agent. Between these two sources of the solu- 
tions there is no way of deciding finally, since solutions of either 
origin would probably be capable of effecting all the changes 
observed in connection with ore formation. Of minerals pointing 
certainly to igneous sources, only tourmalin is frequent in the ores, 
and this antedates much of the pyrite. Still, the mineral alterations 
in the rocks and ores are such as to suggest, strongly, the work of 
magmatic waters and, this being the case, with igneous intrusions 
so abundant throughout the region it is probable that magmatic 
solutions played a major part in the processes of ore concentration. 

A formation that has been so thoroughly injected by igneous rocks 
and soaked by magmatic solutions and vapors might naturally be 
expected to show much concentration of metaliferous materials, and 
the probable explanation of their comparative scarcity is to be 
found in the fact that the existing surface rocks were, at the time 
of these activities under heavy cover, up into which the more 
mobile elements were carried to be subsequently removed by erosion, 
leaving the more abundant and stable substances, chiefly iron com- 
pounds, in the deeper regions now exposed. In so far as the pyrite 
is of sedimentary origin, it is probable that its migration and con- 
centration may have been in part due to these magmatic -agencies 


which must have permeated the Grenville rocks during prolonged 


periods. At the same time there may have been a contribution 


of pyrite derived from magmatic sources. In the field there seemed 


to be strong evidence for this latter view in the general occurrence 
of pyritiferous pegmatites associated with the ores, and it was 
thought that these might be regarded as important bearers of pyrite, 


172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


perhaps indeed the chief source. But, as already stated, microscopic 
study shows that the pyrite of these rocks replaces the other min- 
erals, particularly the feldspar, and thus is secondary. 

While it is evident therefore that the pegmatites are not the 
direct source of the pyrite, there is much reason for believing that 
their association with the ore deposits and their presence throughout 
the Grenville in such abundance, as well as the other evidences of 
extreme igneous activity point to magmatic sources for ore-forming 
solutions. Magmatic. emanations permeating the gneisses would 
certainly appear to be the most probable agents to bring about the 
deposition of pyrite, replacing the older and usually very stable 
minerals. ; 

The absence of contact: and fumarole minerals approximately 
contemporaneous with the pyrite indicates that the latter was formed 
late in the history of igneous activity, when instead of the very 
potent fluorine, boron and chlorine compounds, hydrogen sulfid 
which marks a declining stage of igneous activity, was the dominant 
agent. Thus the pyrite probably was deposited after active intru- 
sion of the magmas, from which it was indirectly derived, had 
ceased, and during a prolonged period of relatively gentle circula- 
tion of magmatic waters. To these agencies may be ascribed not 
only the deposition of pyrite but the closely. associated formation 
of the peculiar chloritic alteration product, which is so characteristic 
cf the ore deposits and of the less abundant sericite. 

It is evident that magmatic agencies might operate in two ways 
to bring about the observed results, namely by concentrating pyrite 
already present in a disseminated condition, and by introducing 
entirely new pyrite of magmatic origin. These two processes would 
work together and combine to build the ore deposits. But it is 
probable that an intermediate operation may also have been eftec- 
tive, one constituent of the pyrite, iron, being already present as an 
original constituent in the rock, and the other, sulfur, supplied by 
the magma. Bleaching of the mica is a characteristic feature of 
the conversion of gneisses into ores, indicating the removal of iron 
from this constituent. Some of this iron reappears in the chlorite, 
but the latter is itself nearly always of a conspicuously pale tint, 
indicating low iron. 

While the elaborate series of analyses needed definitely to estab- 
lish the fact is lacking, it appears to be true that most of the iron 
originally present in the essential minerals of the gneiss, is now 
combined with sulfur to form pyrite in the ores, and if the pyrite 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII Les 


were entirely removed the residue would be much lower in iron 
than was the original rock. While mica is the only mineral to which 
the iron of pyrite can be definitely traced, it is quite probable that 
other iron compounds, such as garnet, magnetite and amphibole 
may have been sources of the metal which have undergone complete 
decomposition. It is an interesting fact that no magnetite has been 
noted in any thin sections, suggesting its complete conversion into 
pyrite. 

This introduction of magmatic H,S is thought to have been a 
potent agency in the production of the ores, but obviously the mere 
conversion by this agent of original iron into pyrite could not pro- 
duce the ore bodies unless the original rock was very rich in iron 
compounds. That such may have been the case is entirely possible, 
and this may account for the localization of the ore deposits. But 
it is much more probable that the circulation that introduced the 
H,S, with consequent formations of pyrite, also effected a con- 
centration of this mineral with the consequent formation of the 
existing ore deposits. 

In this connection there naturally arises the question as to why the 
pyrite, if not a primary precipitate, should be confined to a certain 
phase of the sedimentary formation, and this not the most soluble 
or easily replaced phase. One reason for this doubtless is, as just 
suggested, that magmatic sources supplied the sulfur of pyrite, 
the iron being an original constituent of the sediments. On this 
assumption the ore deposits would necessarily form in the gneisses 
derived from the shales and sandstones, which would be the iron- 
bearing members of the sedimentary formation, rather than the 
limestones. All other conditions being the same, and H,S circu- 
lating through limestones to the same degree as through the meta- 
morphosed shales and sandstones, there can be little doubt that any 
pyrite thus formed would be chiefly confined to the latter rocks for 
the simple reason that they alone would contain the iron necessary to 
combine with the sulfur to form pyrite. Pyrite so formed together 
with such original pyrite as may have been present, would tend to 
cause precipitation and further concentration in these rocks of 
pyritic materials of wholly extraneous origin, brought in by the 
circulating solutions. In this way the magma might furnish not 
only sulfur but iron as well. 

While the concentration of pyrite in the gneisses rather than in 
the more soluble and chemically active limestones is thought to have 
been effected partly in this way, other factors have doubtless worked 
in the same direction. As already stated, the folding of the Gren- 


174 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


ville took place in part under such conditions of load that the lime- 
stones and the gneisses behaved very differently, the former flowing 
like putty, while the latter were often greatly fractured. Doubtless 
this fracturing came at a time subsequent to the general metamorph- 
ism of the rocks, with decreased cover; and as it is under these con- 
ditions that the ore deposits are thought to have formed, it follows 
that the active solutions would have found much readier channels 
of circulation in the fractured gneisses than in the soft and putty- 
like limestones. This is regarded as an important, if not the chief, 
cause of the localization of ore deposits in the gneisses. 

That the two types of rocks in question actually did afford such 
different conditions affecting circulation is clearly indicated by their 
relations to intrusions of the magma itself, and particularly such 
portions of the latter as are most closely related to magmatic solu- 
tions. On the one hand, as before stated, the gneisses and schists 
are repeatedly converted into injection gneisses, soaked through and 
through by granitic material often with highly developed /it-par- 
ht structure. Such injected material is often very acid, and peg- 
matitic on a small scale, and the sheets may be exceedingly thin. 
In other cases the gneiss is reduced to tiny fragments entirely sur- 
rounded by injected material. All the phenomena point to a very 
high degree of fluidity in the injected magma, approaching closely 
to the mechanical condition of the pyrite-forming solutions. In 
the limestones, on the other hand, such injection phenomena are 
rare, if they ever occur, all intrusions being comparatively massive 
in character. The contrast is striking and points clearly to the 
difference in the two types of rocks, as regards their reaction to 
pressure, as its cause. That the same effect would be produced 
upon the. somewhat later circulation of magmatic waters forming 
the pyrite, is a natural and justifiable conclusion. 

The possible function of graphite in the concentration of pyrite 
is a most obscure problem and its adequate treatment would greatly 
transcend the limits of this paper, involving as it does two distinct 
questions — the origin of the graphite, and its power to precipitate 
pyrite under the conditions present. As to the former question, in ~ 
rocks of such antiquity affected by profound metamorphism and in- © 
tense igneous activity, the writer would be more inclined to judge of 
the origin of the graphite from the nature of the rock containing it, | 
than to regard the rock as sedimentary because it carries graphite 
of supposed organic origin. In the present instance, the pyritiferous 
formation as a whole is for many reasons regarded as sedimentary 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 175 


and the assumption of the organic origin of the generally dissemi- 
nated graphite is therefore well grounded. Even when graphite 
occurs in the pegmatites it may perhaps have been absorbed from 
sediments through which the pegmatites have passed. However, 
where graphite occurs in igneous rocks, the writer feels that 
the burden of proof rests with those who claim for it an organic, 
rather than a magmatic; origin. Doubtless most if not all of 
the carbon of sediments is ultimately of magmatic origin, and 
while it may become reincorporated in igneous rocks after passing 
through the atmospheric and organic stages, no reason is apparent 
why it may not also remain in the magma to appear not only 
in the compounds liberated by heat.in the laboratory but as primary 
graphite. Many instances! are on record where no other source 
seems probable. But where, as in the present case, relatively small 
intrusions, carrying graphite, cut sediments in which this mineral 
is quite generally disseminated, absorption of graphite by the intru- 
sions seems reasonable. Such absorption, however, implies mobility 
on the part of the graphite that might lead to considerable circula- 
tion and concentration, and raises the question whether the graphite, 
so abundant in some of the ores, was actually formed in situ by 
metamorphism of organic matter, or is in part or wholly a product 
of secondary concentration. So far as some of the ores are replaced 
pegmatites, this question does not of course arise, since any 
graphite present in these rocks must, if of organic origin, be a 
secondary introduction; but in the ordinary ores formed from 
gneisses it is of moment. Thin sections give no positive information 
on the matter, although in several instances some of the graphite 
appears to be younger than pyrite, implying the secondary intro- 
duction of the former. However, the evidence is capable of a dif- 
ferent interpretation and thus not final. Vein quartz sometimes 
carries graphite and pyrite so related that their late and practically 
contemporaneous origin seems necessary. This shows that circu- 
lation of graphite has occurred in connection with the formation 
of ores, and it is probable that this circulation has resulted in con- 


1 Weinschenk, E. Mémoire sur l/histoire du graphite. Compt. rend., 
VIII Congr. Géol. Internat., 1900, Paris 1901, p. 447. — . 

Clarke, F. W. Data of Geochemistry, Bul. 330 U. S. Geol. Survey 1911, 
a gel. . 

Winchell, A. N. Theory for the Origin of Graphite, etc., Ec. Geol. VI, 
IQII, p. 228. 

Horwood, C. B. The Mode of Occurrence and Genesis of the Carbon in 
the Rand-Bankets. Trans. Geol. Soc. South Africa, 13, I9II, p. 65-02. 


176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


centration of graphite as well as of pyrite. In this connection, much 
interest attaches to Young’s recent conclusion? that the graphitic 
carbon, relatively abundant in a few of the mines in the Rand con- 
elomerates, is not of organic origin but is derived directly from 
magmatic vapors. Young is dealing with conditions which are 
similar to those that must have prevailed in the Grenville rocks 
prior to the period of intense metamorphism when a certain amount 
ef concentration of pyrite may have occurred, as already indicated. 
Any magmatic carbon introduced at that time would evidently be 
indistinguishable now from carbon of organic origin, having been 
completely recrystallized by metamorphism. Thus, for the graphite, 
a history somewhat similar to that of the pyrite is indicated, but 
with the difference that most of the former is thought to be carbon 
that was original in the sediments, which has undergone some con- 
centration and may have received minor additions from magmatic 
sources, while, in the case of the pyrite, the relative importance of 
these sources is reversed. 

As to the relation of graphite to the precipitation of pyrite there 
can be no doubt that the original organic matter, from which the 
graphite was formed, was a potent agent both during sedimenta- 
tion and any subsequent ground water concentration of pyrite. 
In the postmetamorphic stage, to which the main concentration 
of pyrite is ascribed, any precipitating effect would be due of course 
not to organic matter but to graphite. The oft-quoted instance of 
such precipitating action of graphite at Freiberg described by Von 
Cotta? has been supplemented by many other cases, and recently 
Jenny* has cited several examples. On theoretical grounds the 
action can be regarded only as a question of pressures and tempera- 
tures, and with these properly adjusted there can be no doubt that 
graphite would act as a precipitating agent. But so little is known, 
on the one hand, as to what pressures and temperatures would per- 
mit the necessary reactions and, on the other, as to the pressures 
and temperatures under which the pyrite was formed that little 
is to be hoped for in the present case from these general theoretical 
considerations. But with such a precipitating action possible, the 
marked association of graphite with the pyrite is, to say the least, 
very suggestive, and the former being regarded as representing a 


1 Young, C. R. Trans. Geol. Soc. South Africa, XIII, 1911, p. TOs5—a 

2'Von Cotta. Treatise on Ore Deposits, English Trans., p. 46-47. 

3 Jenny, W. P. The Chemistry of Ore Deposition, Trans. Am. Inst. M. E. 
XXXIII, 1003, p. 455-57. 


, 


REPORT Ob THE DIRECTORY FOTL Ly 


primary constituent of the sedimentary gneisses, another reason 
appears for the concentration of the pyrite in these particular rocks, 
they being rich in graphite. Even were the precipitating action 
limited to the original organic matter from which the graphite is 
derived a similar though less important effect would result, since 
the presence of premetamorphic pyrite would favor the later deposi- 
tion of pyrite in the same-rocks., 

But while the relation of pyrite and graphite can hardly be con- © 
sidered as other than in some way genetic, the writer is not con- 
vinced that it is as simple as above suggested and feels that further 
investigation may prove that the graphite, like the pyrite, has a very 
complex history, the two minerals having grown, in part, simul- 
taneously, but the development of the former beginning before and 
ending after that of the latter. 

So far as the distribution of the pyrite deposits bears upon the 
suggested hypothesis as to their origin, the lack of knowledge of the 
areal geology of the region prevents any detailed discussion. While 
viewing the deposits as chiefly due to magmatic agencies, the ex- 
planation offered postulates no close association in space between the 
ores and the intrusive rocks. On the contrary, the phenomena are 
thought to point distinctly in the opposite direction, the deposits 
being conspicuously unlike those due to contact metamorphism. 
The fact that igneous rocks are generally distributed throughout 
the region, so that no point in the Grenville can be beyond the 
reach of solutions derived from these, affords the necessary basis 
for the explanation appealed to, and thus marked areal relations 
between ore deposits and intrusive rocks are not to be expected. 
The distribution of the deposits is therefore controlled primarily by 
the distribution of the Grenville, which explains their linear 
arrangement. 

A secondary control by large structural features, such as faults 
and shear zones, is probable, but much further study of the whole 
region is needed before any decision upon this point can be reached. 

With reference to the type of igneous rock with which the pyrite 
is to be regarded as genetically associated, a tentative conclusion is 
justified. The intimate association of the pyrite at Pyrites with 
gabbro and the possible occurrence of the same rock at Stella mines, 
together with the very general genetic connection between iron sulfids 
(though as a rule pyrrhotite rather than pyrite) with basic rocks 
strongly suggest such a connection in the present instance. But a 
serious difficulty stands in the way of the acceptance of this view. 


178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


The gabbro, though extensively developed in the region immediately 
surrounding Pyrites, and extending well over toward, if not to Stella, 
is not a common rock elsewhere in the region, and so far as known 
does not occur anywhere in the vicinity of the other pyrite deposits. 
If, therefore, the present knowledge of the areal geology of the 
region may be trusted, it seems necessary to conclude that the gab- 
bro is quantitatively insufficient to explain the origin of the pyrite 
as a whole though perhaps of importance in the two localities named. 
On the other hand, granites, both massive and gneissoid, with peg- 
matitic and-other modifications, are everywhere abundant, and if 
magmatic agencies play the role that has been assigned to them 
there can be no doubt that their source must be sought in the 
granitic reservoirs. 

Not only is this conclusion demanded by the general distribution 
of the igneous rocks, but it is strongly indicated by the actual occur- 
rence of pegmatites in all the ore deposits and also by the abundance 
of vein quartz similar to that often associated with the granite and 
pegmatites of the region. It is then in the granite magma that a 
source is found for the heated solutions rich in H.S and doubtless 
containing other chemical reagents, and iron, and it is to the circu- 
lation of these solutions in the gneisses and schists that the concen- 
tration of the ore bodies as they now occur is ascribed. As before 
stated, however, deeply circulating meteoric waters would probably 
be capable of producing the phenomena observed. Igneous agencies 
are invoked on the general ground of their high efficiency and on 
the special ground of their abundance in the region as a whole and 
the constant presence of their products in association with the ore 
deposits. 

The conditions under which the deposition of pyrite took place are 
regarded as, in essence, similar to those prevailing in the formation 
of fissure veins, in so far as these latter are replacements of the wall 
rock. In this connection much interest attaches to the following 
quotations from Lindgren’s exceedingly valuable paper on “ Metaso- 


matic Processes in Fissure Veins.”! “Of all the sulfids occuring — 


as metasomatic minerals, pyrite is naturally the most common. The 
mineral has a remarkable tendency to crystallization when develop- 
ing in the rock, as contrasted with its often massive texture when 
occurring as a filing of open spaces. The forms assumed are either 
cubes or pentagonal dodecahedrons, or a combination of both. Pyrite 
develops in nearly every one of the ordinary constituents of rocks. By 


1 Lindgren, W. Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. 30, 1900, p. 578-692. 


\ 


i a ee @ egrets 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 179 


preference, it forms in the new aggregates of sericite, carbonates and 
chlorite so common in altered rocks; but it also occurs in the fresh 
original minerals of the rocks, as in quartz, feldspar, horneblende and 
pyroxene. It is common to find small, sharp crystals embedded, for 
instance, in perfectly clear quartz grains, which show no break in 
their optical orientation around the secondary crystal, proving that 
the genesis is by purely metasomatic processes, and not, as may be 
advocated in the case of crystallization in soft aggregates, by the 
mechanical pressure of the growing crystal” (page 615). “ The 
pyrite crystals are often bordered by a small rim of calcite or quartz; 
and little bunches of sericitic fibers may adhere to them, when form- 
ing in quartz” (page 616). Of chlorite he says, ‘‘ This mineral, 
replacing amphibole, pyroxene and biotite, is commonly found in 
altered vein-rocks, but ordinarily is only a transition form, often 
abnormally rich in iron, which these minerals assume under the 
influence of waters slightly charged with carbon dioxid before their 
final conversion into sericite and carbonates. The chloritic altera- 
tion is most important in the group of the propylitic veins. Under 
the influence of strong alkaline carbonates and carbon dioxid, 
chlorite can probably not exist” (page 610). Later he. quotes 
Rosenbusch on the development of the propylitic facies involving 
“a considerable development of sulfids,’ and says, “ The waters 
principally active during the formation of the propylitic veins prob- 
ably contained only a small amount of carbon dioxid and very little 
lime, but may have been rich in sulfuretted hydrogen” (page 645). 
Finally, in summarizing he says, “I believe that the majority of 
fissure veins are genetically connected with bodies of intrusive rocks, 
even when the actual deposits are contained in overlying surface 
lavas” (page 601). 

The descriptive portions of these passages might be applied with 
little change to the pyrite, chlorite and sericite of the deposits under 
consideration, and although propylitic alteration is a feature of 
surface flows, it seems to shed light upon the deeper seated operation 
here dealt with. In both cases waters heavily charged with H,S 
are the active agent, and pyrite is an important product. The 
accompanying chlorite is considered by Lindgren to be unstable in 
- the presence of much carbon dioxid, altering to sericite and car- 
bonates. In the present case, deficiency of carbon dioxid doubtless 
accounts for the relative stability of the chlorite, although at one 
point, the Hendricks mine, the process has gone to completion, with 
the formation of sericite, calcite and quartz. Thus in the pyrite 


180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


deposits there are several essential features which closely resemble 
phenomena shown in the wall rocks of fissure veins, where they have 
suffered alteration as a result of the attack of the vein-forming 
solutions, derived generally from magmatic sources. Without put- 
ting too much stress upon the similarity of phenomena, it is regarded 
as giving additional support to the hypothesis here advanced. 

But while presenting this interpretation of the observed facts as 
worthy of careful consideration, the writer wishes again to 
accentuate the great complexity of the region as a whole and the 
consequent obscurity of the particular problem in hand. To ascer- 
tain all the factors entering into such a complex problem and to 
give them their proper relative weight is a difficult task, and the 
writer is by no means sure that he has succeeded in the attempt. 
The evidences of relatively late circulation and crystallization of 
pyrite and the associated chlorite and sericite have perhaps been 
given too much prominence and should be regarded as minor 
phenomena. The very agencies to which such potency has been 
ascribed might as a result of this potency completely rearrange 
pyrite already present in the rocks and thus destroy the evidence of 
its early formation. This mobility of pyrite is a very serious diffi- 
culty in the whole problem. 

In summing the matter up on the basis of present data, it appears 
to the writer that four periods of pyrite formation are probable: 
(1) A primary precipitation of pyrite contemporaneous with the 
formation of the sediments; (2) a concentration of this pyrite by 
circulating ground waters, with the addition, perhaps, of pyrite of 
deep-seated origin, before the period of metamorphism; (3) but of 
minor importance, a recrystallization of all pyrite, accompanied 
perhaps by a certain amount of formation of new pyrite dur- 
ing metamorphism; (4) a further development and concentration 
of pyrite by magmatic agencies, perhaps working in com- 
bination with ground waters, as outlined above, following the 
period of active igneous intrusion and metamorphism. The first of 
these periods is suggested by the pyrite so generally disseminated 
through Grenville rocks, although even this could of course, in view 
of the widely disseminated intrusions, result from the operations 
of the fourth period. The reasons for accepting the latter have been © 
given at lerfgth, while the second period is purely hypothetical, 
being based merely on the marked tendency for disseminated pyrite 
to be concentrated by ground waters and the frequency with which 
the mineral is brought up from deep-seated sources. Nevertheless, 
“though hypothetical, it is thought that this process is likely to have 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII ISI 


led to more pronounced concentration than was effected by 
primary sedimentation. In both processes organic matter, the 
residue of which appears as graphite, would be an active agent. 
Deposits of either origin would of course during metamorphism 
undergo recrystallization, together with the other constituents of 
the sediments, accompanied by little if any concentration. Pyritifer- 
cus gneisses and schists would result, but obviously the pyrite would 
not bear to the other minerals the relations that it has been seen to 
bear in the ores. True enough, some sections, as already described, 
have pyrite that appears to be an essential part of the gneiss, and this 
is doubtless of the earlier origin and metamorphosed, but it is so 
rare that an extensive postmetamorphic recrystallization im situ is 
demanded unless much of the pyrite is, as here argued, of this later 
period of formation. Between the two hypotheses, the latter 1s 
deemed more probable. 

While the suggestion of four periods of concentration of pyrite, 
under diverse conditions, may be thought to indicate a degree of 
complexity not demanded by the facts, and perhaps even improbable, 
it must be remembered that the ore deposits belong to a type that is 
essentially complex and occur in) a region that is complex. 
These are facts to be reckoned with, and it is believed that no 
simple explanation will meet the existing situation. Indeed, the 
writer is convinced that what is here presented constitutes the barest 
outline of the actual series of processes involved in the genesis of the 
ores, a series which, if it could be worked out in complete detail, 
would doubtless afford a bewildering assemblage of phenomena. 

Pyrite is a mineral capable of forming and existing under a great 
variety of conditions. Its constituents are abundant and circulate 
freely, favoring much diversity and complexity in methods of con- 
centration. Granted the primary deposition of some pyrite in the 
original sediments (and such an assumption is conservative) the 
general geological relations of the region, together with the details 
of the ore bodies, point very clearly to the various stages of con- 
centration stated, with the exception of the second, which is assumed 
on the grounds of probability based upon the known properties of 
pyrite as a rock constituent. In other words, some of the pyrite is 
regarded as probably of sedimentary origin, and must of course have 
passed through all the many and complex conditions to which the 
Grenville sediments have been subjected, involving its circulation in 
ground waters, recrystallization during metamorphism under con- 
ditions of stress, and finally another recrystallization under static 


182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


conditions, whether through the intervention of magmatic or of 
meteoric waters or both. 

In view of the nature of pyrite, it is probable that the general 
tendency during these operations has been toward concentration 
rather than dissipation, and it is possible that workable deposits 
might result. But, as shown above, there is reason for believing 
that in the final stage at least, pyrite has been added from external 
sources. 

While, on the assumption that the four periods of concentration 
are well established, there is still room for much difference of 
opinion as to their relative importance, from what has been said 
above it is evident that the writer regards original sedimentation 
as merely of potential importance affording only disseminated pyrite 
which would demand great concentration to be available. Such 
concentration may have been effected to a considerable degree in 
the hypothetical second or ground-water period, was probably not 
greatly influenced in the third or metamorphic period, and was 
chiefly accomplished in the fourth or postmetamorphic period, 
during which, minerals formed in the third or metamorphic period 
were broken down and replaced by others, of which pyrite is the 
most important. That much of the pyrite was actually deposited in 
its present form and place during this period is certain, that the ore 
bodies are to a large degree the products of this deposition is the 
conclusion reached from the evidence now available. | 


RECENT MINERAL OCCURRENCES IN NEW YORK CITY 
| AND VICINITY 


BYE Poe Weebl BOCK 


PYRITE FROM KINGSBRIDGE 

Some interesting pyrite crystals from this locality were described 
in 1893 by Prof. A. J. Moses of Columbia University.1 These 
crystals which are shown in figure 1 (reproduced from figure I of 
Professor Moses’ paper), average 8-15 mm in diameter, and were 
found in a cavity in crystalline dolomitic limestone associated with 
dolomite, transparent green muscovite, quartz and sqgme minute 
crystals of rutile. They show only the common forms a (100), 
Gur) ,e(210), n(211) and, s(321). Professor Moses noted a 
marked tendency to striation in the zone [111. 210], as well as a 
somewhat less pronounced striation tendency in the zone [Ioo. 111]. 
This would appear to be due to incipient development of the forms 
Bc 2ie); anid) (321): 


The writer was recently enabled, through the courtesy.of Mr 
James J. Manchester of New York and of the New York Miner- 
alogical Club, to study several specimens from Kingsbridge, which 
proved to be of more complex crystallographic development than 
those described by Professor Moses. 

_ The specimen loaned by Mr Manchester and which was collected 
by him during the past year consisted of a single small crystal meas- 
uring 3 mm in diameter and developed with almost diagrammatic 
symmetry. The faces which are sharp and brilliant gave excellent 
images of the signal. This crystal, which is illustrated in figure 2, 
shows besides the forms previously recorded from the locality the 
forms d(110), ¢(520), » (650), p(221) and t(421), all of which have 


1A. J. Moses. Am. Jour. Sci. 1893, 45,488. 
| [183] 


184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


been frequently recorded for pyrite. The development of the zone 
[210. oo1 | is specially characteristic of this crystal, the forms occur- 
ring as follows: (210), (421); (211); (212), (2139) (ra eae 
The forms occurring in the zone [oo1. 110] are:. (O01), (112), 
(101). (221s (aeie)E 
The forms were identified by means of their zonal positions as 
follows: 


LETTER Aer ne NO. MEASURED CALCULATED 
Zone [100 . rro] 
Re 100 : 520 2 2) e2oy | 2T° . aden 
e 2250 | IT 26 35 26 34 
v : 650 8 39 A4 | 39 48 
Zone [2109 . oor] 
aan: ZO AZ 8 12 6p ae 36 
nN asian 13 24 3 24 6 
p 2 PA 10 41 47 41 49 
S a2) 6 53 19 53 18 
he iA: | 6 60 483 60 48 
Zone [Ioo . 111] 
aon LOOMAZi1 6 35 16 35 16 
p ; 122 | 5 15 463 15 yaya 


The specimens loaned by the New York Mineralogical Club were 
collected several years ago by Dr George F. Kunz. The two loose 
crystals selected for study measured about 10 mm in diameter and 
were rather more distorted than the smaller crystal from the Man- 
chester collection. These proved to be of a distinctly different type 
from either the Manchester crystal or those described by Moses. A 
crystal of this type is shown in figure 3 and an enlarged portion of 
the octahedral field in (figure 4.) Although for the most part the 
planes are well developed and _ brilliant, 
they show a greater tendency toward thé 

formation of vicinal planes, particularly 
in_the zone [100. I11]. On onevonem 
two crystals measured this tendency finds 
expression in the production of a vicinal 
prominence of the octahedral face) aim 
addition to the forms noted by Moses 
the following were observed: (211), 


Fg. 4 m(311), 2(322), yy(522) and n(755)> 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 185 


the last being new to the species. The habit is more pyritohedral 
than either of the former types and the zone [100 . 111], although 
composed of small modifying planes, is rich in forms. The occur- 
ring forms were identified by their zonal positions as follows: 


LETTER ANGLE | NO. MEASURED | CALCULATED 
; | =e 
Z:ne [100 . 115] 

a:m HOO! > ALT ibe 25° Ox’ Be Aes 
7m > 522 6 | 29 41 29 30 
:n OL 8 35 153 35 16 
gs 4222 7 43 18 43 19 
ait Loo 6 45 2B 45 18 
: 0 Itt 17 54 43 54 44 

Z ne (210. 111] 

m:e 311 : 210 3 TO) Ako TO) | ry 

On: ZNO a2 3 | Be 7/ 65 17 Iz 
sO Sai tia 4 | 39 12 39 14 


CHRMSOBRER win ROM St NICHOLAS AVENUE 

In June 1910 the writer received for identification from Mr James 
J. Manchester, a small specimen which proved to be chrysobery! 
from a new locality on Manhattan island. The specimen in question 
was collected by Mr Manchester from a building excavation at the 
corner of St Nicholas avenue and 164th street. It consists of a 
single small transparent crystal of chrysoberyl embedded in Man- 
hattan schist. The crystal, which is shown in figure 5, measures 
5 mm by 8 mm, is light yellowish green in 
color and is so embedded that about one-half 
of the prismatic zone is exposed. On the 
partly exposed end traces of terminating 
planes were noted, but these were so rough 
and indefinite that no terminating forms 
could be identified. Measurements in the 
prismatic zone showed the presence of the 
following forms: a(100), b(oI0), #*(11.3.0), 
m(110), s(120), g*(370) and r(130). Of these, ¢ and g are new 
to the species. Owing to the position of the matrix surrounding 
the crystal, only one face of each of these new forms could be ob- 
served. The planes were narrow and t yielded a fair, and g a rather 
poor reflection of the goniometer signal. The forms were identified 
from the following measurements which in every case except that of 
m corresponded to a single observation; m furnished two readings: 


Fig. 5 


186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


LETTER ANGLE | MEASURED 
| 

LOG. i hese O | oh 21 
:m : 110 AK 25 12 
2s | : 120 | 43 17 
72 470 ho eer 15 
A, : 130 fe cara =o Wate ED Er 54 gee 
0 : O10 | 90 2 90 re) 


PYROXENE FROM JEROME PARK RESERVOIR 


The material upon which the following note is based was collected 
in November 1904 by Mr J. H. Adams, from an excavation at the 
southern end of the Jerome Park Reservoir at Jerome avenue and 
205th to 207th streets. A suite of twelve specimens from this find 
was placed at the writer’s disposal for study, through the courtesy 
of the American Museum of Natural History of New York City, 
which institution is now the repository of the type specimens. 

The minerals occur in a limestone vein in Fordham gneiss, the 
point of contact being marked by titanite, brownish-green actinolite 
in flat acicular crystals, albite and pyroxene. The last mineral which 
occurred on two of the specimens studied consisted of small crystals, 
the largest measuring 20 mm in length and 2x 5 mm 
in cross section, which marked the contact phase, 
and minute crystals averaging 1 mm in diameter, 
occurring embedded in the calcite of the vein. The 
largest crystal of the group is shown in figures 6a 
and 6b. The forms observed on this crystal are: 
c(oo1), b(o10), a(100), f(310), m(110), 1(130), 
e(o1t), 4(031)*,¢(112), (121), R( 132), 22am 
v(2Ir), and | (321)*. 

The forms marked with an asterisk (*) are new 


the pyramid ¢(112), acomparatively rare form for 


Fig. 6 pyroxene. The new clinodome (031) was observed — 
only once on this crystal, partly due to the fact that only one termina- — 
tion was exposed. The face noted, however, gave a fair image of the © 
signal, fell well in zone with the basal and clinopinacoids and showed 
a close correspondence between measured and calculated angles. The ~ 


~ new pyramid (321) was observed from one well-developed plane 


to the species. In habit this crystal is characterized 
by the prominence and brilliancy of the planes of — 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQII 187 


at the intersection of the zones [110.211] and [t100. ral], both of 
which zones are well marked. The face 
gave fair images of the signal; fell well 
in the zones indicated and showed a close 
agreement between measured and calcu- 
lated angles in these zones. The form 
was also found on two of the smaller 
crystals measured. Four of the smaller 
crystals referred to above were measured. 
These were found to be of a slightly 
different type as shown in figure 7, 
which gives three projections of one 
Srypulicse munute erystals, The fol- Fig. 7 
lowing forms were observed: c(oor), b(o10), a(110), f(310), 
PiCMO) m7 (rsO). eCOll), (lor), zr), o(112), w(12r), 
R(132), <(121), o(at1) and [(321)*. 

The forms of this and the preceding types were identified by the 
following measurements: 


Finn See see Ah Pan = NS 22 SEEPS Ss me CII EAD SE pA PD OT a a PI HE Uh I ag 


LETTER ANGLE NO. MEASURED CALCULATED 


4 O10 : 130 2 Wn. PS 5 a Weep 
:m : TIO 16 43. 323 AS) 33 
nif : 130 i 70 37 70 4I 
Gene OOLe2OnT 2 29 28 29 33 
mM +e IIO : OI 2 Bou a On 58 = 353 
echt OOI : 031 I 59 36 59 33 
Yiu TOL : 111 2 24. 143 24 15 
One OLO 2 11t 2 65 43 65 45 
6.0! II2 : 112 I 28 45 28" 5. 48 
m:o! 110 : 112 2 81 373 81 304 
ci Pb OOI ; 121 I 47 20 47 23 
a: 100 : 121 2 61 37 61 213 
m : I 110 : 121 3 35 16 35 233 
BAIR OOI ; 132 I Ag. 30 Aare wey 
m':R- I1O : 132 2 Sie een 61 254 
Cie OOI : 121 I Piotr tog 55.7. ee 
@’ +6 100 : I21 2 79 37 79 513 
5 O10 ; 121 2 RI 28a ee aL 21 
m' sé T10-: 121 2 AS 1-20 448 17 
atl Be 100 ; 211 I 54 4 BA ane 
Bs5 O10 : 211 3 O5n i) AB Ne ei wR a 
m:T IO : 211 3 45 9 a 45 28 
a’ a | 100 : 321 2 47, 48 ars 28 5G 
1 O10 : 321 2 55 40 Bi: sued 
m’ :1 110 : 321 2 29 «123 29 419 


THE MiICMAC TERCENTENARY 
Bye JOHN Min CuARKE 


Recent years have given us a freshet of historic anniversaries. 
We are swinging through lustra laden with memories of events 
which subtend large angles in our destinies. We are not to be 
allowed to forget these, the crucibles in which we were refined. 
But amid these larger occasions, now and again some event of lesser 
note in our records strikes its anniversary, graciously salutes its 
own community or its beneficiaries and takes up again its little 
orbit. 

It is one of these seemi gly minor commemorations, now no 
longer new and so perhaps no longer news, to which, as an inter- 
ested participant, I desire to refer before the event passes too far out 
of reach: the Micmac Tercentenary, held at Ristigouche, Province 
of Quebec, June 24, 1910. It has not received the public notice 
to which it is entitled and the occasion to remind ourselves of its 
significance should not be idly let pass." 

The date was not haphazard, nor was the place. On June 24, 
1610, Membertou, grand chief of the tribe of Micmac Indians, with 
twenty-one of his people, was baptized into the faith by Father 
Jesse Fleché at Port Royal (Annapolis, Nova Scotia) ; on June 24, 
1910, at the Capuchin mission on the Micmac reservation at Risti- 
gouche, by the invitation of the Reverend Father Pacifique, special 
missioner to these Indians, chiefs, councilors and captains of the 
tribe, with many high dignitaries of the church, assembled to com- 
memorate this ancient event and most momentous occurrence in the 
history of these people. The reverend priest who organized this 
successful commemoration kept in the foreground its spiritual 
significance. The occasion was largely a religious one but still one 
fraught with very real historical and ethnological significance. 

The event which this interesting celebration commemorated was 
not one that excited in its day much comment or notice from con- 
temporary historians. We know from a few records little else 
than the simple fact stated above. It may be found in Lescarbot’s 


1The writer attended this interesting féte as a delegate from the Educa- 
tion Department and the New York State Historical Association. 


IgO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Relation Dermeére and in a letter addressed by an eye witness 
named Bertrand to the Sieur de la Tronchaie. 7 

We need not take this occasion to review Parkman’s rather 
austere and injudicial portrayal of Poutrincourt’s zealous efforts 
to bring the aged Chief Membertou and his tribe into the church. 
The deed was done in fervor; whether it was done to anticipate 
the Jesuits in the same field, matters little now. The baptism at 
Port Royal stands as the achievement of a conviction supported 
by resolution, the combination that has always done things that are 
worth while. The old chief, having given his adherence to the new 
religion, instilled his faith into all his tribe, perhaps whether they 
liked it or not, until all the Micmacs under his control had sur- 
rendered fully to the new religion. And thus at Annapolis began 
the spiritual regeneration of the tribe till, under the labors of the 
“Black-robes”’ and the “ Bare-feet ” alike, it extended throughout 
the entire domain of the Micmacs in Acadia and Gaspesia. How- 
ever historians, in the conventual repose of their libraries, may 
construe the initial effort, the seed was planted and the occasion 
of June 1910 showed something of the harvest. 

There was a far deeper meaning to this event —one which it 
was not the purpose of the tercentenary to commemorate and was 
obviously omitted, but it has stamped an elemental influence on the 
history of this western continent. The Micmacs were the first of 
the American Indians to surrender to the white man’s religion. 


1 The latter is quoted by R. F. Pacifique in a souvenir brochure issued in 
advance of. the tercentennial: ‘Une Tribu privilegi¢ée’’—an illuminating 
and erudite history of the tribe and a sympathetic analysis of the Micmac 
psychology. This pamphlet is itself an important historical document, for 
its author is, of all men, he who doubtless knows the Micmac people best, has 
sojourned with them most, has received their confidences, soothed their 
anxieties, advised them in their spiritual and secular interests oftenest. For 
them he has printed prayer books, hymnaries and catechisms in their own 
language and today issues a monthly journal, “Le Messager Micmac,” in 
their tongue. Thus incidentally to his spiritual labors he has rendered a 
great service to philology and linguistics in helping to conserve this Souriquois 
language. It is surely upon this learned and devout Franciscan that the 
mantle of his confrére, LeClercq, the intrepid missioner to the “ Savages ” 


in the Gaspé peninsula in the 1600’s, when the country was wild and they 


were wilder, has fallen. He has succeeded to the labors of the devoted 
Biard and Maillard. To the publication we have referred and to his later 
“ Souvenir ” of the tercentenary, the writer (or indeed any writer on this 
theme) must perforce be attentive and from them a constant borrower. 


\ 


: 
: 
, 
: 
y 
4 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IOQII IQI 


, 
That meant a bond offensive and defensive with the Frenchman 
who had instilled. the new faith. If by the chance of adventure, 
of geography or of discovery these Indians had been Iroquois in- 
stead of the bitterest enemies of that great Confederacy, the whole 
course of American history would have run in a very different 
channel. But with the conversion of Membertou and his tribe to 
the faith of the Frenchman, the die was cast. Mutual and historic 
enmities alined themselves. The Micmacs first (the Souriquois, as 
the early French called them), and then in the logical sequence of 
history the entire Algonquin stock of which they formed a branch, 
became the allies of the one culture; their enemies, the Iroquois, by 
very grace of this fact, became the enemies of that culture, and no 
effort of colonization, of treaty, of conversion (though none was 
spared) ever could turn the scales the other way. The great Con- 
- federacy of the Six Nations, holding the apex of the critical triangle 
in New York at which converged the St Lawrence pathway of 
the French and the Hudson-Mohawk pathway of the English, held 
the balance of power between the two. If we analyze our history 
down to its roots it is perfectly right to look back on the conversion 
of Membertou, his squaw, his children, his children’s children and 
his tribe as the first step toward the ultimate supremacy of the 
English culture in America. . 
The student of Indian ethnology may look upon the Micmacs as 
only a little tribe, of small moment in the sum of aboriginal 
history, but, spread out along the northeastern shores of the Atlan- 
tic, they were the first of all American Indians to come in close 
contact with the whites, and today they are the only Indian tribe 
‘in all America that has held its own in numbers; its members are 
as many as when the Europeans first saw them. In this statement 
there are, of course, only the estimates of the early missioners, 
LeClerq. and Biard, to guide us, but the fact seems well established. 
Father LeClercq, laboring in Gaspé, the northern reaches of their 
hunting grounds where their number was always few, thought in 
1680 that his “ Gaspesians ’” numbered no more than 500, but: Biard 
at an earlier date (1611) and nearer the center of their settlements 
in Acadia, estimated them at 3000 to 3500. In 1871 Hannay in 
his history of Acadia, placed the number at “nearly 3000” and 
adds “it is doubtful if their numbers were ever much greater.” 
Dr Dionne, the distinguished historian of Quebec, says that in 1891 
the Micmacs numbered 4108; Father Pacifique in 1902 made a 
personal enumeration of the tribe and placed the number at 3850 


IQ2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


in Canada and 200 in Newfoundland. Today according to Father 
Pacifique and the last official census there are 4319 members of the 
tribe, of whom only 230 live in Newfoundland and about I5 in the 
United States. 

It is thus very evident that the tribe has been one of extraordi- 
nary vitality and has perpetuated itself and even multiplied in the 
face of much the same conditions which brought about the depopu- 
lation of every other aboriginal people of this hemisphere. Some 
ethnologist with the proper psychological equipment might well seek 
out the causes of this phenomenon. Evidently somewhere in their 
composition or their environment, by nature or by grace, there has 
lain a resistant virtue which other tribes have missed, though both 
by nature and grace, their lands have not greatly invited the white 
man’s lust. 

It is not that these Indians have increased by excessive mixture 
with the whites. This tendency to intermarriage has never been 
general among the people nor has it essentially modified their 
physical type. On the other hand, one can not fail of being im- 
pressed with the perfection of the physiognomy and the sturdiness 
of the physique in all the better men of the tribe. Father Pacifique 
says: 3 

“Tt is true there have been many crosses, legitimate and illegiti- 
mate, but in a few generations the type will be fully restored. I have 
observed that the last children of mixed families are less white 
than the first born. Moreover their attachment to their beautiful 
language is a guaranty of cohesion and permanence.” 

The learned father has here noted a Mendelian factor of ultimate 
force in insuring a stable or aboriginal type from variation, and 
which is quite sure, in the mixture of races, eventually to dominate 
the secondary or derived type represented in this case by the whites. 

The Micmacs, too, hold to their original soil. Too many of our 
aborigines have been shifted about, the shuttlecock of the white 
man’s designs, and find themselves today far away from their old 
hunting grounds. The Micmac country was the extreme orient of 
the Algonquins, and in the historic confederacy of this Algic stock 
which once covered half the continent, they were the “ youngest 
brother,” their land Migmagig, the “country of friendship.” The 
“elder brother ’ was the Abenaki to the south and west, while the 
“father tribe”? was° the Ottawa, their land the “land of their 


origin.” 


eit 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 193 


The tribe is scattered as in the days of Cartier, and spreads 
through the region over which Nicolas Denys held patent as lieu- 
tenant governor in 1658 from.“ the Cap de Campseaux as far as 
the Cap des Roziers.” There are fifty-six small settlements or 
reservations scattered all the way from the Gaspé peninsula to 
Cape Breton, the largest of all being at Ristigouche, the seat of the 
Capuchin monastery and church of St Ann and the metropolis of 
the tribe, where they number 506. Their segregation into widely 


. scattered but numerous settlements is unusual in the present dis- 


position of the Indian tribes and might seem to expose them, by the 
very fact of freer contact with the whites, to variation and change. 
They speak the French in French communities and the English in 
English, but for business purposes only. Among themselves their 
own language alone is spoken and without variations, no matter 
how wide apart their homes may be. “It is certain that the race 
is not disappearing either by extinction or by absorption” (F. P.). 
This fact is all the more noteworthy because these Indians have 
been in no wise exempt from the curse of alcohol,* tuberculosis 
and syphilis. These evils have played havoc here, as they have and 
do today elsewhere among the aborigines. It may be that their 
general poverty (for there is a total absence among them of the 
occasional prosperity one sees among the other tribes) and their 
ignorance of hygienic living will eventually make inroads on their 
vitality which the life out of doors may not be able to combat — 
and here lies at the hand of their legal guardians and of their white 
neighbors an immediate duty. 

I could not venture to write even in summary the part the Mic- 
mac tribe has played in history. It is knit close to the story of 
early French settlement of Acadia. The enmities of the French 
were ever its enmities, and this hostility to the English was not 
based on religious grounds alone. The difference in the attitude 
of the French and the English toward the Indians is of common 
knowledge. By the French they were never regarded as subjects 
of the French king so much as his wards and so by the French 
clergy they were ever treated not only with gentleness but with 


1Long ago Denys painted in vivid colors the fearful effects of the French- 
man’s liquor on these savages. For this, in those days of the 1600's, they 
spent their very lives; all the spoils of the winter’s hunt were exchanged for 
liquor and the summer was one long debauch till the fishermen sailed away 
from the coast. All this has passed and yet today with them, as with all the 
aborigines, firewater makes the Indian into a savage again and brings out 
to the surface all that religion has helped to bury. 


194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


prudence. The French missioners found them in their simple- 
minded naturalness and though their spiritual labors were slow of 
fruitage,* the hardship was intensely magnified by the incursions 
of the English. One who would realize this may well read the 
account given by LeClercq of the burning of his churches and 
missions by the “ Bastonnais” (Phips). So through the early 
history of Acadia they were friendly neighbors to the French, and 
with the English conquest they submitted, not without some hesi- 
tation, to the changed régime, and made their allegiance to the new 
sovereign. When the American war came on efforts were made 
through the King of France to induce them to revolt against the 
English, but the advances of Count d’Estaing and Commander 
Preble were sternly rejected in forcible terms. 
Today they are loyal and the most ancient of all Canadians. 


1LeClercq in Gaspé more than once speaks of the discouragements of his 
task and finally begged of his superior to be relieved of further efforts to 
convert the Gaspesians. 

2Chief ‘Jerome of Ristigouche exhibited on the occasion of the tercen- 
tenary a copy of a “ Declaration au nom du roi, a tous les anciens Francais 
de l’Amerique Septentrionale” printed on board the Languedoc in Boston 
harbor October 18, 1778. At the bottom of the first page is written by 
hand: “A mon cher Frére Joseph Claude et autres sauvages Mickmacks. 
De la part de Monsieur le Comte d’Estaing, Vice-Amiral de France, Holker, 
agent general de la marine et consul de la Nation francaise.” . 

With the rest of the settlers of the St Lawrence coasts, the Micmacs 
had learned to dread the repeated invasions throughout the old régime, 
which took their start from Boston. The “ Bastonnais” were well hated 
and not a little feared, so that in time the term became of common applica- 
tion to all the English. I think the term is not quite extinct —at any rate 
I have heard a French fisherman call a rather disagreeable American 
tourist in Gaspé a Bastonnais, with all the old feeling that the epithet must 
once have carried. Even yet, to the Micmac, the States is the country of 


the Bastonnais, and on his map of the world the whole area of the United ~ 


States is called “Poston.” Thus the evil that men do lives after them 
and Boston is by merit raised to this eminence. 


The ancient traditionary fears of the gentle-minded Micmac had a curious — 
illustration on the occasion of the tercentenary. While the Indians were © 


gathered in the church for the opening ceremony on the morning of the 
first of the three days, some mischievous miscreant circulated the story 


that their old enemies the Iroquois, having heard of this assemblage, were 


lying in the woods outside ready to take advantage of their helpless state 
and fall upon them. After the mass and the sermon by the missionary, 
there appeared a growing restiveness among some of the Indians, whispérs 


and awed looks spread through the pews, and these were not wholly dis- 
pelled till the wise and patriarchal Grand Chief had assured his people that 


such a story could only be the invention of the father of lies. 


| 
j 
4 
: 
\ 
' 
3 
t 
f 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 195 


The interesting commemoration gives rise, in my mind, to reflec- 
tions on a well-worn and ever present theme — the attitude of the 
white master toward the Indian. Perhaps as a titular official of the 
Iroquois League the writer may have had opportunity to acquire a 
right to this expression: There is one perfectly evident infer- 
ence from the apparent motives and the actual dealings of the 
French and English cultures with their red allies, whether expressed 
in provincial, state or federal attitude; the French would ever let 
the red man be a'‘red man; the English would make the red man 
into a white man. That is the situation succinctly stated. It would 
be just to go further and put the statement thus: that Canada would 
let the red man develop along lines of least resistance, while 
America has ever insisted and is still insisting on at once turning 
the red man white. The problem has worked its way along further 
in the older east than in the newer west. 

I fancy we may not ascribe to the founders of our governments 
on either side the line any profound recognition of natural law, 
but it has certainly so happened that French Canada and French 
influences in Canada have been content to grant the fundamental 
difference in culture and to leave the Indian to come up slowly 
from his barbaric state under a spiritual rather than a civic impetus. 
It is thus the natural jaw works — slowly, if effectively. A great 
abyss in nature, profoundly divergent lines of culture meeting at 
their start but standing wide apart at the extremes, can not be 
jumped by legislative enactment. Lines of racial development, one 
following far behind the other, can not be brought together by 
the process of legislative stretching. The law that says red is 
white has either a fool or a knave for its author. Just as little 
can great monetary foundations designed to effect immediate altera- 
tions in the slow but orderly procedure of natural law — such as 
the development of language or the establishment of universal 
peace — escape the conditions which that law imposes. The su- 
premacy of a law which lies above the statute and the common law 
is a fact which statute makers and statesmen have been slow to 
learn; experience is full witness to this. The English attitude 
toward the American Indian has never once suggested the conces- 
sion that the Indian has just as much right on this earth as he, and 
has played just as significant a part in human progress. To the Eng- 
lish colonists and the ideas they have left alive, the red man is a 
potential citizen as soon as he can be forced to measure up to 


196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


certain more or less artificial conditions of education and 
deportment.? 

French Canada assumed from the outset that the gap be- 
tween the Indian and the Frenchman was the chasm between 
a primitive and advanced culture which only the slow process 
of time could bridge— it seemed to recall the ages which had 
been necessary for the Frenchman himself to come up from a 
like aboriginal condition. At any rate what the Catholic pioneers 
of New France saw in the Indian and what their successors still 
see is that the Indian has a soul to save. To bring him to adjust 
his natural religion to the more adequate conceptions of Catholicism 
was the purpose of the majestic and sublime sacrifices which so 
brilliantly illumine the pages of the old régime. No judicial mind 
can contemplate the results of Catholic and Protestant missionary 
endeavor among the American Indians and avoid the conclusion 
that the Catholic Indians have on the whole preserved their 
physical aboriginal type in greater perfection, have kept much of 
their tribal culture, possess a deeper religious conviction. Among 
the Protestant Indians there are many instances of individual 
attainment of noteworthy excellence in education, public useful- 
ness and personal uprightness, but it is perfectly evident that the 
term Protestant as applied in some of the Indian tribes does not 
mean Christianized, so much as it implies an avowal and allegiance 
to a given form of religious worship, and in many cases, little else. 
My own personal observation is restricted to neither class, and | 
believe there is good reason for saying that, broadly, in matters of 
faith the Catholic Indian is a Catholic while the Protestant Indian 
is an Indian. It is an important fact in its historical bearings that 
the tribes which have been subjected to the most direct and per- 
sistent Protestant effort have never fully surrendered their natural. 
religion. Indeed among the Iroquois of New York and Canada 
there are two very distinct interests in the League represented by 
the ‘‘ Christians ” and the “ pagans.”* So far as my knowledge 
goes, this is not at all the condition among tribes acknowledging 
allegiance to the Catholic church. 


1Tn the condition of the Six Nations Indians in Canada and New York, 
there is a contrast, either creditable to the one government or discreditable 
to the other. Canada has let its Iroquois work out their own salvation and 
these Indians today are well educated, energetic, aggressive and fairly 
prospes ame In New York the reports of I910 show that more than one- 
third (35.5 per cent) are illiterate. 

2 The Cannan Oneidas have now gone back to peeaiee after years of 
Protestant missionary labors. 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 197 


We have already said that the conversion of the Micmacs was 
an elemental and influential factor in the historic conflict of Eng- 
lish and French cultures on this continent. We are not likely to 
exaggerate its importance, whichever way the tides of events 
turned. It would be unfair and historically inaccurate to say that 
the influence of the Grand Chief Membertou on the Micmac,tribe, 
allied with the efforts of the devoted French missioners, finds its 
counterpoise in the single personal hold of Sir William Johnson 
who by force of his own personality kept back the Iroquois from 
alliance with the French. The two opposed facts are of different 
magnitude and unlike in quality, but similar in their antagonistic 
effect. Let us give to this historic event of 1610 all its true mean- 
ing in the century-long struggle between the French and English 
cultures. That struggle took its final direction in the contest for 
this continent, and the spectacular victories of Amherst and Hardy 
and Wolfe were made possible only by the strong hand of His 
British Majesty’s Indian Agent, which held back the Iroquois from 
the French interests. 


THE MANHATTAN INDIANS 
BY ALANSON SKINNER 


INTRODUCTORY 

Some time before the advent of the Dutch at New Amsterdam, a 
branch of the Lenni Lenapé or Delaware Indians split off from the 
parent stock, which had its abode south and west of the Hudson and 
moved eastward and northward forming the Mahikan tribe. They 
occupied Manhattan island and the east bank of the Hudson as far 
north as the southern boundary of the Mohawk Iroquois. In time 
they became subdivided into several subtribes and bands, the 
chief of which, known as the Wappinger Confederacy, was com- 
posed of the Wappinger, Kitchawanck, Sintsinck, Siwanoy, Weck- 
quaesgeck and Reckgawawanck. Of these people the two tribes 
last mentioned were found by the Dutch inhabiting Manhattan 
island. At that time the Weckquaesgecks held the upper part of the 
island above a line drawn from the Rechewa’s creek (later Harlem 
creek) to the ravine at what is now Manhattanville, and the 
Reckgawawanck occupied the lower part of the island. Both of 
these tribes also held territories on the mainland where their principal 
abodes were situated. The name Manhattan referred to the portions 
of both tribes dwelling on the island and it is said to mean 
“Islanders.” Although the modern Delawares insist on translating 
“ Manhattanink”” as “The Place Where They Were All Intoxi- 
cated,” basing the name on the traditions of their first meeting with 
the whites and their introduction to spirituous liquors. 

All the old records claim that Manhattan island was used not as a 
permanent abode but as a hunting and camping ground, assertions 
which, however true at the time of the Dutch occupation, do not 
seem entirely to hold good of the prehistoric period. 

Our first records of the Manhattan Indians or their kindred date 
from Verrazano in 1524, and we have little further information in 
regard to them until 1609 when Hudson entered New York harbor. 
The first account of the Indians of the neighborhood of New Am- 
sterdam is also by Verrazano' who said that they did not differ 
much from the natives whom he had met elsewhere along the coast 
and that they were of good proportions, medium height, deep 
chested and strong armed. He met among others “two kings more 


1 Collection of the New York Historical Society, 2d series, 1:45. 


200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


beautiful in form and stature than can possibly be described; one 
was about forty years old, the other about twenty-four.” They were 
dressed in the following manner: 

“ The oldest had a deer’s skin around his body, artificially wrought 
in damask figures, his head was without covering, his hair was tied 
back in various knots, around his neck he wore a large chain orna- 
mented with many stones of various colors. The young man was 
similar in his general appearance.” In stature, he relates “ they 
exceed us,” their complexion swarthy, faces sharp, hair black and 
long, eyes black and sharp and expression pleasant and mild. The 
women were “of the same form and beauty, very graceful, of fine 
countenance, and pleasing appearance in manners and modesty.” 
Clothes they had none “ except a deer skin ornamented like those of 
the men.” Others wore “very rich lynx skins upon their arms, and 
various ornaments upon their heads, composed of braids of hair 
which hung down upon their breasts on each side. Older married 
men and women “ wore many ornaments in their ears, hanging down 
in the oriental manner.” They were generous, giving away what- 
ever they had. The women usually stayed in the canoes when they 
came to the ship. 

Our next data in regard to the personal appearance of the natives 
of old New Amsterdam is in Hudson’s mate’s journal written in 
1609: “ The people of the country [perhaps Staten island] came 
aboard of us, seeming very glad of our coming, and brought greene 
tobacco, and gave us of it for knives and beads. They goe in deere 
skins loose, well dressed. They have yellow copper. They desire 
cloathes, and are very civill. They have great store of maize or 
Indian wheat, whereof they make good bread. . . . Some of the 
people were in mantles of feathers, and some in skinnes of divers 
sorts of good furres. Some women also came to us with hempe. 
They did weare about their neckes things of red copper. At night, 
they went on land againe, so wee rode very quiet, but durst not trust 
them.” 

The next day after Hudson dropped anchor in the Lower bay,-he 
sent out the ship’s boat with a crew of five men through the Narrows 
to the Upper bay to make some observations. As they returned, 
they were met by a score or more of warriors in two canoes and 
were speedily drawn into a quarrel with them. One sailor, an 
Englishman named John Colman, was killed by an arrow shot 
through his neck and two others were hurt. Colman was afterwards 
buried at a point usually identified as Sandy Hook, which for many 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 201 


years bore his name. Some local historians, in writing concerning 
Staten island, have placed the scene of Colman’s death at.the locality 
now known as the Cove, in West New Brighton, Staten island, but 
there is little evidence to confirm this. 

At a later date Van der Donck stated the young warriors wore 
“a band about their heads, manufactured and braided, of scarlet 
deer hair, interwoven with soft shiny red hair,” perhaps very much 
like the deer’s hair head dresses worn today by the Sauk and Fox, 
Sioux and other modern tribes, “ with this head dress they appear 
like the delineations and paintings of the Catholic saints. 

When a young Indian is dressed this way he would not say plum 
for a bushel of plums. But this decoration is seldom worn unless 
they have a young woman in view.” 

“The women wear a cloth around their bodies, fastened by a 
girdle, which extends below their knees, and is as much as an under- 
coat ; they wear a dressed deer skin coat, girt around the waist. The 
lower body of this skirt, they ornament with great art, and nestle 
the same with strips which are tastefully decorated with wampum. 
The wampum with which one of these skirts is ornamented is fre- 
quently worth from one to three hundred guilders. They bind their 
hair behind in a club about a hand long, in the form of a beaver’s 
tail, over which they draw a square cap, which is frequently orna- 
mented with wampum. When they desire to be fine they draw a 
head band around the forehead which is also ornamented with 
wampum, etc. This band confines the hair smooth, and is fastened 
behind over the club, in a beau’s knot. Their head dress forms a 
handsome and lively appearance. Around their necks they wear 
various ornaments, which are also decorated with wampum. Those 
they esteem as highly as our ladies do their pearl necklaces. They 
also wear hand bands or bracelets curiously wrought, and inter- 
woven with wampum. Their breasts appear about half covered with 
an elegantly wrought dress. They wear beautiful girdles, orna- 
mented with their favorite wampum, and costly ornaments in their 
ears. Here and there, they lay upon their faces black spots of paint. 
Elk hide moccasins they wore before the Dutch came, and they too 
were most richly ornamented.” 

Van der Donck states that chiefs or men of wealth and importance 
had a plurality of wives, but that this was not the rule. Chastity 
seems to have been considered a virtue, and was much more common 
in this immediate vicinity than among the Algonkin of the north. 

Enough has been here stated to give a general idea of the personal 
appearance of the Indians about Fort Amsterdam at their first meet- 


202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


ing with the white men and at a later date. Their ethnology has 
been more fully described elsewhere. 

As Hudson journeyed northward up the river which now bears 
liis name, he had many experiences with the natives, some friendly, 
others warlike. On the return trip he tried to kidnap two young 
warriors from an Indian village, but both of his intended victims 
escaped and jeered at their would-be kidnaper, and one of them 
shortly returned at the head of a band of his friends in a swarm 
of canoes. As they were not allowed to board the “ Half Moon” 
which was well under way, they fell behind and sent a storm of 
arrows in her direction. Six musket shots from the ship killed 
two or three of the -warriors, and discouraged the rest, who re- 
treated to a point of land whence they returned to the attack, 
but a cannon shot killing two of them drove the rest to the forest. 
Still undaunted, another war canoe set out, manned by nine or ten 
men, which was promptly sunk by a cannon shot, and a volley from 
the’ muskets of the sailors destroyed three or four more, and the 
unequal battle being terminated in triumph, the victors set their 
sails for home. This entire scene is supposed to have taken place 
at Inwood and about the mouth of Spuyten Duyvil creek. At the 
former place especially, traces of Indian settlements are still to be 
found. Thus ended the first chapter of the dealings of the Man- 
hattan with the whites, a fitting prelude to the scenes soon to be 
enacted. 

During the next four years white men were more frequently 
seen on Manhattan island and by 1613 the Dutch were firmly estab- 
lished at Fort Amsterdam. As they progressed up the Hudson river 
the new-comers soon learned that all the Algonkins in the vicinity 
were in deadly terror of the Five Nations of the Iroquois, especially 
the most eastern tribe, the Kanienga, or as the River Indians termed 
them, “ Maquas_ or Bears, (a name probably suggested by one of 
the most powerful of their three clans, and from which our word 
Mohawk is derived). 

These ferocious warriors had contracted through a deadly hatred 
of the French the mistaken policy of Champlain at whose hands 
they had suffered defeat some nine years before near what is now 
Ticonderoga, and they hailed the advent of the Dutch with delight, 
perceiving at once that here lay their opportunity to obtain the fire- 
arms they needed to triumph over their neighbors and enable them 
to be revenged upon the French. 


1 Skinner. The Lenape Indians of Staten Island. Anthropological Papers, 
9 RE ace, 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 203 


The Dutch, on the other hand, soon recognized that the Five 
Nations would be a powerful ally in case war broke out among the 
Indians about Fort Amsterdam, and so in 1618, in the Tawasentha 
valley, the famous offensive and defensive alliance between the 
Dutch and the Iroquois was formed, an alliance kept up at a later 
date by the English, and which resulted in the downfall of France 
in the New World, through the untiring agency of this resolute group 
of American savages, but it was an evil day for the Manhattan when 
the treaty was made with their most powerful and deadly enemies. 

In 1626 the entire island of Manhattan, about 22,000 acres in all, 
was purchased by Peter Minuet, then governor, for 60 guilders 
worth of trinkets. Twenty-four dollars is the amount which is 
usually rendered as the equivalent of this sum, but as the value of 
gold was then five times greater than at present, it amounted to 
some one hundred and twenty dollars, a liberal sum compared with 
many Indian purchases of. those days. However, according to the 
old accounts, the Indians considered the island as being divided into 
two parts, the upper half above the Harlem creek remaining unsold. 

From the first the dealings of the Manhattan and the Dutch seem 
to have been fraught with treachery and violence on both sides. 
While Minuet himself appears to have been open minded and just, 
his subjects were not all of the same calibre, and the seeds of war 
were sown daily in the bosoms of the Indians. 

In 1626, the same year that the purchase of Manhattan island took 
place, a Weckquaesgeck Indian from the vicinity of Yonkers, accom- 
panied by his nephew, who was only a small boy was bearing his 
furs to the fort to trade when they were waylaid.and robbed by 
some servants of Minuet himself. The Weckquaesgeck was mur- 
dered before the eyes of the child, who escaped bearing with him a 
memory of violence which, according to Indian ideas, could only be 
erased by blood. | 

Continual aggressions by the Dutch caused endless friction with 
the savages. Lands were fraudulently acquired, cattle belonging to 
the whites trespassed on the Indians’ corn fields unchecked, and 
when the natives took the law in their own hands and slew them, 
reprisals were in order. So affairs went from bad to worse, intoler- 
ance and discord growing on either side. 

During the misadministration of Governor Kieft, that worthy 
decided to tax the Indians to compensate for what he considered 
their constant misdemeanors and to establish a firm hold over them, 
and he went so far as to send an armed sloop to the Tappan to 


204 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


collect this tribute in corn and wampum, but the Indians scorn- 
fully refused to pay and made sarcastic speeches about the Governor. 

The following year, 1640, some of the Dutch West India Com- 
pany’s servants stole some hogs from De Vries’s plantation on 
Staten island, and Kieft, wishing for a pretext to rid himself of a few 
of his Indian neighbors, blamed it on the Raritans and sent his 
secretary, Van Tienhoven, in charge of twenty men to punish the 
Indians for their alleged theft. The party went to a spot located, 
according to De Vries, somewhere behind Staten island, probably 
on the New Jersey shore. When the destination was reached the 
men became insubordinate and decided, against the earnest appeal 
of the secretary, to murder every Indian they could. At last Van 
Tienhoven left them in despair and proceeding but a short distance 
they came to the Indian settlement where wigwams and crops were 
burned and a number of Indians killed, including the brother of the 
chief, who was atrociously murdered after he had been made 
prisoner by one Govert Lockermans (De Vries in his Journal says 
this man was not killed but outrageously maltreated). They then 
withdrew, leaving one of their number dead upon the field of victory. 
As a result the plantation of David Pietersz De Vries on Staten 
island, was promptly attacked by the angry natives, four of his 
planters were killed and his tobacco and dwelling houses destroyed. 
After a time this trouble blew over but more friction was at hand. 

Claes Smit, a Dutchman, was approached one day by a young 
warrior who offered him some beaver skins to trade. Smit went to 
comply when the Indian tomahawked him, plundered the house and 
escaped. It was the young Weckquaesgeck, who, according to 
Indian ideas, had avenged the murder of his uncle so long before. 
Kieft demanded the murderer, but was refused by his tribesmen. 
Kieft then called a general council and laid the matter before it, 
suggesting that in case the murderer were not forthcoming, his whole 
village might be destroyed. The council referred the matter to the 
“twelve select men,” who wisely suggested that quiet preparations 
for hostilities might be carried on in secret, and that in the meanwhile 
a Sloop be sent to the Weckquaesgecks to demand the murderer, 
‘once, twice, yea for a third time ” in a friendly manner. 

About this time Miantonimo, the chieftain of “ Sloops,” or as it is 
now called, Narragansett bay, visited the Manhattan and other focal 
Indians in order to get their alliance in a controversy pending with 
the Mohegan. This threw the Dutch into confusion for a time, 
as he was suspected and accused of stirring the Indians up against 
them, but at length the scare blew over. Immediately following 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 205 


this a Hackensack Indian was made intoxicated and robbed by the 
Dutch and, in spite of the friendly efforts of De Vries, who met and 
tried to quiet him, he was so enraged that he murdered a settler in 
Myndert Mynderssen Van der Horst’s colony near Achter Cul or 
Newark Bay. 

This was an unfortunate happening as neither the Hackensack nor 
Tappan had been embroiled with the Dutch before. The Indians 
were not in sympathy with the act and at once offered the director, 
Kieft, through De Vries, two hundred fathoms of wampum to be 
given to the family of the victim to compensate the crime, as was 
their custom. This Kieft refused and at length the chiefs visited 
the fort at the intercession of DeVries, whom they trusted, and who 
became responsible for their return, and there they repeated their 
offer. Kieft demanded the murderer and refused the wampum. 
The Indians could not produce the culprit as he had fled to the 
Tankitekes or Haverstraws, and moreover he was a chief’s son and 
could not be surrendered. They once more renewed their offer of 
payment which was refused and they returned uneasily, while 
Kieft bided his time which shortly arrived. 

In February 1643 a band of Mahican armed with muskets came 
from the upper Hudson below Albany and made a raid on the tribes 
about Fort Amsterdam, driving them in terror to the Dutch for 
protection after killing seventeen of their number and taking some 
of their women and children prisoners. The Dutch sheltered and 
fed the fugitives and after two.weeks they returned to their homes, 
but a second alarm drove them again to the Fort and to Vriesendael 
(De Vries settlement). De Vries helped them as much as he was 
able and begged Kieft for soldiers to assist them, but these were 
refused. The Indians then congregated at Pavonia among the 
Hackensack “full a thousand strong,’ and others at Richtauck 
(Corlear’s hook on East river, not far from the site of Grand Street 
ferry) where they occupied some cabins erected by the Reckawancks. 

The majority of the Dutch, under the lead of De Vries, believed 
that this was their opportunity to treat the Indians with kindness 
and so win them over. Kieft, however, in his usual hot-headed and 
blood-thirsty manner, saw otherwise and decided to do a deed which 
has rarely been equalled for cruelty and treachery. At midnight 
Sergeant Rodolf was sent among the sleeping and unsuspecting 
Indians at Pavonia where he murdered eighty of them in the most 
brutal manner, and soldiers under Maryn Adriansen massacred forty 
more at Corlear’s Hook. De Vries has left us a manuscript in 
which he describes the entire outrage, to which he was an eye wit- 
ness, in scathing terms. 


206 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


When the Indians learned it was not the Mahican (or as they 
had supposed, the Mohawk) but the director that they had to thank 
for their inhospitable entertainment, eleven tribes took the war path. 
I‘armers and settlers outside the immediate walls of the fort were 
killed on every hand, and the Dutch were terrified. 

Even Vriesendael was attacked and partially destroyed. De 
Vries and his people were fortunately able to escape to the fortified 
manor house where they awaited the assault, when an Indian whom 
De Vries had managed to save from the massacre appeared and 
told the assembled warriors that De Vries was “a good chief ”’ per- 
suaded them to desist. This they did with protestations of regret 
that they had slain his cattle and burned the houses, and though they 
wished very much to have the copper kettle in the little brewery to 
make arrowpoints, they left it where it was and withdrew regretting 
that they had injured their friend. 

The Dutch fled to the fort for protection and were loud in their 
complaints against Kieft, who met them defiantly at first and blamed 
the calamity on Adriansen, one of his councillors, who promptly 
sought to vindicate his honor by slaying the governor, an attempt in 
which he unhappily failed. At last, according to the old documents, 
terror reduced Kieft and his people to begging from God the mercy 
which they had not granted the Indians that night at Corlears Hook 
and Pavonia. 

Toward spring the savage warriors began to relent, the Long 
Island Indians sending three men from the wigwams of their chief 
Penhawitz to open negotiations, from whence De Vries and a man 
named Albertson, the only settlers who were not afraid to go, 
accompanied them back to their village. Setting out on the 4th 
of March they arrived at Rechquaackie or Rockaway where 
they found Penhawitz and nearly three hundred warriors at a vil- 
lage of thirty lodges. “ Next day,” says De Vries, “ we were awak- 
ened and led by one of the Indians upwards of 400 paces from the 
route where we found sixteen chiefs from Long Island who placed 
themselves in a circle around us. One of them had a bundle of 
small sticks. He was the best speaker and commenced his speech. 
He related that when we first arrived on their shores, we were some- 
times in want of food, they gave us their beans and corn, and let us 
eat oysters and fish, and now for recompense we murdered their 
people. He here laid down one little stick, this was one point of 
accusation. The men whom in your first trips you left here to barter 
your goods till your return, these men have been treated by us as we 
would have done by our eye-balls. We gave them our daughters for 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 207 


wives, by whom they had children. There are now several Indians, 
who came from the blood of the Swannekins (Dutch) and that of 
the Indians; and these, their own blood, were now murdered in such 
villainous manner. He laid down another stick.” 1 

De Vries invited the chiefs to the fort and eighteen of them went 
with him in a large canoe to visit Kieft. They received presents and 
assurances, and at length on the 25th of March peace was arranged. 
Through the efforts of the Long Island Indians, peace was also 
concluded on the 22d of April with the Hackensack, Tappan, Recka- 
wawanc, Kitchawanc and Sint-sinck. The presents given to the 
Indians were meager, however, and the Hackensack especially com- 
plained of their insufficiency. During the summer their Sachem 
warned De Vries that his young men were preparing for the war 
path, but Kieft gave the chief an insolent message and refused to 
pacify him with further gifts. 

When difficulties again began in New England, in 1643, the 
Indians took up the hatchet as had been predicted. The trouble was 
begun by the Wappinger, who seized a boat coming from Fort 
Orange, killing two men and capturing four hundred beaver skins. 
Kieft called a committee of eight to coiisult on this and other out- 
rages, but before a decision was reached, the Weckquaesgeck 
destroyed Anne Hutchinson’s settlement at Pelham Bay and killed 
that noted woman and captured her youngest daughter, a child of 
eight years, who was given up to the Dutch at the fort four years 
later, when she had forgotten her native tongue. 

Throgmorton’s settlement at Throg’s Neck was next destroyed, 
but here the inhabitants escaped in their boats. Pavonia was burned 
under the guns of two warships and a privateer, and outside the very 
fort itself, Manhattan island lay in embers and ashes. ‘“ They rove 
continually around day and night on the island of Manhattan, slay- 
ing our folks not a thousand paces from the fort.” (Col. Hist. 
1:216, 211.) At this juncture, De Vries was obliged to return to 
Holland, and left calling the vengeance of God upon Kiett’ s head 
as the author of so much misery and bloodshed. 

Kieft now begged aid from New England, offering twenty-five 
thousand guilders for one hundred and fifty men, and even offered 
to mortgage New Netherlands to the English for aid; at the same 
time beseeching Holland for relief. 

He received, however, only a few English volunteers under the 
command of Captain John Underhill, who was a combination of 


1De Vries. New. York Historical Society Collections, 2d series, 1: 231. 


208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


bravery, piety and fiendish cruelty hard to equal. Of the conduct 
of this genial gentleman in the New England wars, Trumbull has 
said, “ He could justify putting the weak and defenceless to death, 
for says he, ‘The Scripture declareth women and children must 
perish with their parents . . . we had sufficient light from the 
word of God for our proceedings.’ ”’ 

Two companies were soon organized, one of sixty-five men and 
the other of seventy-five men. The second company was composed 
of forty burghers under Captain Pietersen and thirty-five English 
under Lieutenant Baxter, Councillor La Montagne acting as general. 
This band made a raid upon the Staten Island Indians, but suc- 
ceeded only in obtaining some corn which had been abandoned. 
Returning to the fort they were reinforced by one hundred twenty 
men and invaded the Weckquaesgeck country. They landed at 
Greenwich, marched all night and found nothing. As they retreated 
through Stamford they met some English who told them there were 
Indians nearby. Scouts located an Indian village and twenty-five 
soldiers sent there killed a number and took some prisoners. 
Guided by a captive they located three empty Weckquaesgeck 
“ castles’ and burned them, after which they returned. 

Meanwhile Underhill landed on Long Island and set out to attack 
the Canarsies under Penhawitz. After landing, Captain Pieter Cock 
and General La Montagne set out with eighty men to destroy a large 
settlement at Maspeth and Underhill while fourteen men were sent 
to a small village or camp at Hempstead. Both parties were 
successful, killing one hundred twenty Indians, only one of the 
whites being killed and three wounded. 

The English minister Fordham had seven Indians accused of pig 
stealing locked in his cellar. Three of these Underhill himself killed, 
two were towed in the water until they were dead, and two were 
taken to Fort Amsterdam where they were turned over to the soldiers 
to amuse themselves with. 

“The first of these savages having received a frightful wound, © 
desired them to permit him to dance what is called the kinte-kaye, a 
religious use observed among them before death; he received, how- 
ever, so many wounds that he dropped down dead. The soldiers 
then cut strips from the other’s body, beginning at the calves up the 
back, over the shoulders and down to the knee. While this was 
going forward Director Kieft and his councillor, Jan de la Montagne, 
a Frenchman, stood laughing heartily at the fun and rubbing his 
right arm, so much delight he took in such scenes. He then ordered 
him to be taken out of the fort, and the soldiers bringing him to the 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 209 


beaver’s path (he dancing the kinte-kaye all the time) threw him 
down, cut off his partes genitales, thrust them into his mouth while 
still alive, and at last, placing him on a mill stone, cut off his head. 

There stood at the same time some twenty-four or twenty- 
five female savages, who had been taken prisoners and when they 
saw this bloody spectacle, they held up their arms, struck their 
mouths, and in their language exclaimed, ‘For shame! for shame! 
such unheard of cruelty was never known among us.’”? Rather a 
heavy punishment for alleged hog stealing. 

And now Underhill planned a crowning achievement. Visiting 
Stamford, he learned that the natives had assembled to a large 
number. With one hundred forty men, piloted by a renegade 
Indian, he landed at Greenwich where a heavy blizzard compelled 
him to remain all night. In the morning he marched to the north- 
west cver stony and steep hills until evening, when he arrived within 
three miles of the village. Here he waited till ten o'clock 
and then advanced, reaching the Indian stronghold at 
midnight. The Indians were all alert and awake, so the whites 
divided into small bands and attacked the lodges. In a short time 
oné hundred eighty warriors lay dead outside; the rest were cooped 
up in the houses. At La Montagne’s suggestion these were fired. 
The savages tried every means to escape but when they could not, 
preferred the flames to falling into the hands of Underhill and his 
Christian followers. About ‘seven hundred of the enemy, 
including twenty-five visiting Wappingers, were burned or shot, and 
not one woman or child was heard to scream or cry. Underhill, 
diligently as he searched his Bible, never seems to have seen some 
passages which might have justified more humane action. 

The Sint-sinct, Weckquaesgeck, Nochpeem, Wappinger and others 
after this calamitous defeat begged for peace, and later the Matine- 
cock of Long Island and the Hackensack and Tappan treated with 
the Dutch, and the Indian war of 1641-45 was ended. 

Sixteen hundred Indians were killed, it is said, and the Dutch 
exclaimed, “ Our fields lie fallow and waste, our dwellings and other 
buildings are burnt, not a handful can be planted or sown this fall 
on all the abandoned places. All this through a foolish hankering 
after war; for it is known to all right thinking men here that these 
Indians have lived as lambs among us until a few years ago, injur- 
ing no one, and affording every assistance.” ° 


1 Documentary History, IV, 105. 
2 Colonial History, I: 210. 


2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


For a time things again assumed a peaceful basis, the Indians 
coming in to New Amsterdam to trade as of old. However, the 
Dutch could not resist the temptation to cheat and defraud, nor the 
Indians to drink, and constant friction resulted. 

Stuyvesant, who succeeded Kieft, was a better and more 
diplomatic man, and was more successful with the native tribes. 
In 1665, however, war broke out again. Hendrick Van Dyck, 
ex-schout-fiscal of New Amsterdam, lived at what is now the 
west side of Broadway, near Bowling Green, next door to Paulus 
Linderstein Van der Grist. One afternoon in September Van Dyck 
saw an Indian woman picking peaches in his orchard, and, drawing 
his pistol, shot her dead. Stuyvesant had by his firm, truthful and 
just dealings with the Indians held them in peace and almost won 
their friendship, Van Dyck made an end of this by his cruel stupidity. 

No notice was taken of the murder by the authorities despite the 
repeated complaints of the Indians. A war party of Wappinger was 
on its way to battle, and the local Indians begged their aid. On the 
15th of September early in the morning, before scarcely any one had 
risen, sixty-four canoes containing five hundred armed warriors 
landed and scattered themselves through the town, and under 
the pretext of searching for their hereditary enemies, the Mohawk, 
forced entrance to the various houses. They offered no one any 
personal violence, however, and their chiefs even consent to attend 
a council with the governor where they promised to depart in the 
evening, some going to Governors island, but when evening arrived 
they returned, joined by two hundred more armed warriors. Landing 
at the Battery they went up Broadway to Van Dyck’s home and there 
shot him dead with an arrow. Van der Grist, attempting to assist 
him, was tomahawked. 

At this the Dutch burgher guard attacked the Indians without _ 
orders just as they were disembarking, and a sharp battle ensued 
with loss on both sides. The Indians withdrew to the west side of 
the river where they destroyed Hoboken and Pavonia, and later the 
settlement at Staten island. Fully fifty persons were killed and 
one hundred or more captured, and about eighty thousand dollars 
worth of damage was done. Stuyvesant was at South River when 
this outbreak occurred but returned as soon as he learned of the 
trouble. War parties of Indians were wandering all over Man- 
hattan island and the Dutch were confined to the fort. 

Upon Stuyvesant’s return fortifications were strengthened and _ 
preparations were made to resist an assault, but the Indians were 


REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQTI 2IT 


satished. They sent Captain Pos, taken on Staten island, with 
propositions of ransom, but tired of waiting for his return they 
sent further word that in two days they would deliver all their 
prisoners to the Dutch at Paulus Hook. Pos went back and soon 
brought fourteen prisoners from the Hackensack camp with the 
report that the Indians desired some powder and ball in exchange. 
These Stuyvesant sent with two prisoners, a Wappinger and an 
Esopus, and promised more on the delivery of the rest of the 
captives. 

Pos and two others took this message to the Indians, and brought 
back twenty-eight more prisoners and the intelligence that twenty 
others would be restored on the receipt of a ransom of powder and 
ball. Thirty-five pounds of powder and ten staves of lead which 
were demanded were sent and the prisoners were released. As 
Stuyvesant believed his people were at fault, he refused to punish 
the Indians, to the rage of the settlers. Of this outbreak the Long 
{sland Indians denied any part. Indeed it is said that the war party 
which landed on Manhattan island was on its way to fight these Long 
Island tribes, and only stopped to avenge the murder by Van Dyck. 
Had the band been tactfully treated at the time the entire calamity 
might have been averted. 

From this time on the scene of combat was changed to the Esopus 
country. The Manhattan, Hackensack, Raritan, and Canarsie seem 
to have taken little part in these troubles. The English under 
Richard Nicolls now took possession of Fort Amsterdam, which they 
called Fort James on September 6, 1664. Treaties were made by 
the English with all the local Indians and the alliance with the Iro- 
quois was strengthened. 

Little further trouble was had with the weakening savages who 
from this time on are rarely heard of as separate bands. Some 
became incorporated with the so-called ‘“ Schaticooks’’ who were 
made up of Indians partly from New England, and these often 
assisted the Mohawks and English against the French. Their 
descendants may still be seen on the Housatonic river in Connecti- 
cut.t Others were incorporated among the Delawares and their 
descendants are scattered in Canada, Wisconsin and Indian Terri- 
tory. The name of Manhattan is now only a memory and the people 
who bore it are lost forever. 


1See Speck. Anthropological Papers, v. 3, p. 183: “The Mohegan 
Indians.” 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


to 
— 
NO 


AUTHORITIES 


Bayles. History of Staten Island. 

Beauchamp. Aboriginal Occupation of New York. 

Bolton, R. P. The Indians of Washington Heights, Anthropological 
Papers, 3: 77-100. 

Calver, W. L. Personal Notes. | 

Chenoweth, Alexander. Collections and Notes in Museum. 

Clute. History of Staten Island. 

Davis, W. T. Personal Notes. 

De Vries, David Pieteirz. Journal. 

Finch, J. K. Aboriginal Remains on Manhattan Island, Anthropological 
Papers;..3: 65273. , 

Fiske. The Dutch and Quaker Colonies in America, v. TI. 

Harrington, M. R. Personal Notes and Manuscripts; also The Rock- 
Shelters of Armonk, New York, Anthropological Papers, 3: 125-38; 
Ancient Shell Heaps near New York City, Anthropological Papers, 
3: 169-79. 

Juet. Journal of Hudson’s Voyage. 

O’Callaghan. Documentary History of New York. 

Pepper, George H. Personal Notes. 

Ruttenber. Indian Tribes of Hudson’s River. 

Skinner, Alanson. The Lenapé Indians of Staten Island, Anthropological 
Papers, 32.3202: 

Speck, F. G. Notes on the Mohegan and Niantic Indians, Anthropo- 
logical Papers, 3: 183-210. 


INDEX 


Accessions to collections, 90-109 

Adirondacks, crystalline rocks, 36; 
gold sands, 39; magnetic ores, 10 

Albany, lake, 30 

Alplaus, lake, 30 

Alveolites, 124 

Anorthosites, 36, 37 

Apple worm, 53 

Archeology collections, accessions to, 
105-8; destroyed by fire, 6, 71-74; 
list of specimens destroyed, 79-84 

Archeology section, report on, 61-84 

Areal geology, 15-29 

Arsenopyrite, 42 

Atrypa reticularis, 124, 125 


Bald mountain limestone, 21 
Ballston channel, 30 

Rayles, cited, 212 

Beauchamp, cited, 212 
Beekmantown beds, 21 
Benjamin, S. G. W., cited, 116 


Berkey, Charles P., bulletin on geol- 


ogy of Catskill aqueduct, 13, 23 
85; study of geology of New 
York City, 20 
Black Cape section, 121 
Bolton. ik. P., cited, 212 
Bonaventure formation, I2I 
Botanist, report, 50-52 
Botany, bulletin, 88; 
press, 88 
Brinsmade, R. B., cited, 162 
Bronze birch borer, 56 
Brown-tail moth, 54 
Building stone, 9, 35-38 
Bull Pond, 28 
Bulletins, 85-88; in press, 88 


bulletins in 


Calver, W.-L., cited, 212 
Calymmene, 124, 125 
Camarotoechia, 125 
indianensis, 125 
whitei, 125 


Canajoharie beds, 21 

Capitol fire, fate of New York State 
collections in archeology and 
ethnology, 6, 71-74, 79-84 

Catskill aqueduct, bulletin on geol- 
ONO 1 3,) 22s 

Cement materials, 9 

Chaleur Bay, remarkable 
section on, 120-26 

Chenoweth, Alexander, cited, 212 

Chestnut borer, two-lined, 56 

Chonetes, 124 

Chrysoberyl from St Nicholas ave- 
nue, 42, 185-86 

Chrysodomus despectus, 121 

Cicada, periodical, 52 

Cladopora, 125 

Clarke, F. W., cited, 175 

Clarke, John M., Notes on the Geol- 
ogy of the Gulf of St Lawrence,. 


Siluric 


111-26; The Micmac Tercentenary, 
169,07; cited, 27, 28, 131 

Clay deposits, 9 

Clinton hematite, Io 

Clute, cited, 212 

Coal deposits, II 

Coccosteus canadensis, 127, 131 

figure, 129 | 

cuyahogae, 131 
(Protitanichthys) fossatus, 131 
halmodeus, 131 
macromus, I31 
occidentalis, 131 

Cockroach, 58 

Codling moth, 53 

Cornwall shale, 28 

Cottony maple scale, 55 

Crosby, W. O., report on the general 
geology of Long Island, 29 

Crystalline rocks - of Adirondacks, 
36 

Cyrtodonta gratia, 123 


[213] 


214 NEW 


Darton, N. H., cited, 27, 28 

Davis, W. T., cited, 212. 

Dean, Bashford, cited, 130 

Decker Ferry limestone, 27 

Devonic fishes from Migouasha, 43. 
127-39 

Devonic starfish, 
rence, 44-45 

Devonic strata in New York and 
New Jersey areas, correlation, 26 

De Vries; David Pieteirz, cited, 212 

Diabase, 37; 38 

Diaphorostoma, 124 

Dike rocks, 36 

Diorites, 37 

Dollo, Louis, cited, 138 

Domanik shales, relation to Portage 
fauna of western New York, 47 


remarkable occur- 


Earthquakes, recorded, 40-41 
Eastman, CR.,. cited) 131, 138 
Economic geology, collection, 90 
Edwards, zinc, 39 
Ells, mentioned, | 
Elm caterpillar. spiny, 
Elm leaf beetle, 55 
Employees of State Museum, 
Engineering, 12-15 
Entomologist, report. 5 
Entomology, bulletin, 
in press, 88 
Entomology collection, accessions to, 
93-101 
Eridophyllum, 124 
Ethnology, report on, 64-71 
Ethnology collection, accessions to. 
108-9; destroyed by fire, 6, 71-74. 
79-84 
Eurypterida, 
tion, 43 
Eusthenopteron foordi, 


127 

35 

88-96 
-O 


nO 


2- 
87; bulletins 


anatomy and distribu- 


131 


Fairchild, Herman L., study of 
closing phase of glaciation in New 
York, 32-35 

False maple scale, 


J 


Favosites, 124, 125 
Feldspar, 10, 38 
Finch, J. K,; cited, 212 


YORK STATE MUSEUM 


| Fire in the Capitol, fate of collection 


in archeology and ethnology, 6, 71- 
74, 79-84 

Fishes from Migouasha, 43, 127-39 

Fiske, John, cited, 212 

Flies, 56 

Forest pests, 56 

Fossils, 43 

Fruit pests, 53-54 


Gabbros, 36 

Gall midges, 56 

Garden flea, 54 

Garnet, I0, 22 

Gas fields, 9, II 

Geologic maps, 12, 15, 88 

Geological engineer, profession of, 12 

Geological survey, report on, 8-50 

Geology, bulletins, 85-87; bulletins in 
press, 88 

Georgian formation, 21 

Gipsy moth, 54 

Glacial geology, 29-35 

Glaciation in New York, 
closing phase, 32-35 

Gneisses, 36, 37 

Gold sands of Adirondacks, 12, 39 

Goodrich, E. S., cited, 133, 138 

Gordon, C. E., Poughkeepsie quad- 
rangle, 86 

Goshen quadrangle, 24 

Gouverneur, talc mines, 38 

Granites, 36, 37 

Graphite, I0 

Green maple worm, 55 

Green Pond conglomerate, 29 

Green Pond-Skunnemunk mountain 
syncline, 28 

Grenville rocks, 22 

Gypsum beds, 9 


study of 


Halysites, 124, 125 
Harrington, M. R., cited, 212 
Hartnagel, C. A., cited, 27, 28 
Heat as an insecticide, 58 
Heliolites, 124, 125 

Hickory bark borer, 56 
Highland Mills, 27, 28 


INDEX TO REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


205 


Hollick, on special geologic features | Long Island, report on general geol- 


of Staten Island, 29 

Holzapfel, cited, 47 

Honeoye-Wayland quadrangles, bulle- 
tin, 87; geologic maps, 88 

ilowvood, ©, 8: cited, 175 

House flies, 56 

Hudson, George H., survey of Val- 
cour Island, 23 

Hudson River shales, 21, 25 

Hussakof, L., Notes on Devonic 
Fishes from Scaumenac bay, Que- 
bec, 127-39 


Indian collections, 64-65; destroyed 
by fire, 6, 71-74, 79-84 

Indian Ladder beds, 21 

Indians, The Micmac Tercentenary, 


189-97; the Manhattan Indians, 
TOGs2 12: See also Archeology 
section 


Industrial geology, 35-390 
Iris borer, 58 
Iron ores, Io 


Jaekel, O., cited, 138 

Jenny, W. P., cited, 176 

Jones, R. W., mentioned, 35 

Juet, cited, 212 

Kanouse sandstone, 27 

Kemp, James F., special investivation 
of nature of Saratoga waters, 17; 
study of geology of New York 
City, 29 

Keyserling, Count von, cited, 47 

Kummel, Henry B., observations in 
Orange county, 24; cited, 26 


Lake Albany deposits, 30 
Lake Alplaus, 30 
Lake Pleasant quadrangle, 23 
Lead, Io 
Leptocoelia, 123 

flabellites, 122 


Lime, 9 
Lindgren, W., cited, 178 
Little River East, striking uncon- 


formity in Paleozoic rocks at, 125 
Locust leaf beetles, 56 


ogy of, 29 

Longwood shale, 27, 29 

Luther, D. D., Honeoye-Wayland 
quadrangles, bulletin, 87 


Macoma batthica, 121 
sabulosa, 121 

Magnetic ores, of Adirondacks, 10 

Manhattan Indians, 199-212 

Manhattan Island, 29 

Maple leaf cutter, 56 

Maple scale, cottony, 55 

TAISEN 55 

Maple worm, green, 55 

Maps 2s15) Ss 

Memoirs, in press, 88 

Merrill, cited, 27 

Miastor, 53 

Micmac tercentenary, 189-97 

Miagouasha, fishes from, 127-39 

Miller, W J., field work on the North 
Creek quadrangle, 22 

Mineral occurrences in New York 
city, 183-87 

Mineral springs, 15 

Mineralogy, 41-42 

Mineralogy collection, accessions to, 
02-93 

Mining, relation of geology to, 8-12 

Mining and quarry industry of New 
York, bulletin, 38, 86 

Mohawk gorge, 31 

Mohawk valley, shale region, 21 

Mollusca, monograph of, 60-61 

Moses, A. J., cited, 183 

Mosquitos, 56 

Mushrooms, 51 

Mya arenaria, 121 
truncata, I2I 

Myron H. Clark Iroquois exhibit, 


70-79 


Natural Bridge, talc mines, 38 

Natural gas, 9, II 

New York City, geology, 29; mineral 
occurrences, 41, 183-87 

Newcomb, Essex county, , minerals 
from, 42 

Newfoundland erit, 26 


216 


Newland, D. H., on New York geol- 
ogy, 8-39; mining and quarry in- 
dustry of New York, 86; cited, 158, 
169 

Normanskill formation, 21 

North Creek quadrangle, field work 
Ons .22 

Notch wing, 54 

Nursery inspection, 58 


O’Callaghan, cited, 212 
Oil fields; 09, 11 

Orange county, geology, 2 
Oriskany strata, 28 
Orthis, 125 

Orthoceras, 125 

Oxford Depot, 28 


Palaeaster eucharis, 44 

Paleontology, 43-50; 
collections, 90-91 

Palisades trap, 38 

Panama, cooperation of geologist, 14 

Pea Hill conglomerate, 28 

Pegmatite, 38 

Pepper, George H., cited, 212 

Periodical cicada, 52 

Picton island, granite, 36 

Pilsbry, H. A., monograph of the 
New York mollusca, 60-61; cited, 
121 

Plectoceras jason, note on a specimen 
of, 141-42 

Portage fauna of western New York 


accessions to 


relation to Domanik shales of 
southern Timan, 47 
Poughkeepsie quadrangle, bulletin, 


86; geologic map, 88 
Protitanichthys fossatus, 131 
Publications, 84-88 
Pyrite, of Adirondacks, 10; Kings- 

bridge, 42, 183-85; St Lawrence 

county, 143-82 
Pyroxene from Jerome Park reser- 

voir, 42, 186-87 


Quartz, Io, 38, 42 


Rafinesquina, 125 
Raspberry Byturus, 54 
Raymond, P. E., cited, 142 


NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 


Rensselaeria, 122, 123 
atlantica, 122 
stewarti, 122 

Ries, cited, 28 

Road-making materials, 13 

Rock salt, 9 

Rose leaf hopper, 58 

Round lake, 30 

Ruedemann, Rudolf, mapping of 
Schuylerville quadrangle, 21; Note 
ona Specimen of Plectoceras jason, 
141-42; cited, 45 

Ruttenber, cited, 212 


St Lawrence county, zinc, 39; pyrite 
deposits, 143-82 

St Lawrence, Gulf, 
geology of, I1I-26 

St Lawrence valley, 
shore lines, 35 

San José scale, 53 

Saratoga and vicinity, saline springs, 
jee . 

Saratoga quadrangle, 
surface deposits, 31 

Saxicava rugosa, 121 

Say’s blister beetle, 54 


notes on the 


comparison of 


mapping of 


Scaumenac bay, Quebec, Devonic 
fishes from, 127-39 
Scaumenacia curta, notes on the 


anatomy, 134-38; figures, 135, 136, 
ne ets 

Schenectady quadrangle, 29 

Schenectady shale, eurypterid fauna 
ay 22 

Schuchertella, 123 

Schuylerville quadrangle, mapping of, 
21 

Scientific collections, condition, 6-7; 
accessions, 90-109 

Scientific publications, 84-88 

Seismologic station, 39-41 

Semon, R., cited, 139 

Seripes groenlandicus, 121 

Seventeen-year locust, 52 

Shade tree pests, 55 . 

Shawangunk (Green 
glomerate, 29 

Silver, 12 


Pond) con- 


INDEX TO REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR IQII 


Skinner, Alanson, The Manhattan 
indians, 190,212; cited) 212 

Smith, Burnett, cited, 130 

SiaythieC. El. jr, Pyrite Deposits of 
St Lawrence County, 143-82; cited, 
3G, 167 

Snake Ehill beds; 213 fauna, 45-47 

Specks i. G,, cited) 212 

Spiny elm caterpillar, 55 

Staff of the Science Division and 
State Museum, 88-90 

Starfish, remarkable occurrence, 44 

Staten Island, 29 

Stoller, J. H., report on Schenectady 
region, 20; mapping surface de- 
posits of Saratoga quadrangle, 31 

Storm King gray gneissoid granite, 38 

Stricklandinia gaspensis, 124 
niagarensis, 124 

Stromatoporas, 124, 125 

Surficial geology, 29-35 

Syenites, 36, 37 

Syringopora, 124, 125 


Talc, of Adirondacks, 10; Gouver- 
neur, 38; Natural Bridge, 38 

Tentaculites, 124 

Thousand Islands granite, 36 

Titanite, 42 

Topographic quadrangles, 15-29 

Tourmalin, 42 

Trachypora, 125 

Graquain, RH, cited, 132, 134, 139 

Trenton limestones, 21 

Trochoceras, 125 


nn Sar rE NnyE SSS sa 


to 
et 
~sI 


Tussock moth, white-marked, 55 
Two-lined chestnut borer, 56 


Valcour Island, survey of, 23 

van Ingen, Gilbert, acknowledgments 
to, 145; mentioned, 141, 142 

Von Cotta, cited, 176 

Water supply from 
sources, 15 

Weinschenk, E., cited, 175 

Weller cited= 20, 27 

White marked tussock moth, 55 

Whiteaves, J. F., cited, 134, 139 

Whitfieldellas, 124, 125 

Whitlock, H. P., Recent Mineral Oc- 
currences in New York City and 
Vicinity, 183-87 

Wilbur limestone, 2 

Winchell, A. N., cited, 175 

Woodcock Hill, 20 

Woodward, A. S., cited, 127, 132, 124, 
139 

Woodworth, cited, 30 


underground 


Yonkers eneiss, 38 
Young, C. R., cited, 176 


Zamyjatin, A., cited, 48 
Zaphrentis, 124 


Zinc. 10; 35 

Zircon, 42 

Zoologist, report of, 56-51 

Zoology collection, accessions to, 
101-4 ; 


oo 


ae 
b rg 


cerns meth aetna dl 
‘ 
1 


—————— 
a 
1 
: 


2 compet nm 


ia * 


New York State Education Department 
New York State Museum 


JoHN M. CLarKeE_ Director 
- PUBLICATIONS 


Packages will be sent prepaid except when distance or weight renders the 
same impracticable. On 10 or more copies of any one publication 20% 
discount will be given. Editions printed are only large enough to meet 
special claims and probable sales. When the sale copies are exhausted, 
the price for the few reserve copies is advanced to that charged by second- 
hand booksellers, in order to limit their distribution to cases of special 
need. Such prices are inclosed in[ ]. All publications are in paper covers, 
unless binding is specified. Checks or money orders should be addressed 
and payable to New York State Education Department. 


Museum annual reports 1847-date. All in print to 1894, 50c a volume, 75c in 
cloth; 1894—date, sold in sets only; 75c¢ each for octavo volumes; price of 
quarto volumes on application. 


These reports are made up of the reports of the Director, Geologist, Paleontologist, 
Botanist and Entomologist, and museum bulletins and memoirs, issued as advance sections 
of the reports. 


Director’s annual reports 1904—date. 


1904. 138p. 20C. 1908. 234p. 39pl. map. aoc. 

TOOs.) OZ Ds) 24 ple zoe: I909. 230p. arpl. 2 maps, 4 charts. Out of print. 
1906. 186p. 4rpl. 25c¢. TIO, - SKK, ill, Aol, Here. - 

1907. 212p. 63pl. 5oc. IQII. 2118p. 4gopl. 50c. 


These reports cover the reports of the State Geologist and of the State Paleontolozist. 
Bound also with the museum reports of which they form a part. : 


Geologist’s annual reports 1881-date. . Rep’ts 1, 3-13, 17-date, 8vo; 2, 
LA—10, 460. 


In 1898 the paleontologic work of the State was made distinct from the geologic and was 
reported separately from 1899-1903. The two departments were reunited in 1904, and are 
now reported in the Director’s report. 

The annual reports of the original Natural History Survey, 1837-41, are out of print. 

Reports 1-4, 1881-4, were published only in separate form. Of the 5th report 4 pages 
Were reprinted in the 39th museum report,and a supplement to the 6th report was included 
in the 4oth museum report. The 7th and subsequent reports are included in the 41st and 
following museum reports, except that certain lithogravhic plates in the 11th report (1891) 
and 13th (1893) are omitted from the 45th and 47th museum reports. 

Separate volumes of the following only are available. 


Report Price Report Price Report Price 
I2 (1892) $.50 es 17 $.75 2I $.40 
I4 75 18 aS 22 .40 
I5, 2Vv. 2 19 .40 : 23 .45 
16 r 20 .50 [See Director’s annual reports] 


Paleontologist’s annual reports 1899—date. 


See first note under Geologist’s annual reports. : 

Bound also with museum reports of which they form a part. Reports for 1899 and 1900 
may be had for 20c each. Those for r901-3 were issued as bulletins. In 1904 combined 
with the Director’s report. 


Entomologist’s annual reports on the injurious and other insects of the 
State of New York 1882—date. | 
Reports 3-20 bound also with museum reports 40-46, 48-58 of which they form a part. 


Since 1898 these reports have been issued as bulletins. Reports 3-4, 17 are out of print, 
other reports with prices are: 


NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMEN?1 


Report Price Report Price Report Price 
I $.50 II $.25 20 Bul.97) $.40 
2 -30 I2 ~25 ta( S sro4) i eeps 
5 sR 13 Out of print 22 (“ r10o)) ees 
6 Ls 14 (Bul. 23) .20 22)\(.“ 12/4) aaa 
7 -20 TSuC et SS eens 24 (“" 224A eens 
8 .25 ni (CU BG) sais 215 (era) ees 
9 525 30 (Ge 64) .20 261 47) ees 
10 35 TO \C Ogee dis 27 ( * 155) ae 
Reports 2, 8-12 may also be obtained bound in cloth at 25c each in addition to the price 
given above. ‘ 


Botanist’s annual reports 1867-date. 


Bound also with museum reports 21—date of which they form a part; the first Botanist’s 
teport appeared in the 21st museum report and is numbered 21. Reports 21-24, 29, 31-41 
were not published separately. 

Separate reports for 1871-74, 1876, 1888-98 are out of print. Report for 1899 may be had 
for 20c; 1900 for 5o0c. - Since rgor these reports have been issued as bulletins. 

Descriptions and illustrations of edible, poisonous and unwholesome fungi of New York 
have also been published in volumes 1 and 3 of the 48th (1894) museum report and in volume 
rt of the 49th (1895), srst (1897), 52d (1898), 54th (1900), 55th (1901), in volume 4 of the 
56th (1902), in volume 2 of the 57th (1903), in volume 4 of the 58th (1904), in volume 2 
of the soth (1905), in volume 1 of the 6oth (1906), in volume 2 of the 61st (1907), 62d 
(1908), 63d (1909) reports. The descriptions and illustrations of edible and unwholesome 
species contained in the 49th, 51st and 52d reports have been revised and rearranged, and, 
combined with others more recently prepared, constitute Museum Memoir 4. 


Museum bulletins 1887-date. 8vo. To advance subscribers, $2 a year, or $t 
a year for division (1) geology, economic geology, paleontology, mineralogy; 
50c each for division (2) general zoology, archeology, miscellaneous, (3) botany, 
(4) entomology. 

Bulletins are grouped in the list on the following pages according to divisions. 
The divisions to which bulletins belong are as follows: 


1 Zoology 54 Botany 107 Geology and Paleontology 
2 Botany 55 Archeology 108 Archeology 
3 Economic Geology 56 Geology tog Entomology 
4 Mineralogy 57 Entomology IIo i 
5 Entomology 58 Mineralogy r1z Geology 
6 59 Entomology r112 Economic Geology 
7 Economic Geology 60 Zoology 113 Archeology 
8 Botany 61 Economic Geology 114 Geology 
9 Zoology 62 Miscellaneous II5 
to Economic Geology 63 Geology 116 Botany 
Ter “ 64 Entomology 117 Archeology 
I2 o 65 Paleontology 118 Geology 
13 Entomology 66 Miscellaneous 119 Econornic Geology 
14 Geology 67 Botany I20 ‘ 
15 Economic Geology 68 Entomology t2t Director’s report for 1907 
16 Archeology 69 Paleontology 122 Botany 
17 Economic Geology 70 Mineralogy 123 Economic Geology 
18 Archeology 71 Zoology 124. Entomology 
19 Geology 42 Entomology 125 Archeology 
20 Entomology 73 Archeology 126 Geology 
21 Geology 74 Entomology 127 < 
22 Archeology 75 Botan, 128 
23 Entomology 76 Entomology 129 Entomology 
24 § 77 Geology 130 Zoology 
25 Botany 78 Archeology 131 Botany 
26 Entomology 79 Entomology 132 Economic Geology 
27 i: 80 Paleontology 133 Director’s report for 1908 
28 Botany 81 Geology 134 Entomology 
29 Zoology 82 & 135 Geology 
30 Economic Geology 83 ff 136 Entomology 
31 Entomology 84 us 137 Geology 
32 Archeology 85 Economic Geology 138 i 
33 Zoology 86 Entomology 139 Botany 
34 Geology 87. Archeology 140 Director’s report for 190 
35 Economic Geology 88 Zoology I4I Dagens oo 
36 Entomology 89 Archeology 142 Economic Geology] 
37 a 90 Paleontology’ 143 a 
38 Zoology 9t Zoology 144 Archeology 
39 Paleontology 92 Paleontology 145 Geology 
40 Zoology 93 Economic Geology 146 te 
At Archeology 94 Botany 147 Entomology 
42 Geology 95 Geology 148 Geology 
43 Zoology 96 if 149 Director’s report for 1910 
44 Economic Geology 97 Entomology iso Botany 
45 Paleontology 98 Mineralogy I51t Economic Geology 
46 Entomology 99 Paleontology 152 Geology 
47 « 100 Economic Geology 153 a, 
48 Geology tor Paleontology 154 t 
49 Paleontology 102 Economic Geology 155 Entomology 
so Archeology 103 Entomology 156 = 
~51 Zoology 104 fe 157 Botany : 
52 Paleontology 105 Botany 158 Director’s report for I91I 


53 Entomology 106 Geology | 


MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS 


Bulletins are also found with the annual reports of the museum as follows: 


Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin . Report 
12-15 48,v.1 75 Soa & IIt 60, Vv. 2 143 63, V. 2 
16,17 SO, ave Xk 76 57, Ve by DE LEZ 60, Vv. I I44 64, Vv. 2 
18,19 Biever O17] Ss Vie Te Dtrie Laks 60, Vv. 3 I45 vil Why at 
20-25 GAA VAs 78 S75 Ne 2 II4 60, Vv. I 146 64, V. I 
26-31 389 wens 79 G75 Win 385 JOE RES 60, Vv. 2 I47 64, V. 2 
32-34 Bfl5 We 80 S77) Vie Tee Dint tel O Gonivalr 148 64, Vv. 2 
35,36 54, Vv. 2 81,82 Sen WY & II7 60, Vv. 3 149 Ove aie, 5 
37-44 AVAL 83,84 58, V..1 118 Go, Vir I50 64, V. 2 
45-48 54,V.4 5 58,v.2 EO —2 Ta OLeaveeL I5I Ovi re 
49-54 Sy Wal os 86 Rein We & 122 61, Vv. 2 I52 64, Vv. 2 
55 Bon a7 87-89 58, v.4 123 OneivanE 153 WIGAN ee 
56 SOV. © 90 58, v.3 I24 61, Vv. 2 I54 64}, Vv. 2 
57 56,Vv.3 gr 58, Vv. 4 I25 62, Vv. 3 

58 56,v.1 92 58, Vv. 3 126-28 62,v.1 

59,60 56,Vv.3 93 58, Vv. 2 129 62, Vv. 2 Memoir 

61 56, V. I 94 58,Vv.4 I30 OO, We = 2 49, V. 3 
62 ES OMG A 95,96 Re). Niza at 131,132 62, v.2 B54 53, V. 2 
63 56, Vv. 2 97 58,V.5 133 62) Vi. i 5,6 Ooh ens 
64 56, Vv. 3 98599 505) V02 134 G2) V. 2 7 Side Wea 
65 56,Vv.2 Eikeye) Oy Vo 2 Tes Oi}, Wem 8, pt 1 59, Vv. 3 
66,67 56,Vv.4 Tor 59, Vv. 2 136 634 Vv. 2 Sept 5Ounvier a: 
68 BO) Va 3 102 59,V.1 137 03, Ve I 9, ptr 60, Vv. 4 
69 50, Ve 2 103-5 59, V. 2 138 O35 We 1 9, Dt 2 62,Vv.4 
70,71 SUV Db i OO Op ave, © 139 Osraver2 Io 60, Vv. 5 
72 SVD a, LOT 60, V. 2 I40 Ok ae | II Outs Nees: 
73 S75 2 108 60, V. 3 I4I O3h We 2 re Os, 3 
74 SVE Ee Dil LOO) LEO) O01, 5 142 O35 Ws 2 13 63, V. 4 


The figures at the beginning of each entry in the following list indicate its number as a 
museum bulletin. 


Geology and Paleontology. 14 Kemp, J. F. Geology of Moriah and West- 
port Townships, Essex Co. N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. 38p. 
il. 7pl. 2. maps: Sept. 1895. Free. 

19 Merrill, F. J. H. Guide to the Study of the Geological Collections of 
the New York State Museum. 164p. t19pl. map. Nov. 1898. Out of print. 

21 Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Lake Placid Region. 24p. rpl. map. Sept. 
1898. Free. 

34 Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian System of Eastern Montgomery County; 
Prosser, C. S. Notes on the Stratigraphy of Mohawk Valley and Sara- 
toga County, Nance 4p. capi map, May mooo. 15e. 

39 Clarke, J. M. Simpson, G. B. & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologic Papers tr. 
2 elleroOol., OCt, 1900. 15C. 
Goetls: Clarke, J. M. A Remarkable Occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta Beds of 
e Chenango Valley, N 
LE ancenanicagy cryptophya; a Peculiar Echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone 
(Portage Beds) of Western New York. 
— Dictyonine Hexactinellid Sponges from the Upper Devonic of New York. 
— The Water Biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake, N. Y. 
Simpson, G. B. Preliminary Descriptions of New Genera of Paleozoic Rugose Corals. 
Loomis, F. B. Siluric Fungi from Western New York. 

42 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson River Beds near Albany and their Taxo- 
nomic Equivalents. TrOpssplL imap. Apr gor. -25C- 

45 Grabau, A. W. Geology and Paleontology of Niagara Falls and Vicinity. 
Z50pedia Tsp map. Apr. root: 65c; cloth, ooc. 

48 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of Nassau County and Borough 
© Oucens: 58p: il. Spl. map. Dec. r90t..~25¢. 
49 Ruedemann, Rudolf; Clarke, J. M. & Wood, Elvira. Paleontologic 

Papers 2. 240p. 13pl. Dec. 1901. . Out of print. 


Contents: Ruedemann, Rudolf. Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill. 

Clarke, J. M. Limestones of Central and Western New York Interbedded with Bitumi- 
nous Shales of the Marcellus Stage. : 

Wood, Elvira. Marcellus Limestones of Lancaster, Erie Co., N. Y. 

Clarke, J. M. New Agelacrinites. 

Value of Amnigenia as an Indicator of Fresh-water DERests during the Devonic of 


New York, Ireland and the Rhineland. 
52 Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1901. 28o0p. il. ropl. 
Mapmintidoe july 1902. . 40°. 
56 Merrill, F. J. H. Description of the State Geologic Map of 1901. 4ap. 
a iaaps, tabs Nov: 1902. Free. 


NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 


63 & Luther, D. D. Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Naples Quad- 
tangles. 78p., map: June 1904. (25¢. 

65 Clarke, J. M. Catalogue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the 
New York State Museum. 848p. May 1903. $1.20, cloth. 

69 Report of the State Paleontologist 1902. 464p. spl. 7maps. Nov. 
1903. $1, cloth. 

77 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co. 
oSp: ilar spl.) 2amiaps.» anee wo05- 9 30c; 


80 Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. 396p. 29pl. 2 maps. 
Feb. 1905. 85c, cloth, 

81 & Luther, D. D. Watkins and Elmira Quadrangles. 32p. map. 
Mary roohs 25C: ; 

82 Geologic Map of the Tully Quadrangle. 4gop.map. Apr.1905. 20¢. 


83 Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of the Mooers Quadrangle. 62p. 
2spl. map. June t9o5-n25C. 

84 Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys. 206p. 
il, rtpl. a2Symaps.. Waly r905.. Ase 

90 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Cephalopoda of Beekmantown and Chazy For- 
mations of Champlain Basin. 224p. il. 38pl. May 1996. 75¢, cloth. 

92 Grabau, A. W. Guide to the Geology and Paleontology of the Schoharie 
RESION.” U4 boas 2 ola taape epi 1906. 75¢, cloth. 

95 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Northern Adirondack Region. 188p. 
I5pl. 3 Maps. Sept. 1905.. 30c: 

96 Ogilvie, I. H. Geology of the Paradox Lake Quadrangle. 54p. il. 17pl. 
map. Dec. I9Q05. 30C. 

99 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Buffalo Quadrangle. 32p. map. May 
EOQOO. 20C- 

IOI Geology of the Penn Yan-Hammondsport Quadrangles. 28p. 
map. July 1906. Out of print. 

106 Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Erie Basin. 88p. 14pl. 9 maps. 
Feb. 1907. Out of print. 

107 Woodworth, J. B.; Hartnagel, C. A.; Whitlock, Hi. P.; Hiudson7G aah, 
Clarke, J. M.; - White, David & Berkey, CrP. Geological Papers. 388p. 
54pl. map. May 1907. 9goc, cloth. 


Contents: Woodworth, J. B. Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York. 

Hartnagel, C. A. Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Conglomerate. 

Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region. 

Whitlock, H. P. Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton Co. 

Hudson, G. H. On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York. 

Clarke, ap M. Some New Devonic Fossils. 

An Interesting Style of Sand-filled Vein. 

—— Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in Eastern New York. 

White, David. A Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York. 

Berkey, C. P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the High- 
ands. 


arr Fairchild, H. L. Drumlins of New York. Gop. 28pl. 19 maps. July 
1907. Out of print. 

114 Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic Map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach 
Quadrangles. 20p.imapn. AueuTenz. | 20c 

115 Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Long Lake Quadrangle. 88p. 2opl. 
map. Sept. 1907. Out of print. 

118 Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Geologic Maps and Descriptions of the 
Portage ‘and Nunda Quadrangles including a map of Letchworth Park. 
5op. r6pl. 4 maps. Jan. 1908. Ree 

ee Miller, W. J. Geology of the Remsen Quadrangle. 5 4p. il. r1pl. map. 

1909. 25C. 

127 “Pairehild, H. L. Glacial Waters in Central New York. 64p. 27pl. 15 
maps. Mar. 1909. 4oc. 

128 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Geneva-Ovid Quadrangles. 44p. map. 
Apr. 1909. 20C. 

135 Miller, W. J. Geology of the Port Leyden Quadrangle, Lewis County, 
N.Y... 62ep. 4) aapi mapa jas. one. | a5e- 

137 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Auburn-Genoa Quadrangles. 36p. map. 
Mar. 1910. 20€. 


MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS 


138 Kemp, J. F. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Geology of the Elizabethtown 
and Port Henry Quadrangles. 176p. il. 2opl. 3 maps. Apr. 1910. 4oc. 

145 Cushing, H. P.; Fairchild, H. L.; Ruedemann, Rudolf & Smyth, C. H. 
Geology of the Thousand Islands Region. 19g4p. il. 62pl.6 maps. Dec. 
Fores | 1 75C 

146 Berkey, OB Geologic Features and Problems of the New York City 
(Catskill) Aqueduct. 2836p. i 28plemaps. Neb. 191s o75C; Gloria, 

148 Gordon, C. E. Geology of the Poughkeepsie Quadrangle. t122p. il. 
2oplamap. Apt. 1911. 30c: 

152 Luther, D. D. Geology of the Honeoye-Wayland Quadrangles. 3op. 
map Oct Olt. '20c.. _* 

153 Miller, William J. Geology of the Broadalbin Quadrangle, Fulton- 
Sararoraicountes, New, York) 66p., 110 8 pl.’ map. Dec.) norr 25, 

154 Stoller, James H. Glacial Geology of the Schenectady Quadrangle. 44p. 
Bipla mapy Dec 1911.7 -20c. 

Fairchild, H.L. Glacial Waters in the Black and Mohawk Valleys. In press. 

Kemp, James F. The Mineral Springs at Saratoga. In press. 

Luther, D. D. Geology of the Phelps Quadrangle. In preparation. 

Whitnall, H..O. Geology of the Morrisville Quadrangle. Prepared. 

Hopkins, T. C. Geology of the Syracuse Quadrangle. Prepared. 

Hudson, G. H. Geology of Valcour Island. In preparation. 

Economic geology. 3 Smock, J. C. Building Stone in the State of New 
Mone rsap, Mar 1888) Out of print. 

First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State 
of New York. 78p. map. June 1889. Out of print. 

10 Building Stone in New York. 210p. map, tab. Sept. 1890. 4oc. 

rz Merrill, F. J. H. Salt and Gypsum Industries of New York. og4p. rapl. 
ZIMA en eicaon oN pin 1 S03." [SOC] 

12 Ries, Heinrich. Clay Industriesof New York. 174p.il. 1p]. map. Mar. 
LOO5- 7 30. 

15 Merrill, F. J. H. Mineral Resources of New York. 240p. 2 maps. 
Sept. 1895. [soc] 

Road Materials and Road Building in New York. 52p. rapl. 
PUMA Vs OCi Uso7, 15C. 

30 Orton, Edward. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. 1236p. il. 
Zauapse | Nove ©5qo,) | 15c- 

35 Ries, Heinrich. Clays a New: York; their Properties arid Uses. 456p. 
140opl. map. June 1900. Out of print. 

Lime and Cement Industries of New York; Eckel, E. C. Chapters 
on the Cement Industry. 332p. 1o1pl. 2 maps. Dec. 1901. 85¢c, cloth. 

61 Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of Bluestone and Other Sandstones in New 
Nome umto. cop crnaps. Mar. 1903. 35¢. 

85 Rafter, G. W. Hydrology of New York State. ogo2p. il. 44pl. 5 maps. 
May 1905. $1.50, cloth. 

93 Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York. 78p. 
July 1905. Out of print. 

1oo McCourt, W. E. Fire Tests of Some New York Building Stones. 4op. 
209i es. TOO, 15 C. 

roz Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1905. 
162p. June ‘1906, 25c. . 

112 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1906. 82p. July 
1907. Out of print. 

119 & Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Adirondack Magnetic Iron Ores 
with a Report on the Mineville-Port Henry Mine Group. 184p. r4pl. 
Sawa ps. Apr. LOS...” 35C: 

120 Newland, D.H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York 1907. 8ap. 
July 1908. Out of print. 

123 & Hartnagel, C. A. Iron Ores of the Clinton Formation in New 

Wevoux State: “7op il. 14pl.-3 maps: .Nov. 1908... 25¢. 

132 Newland, D.H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New-York 1908. 8p. 
July 1909. 15c. 

142 Mining and Quarry Industry of New York forrgog. g8p. Aug. 
LGLOw at 5c. 


17 


NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 


143 Gypsum Deposits of New York. o94p. 2opl. 4 maps. Oct. rgro. 
35¢. 
151 —— Mining and Quarry Industry of New York Ig10. 82p. June 1911 I5c. 


Mineralogy. 4 Nason, F. L. Some New York Minerals and their Localities. 
22p. ipl. Aug. 1888. Free. 

58 Whitlock, H. P. Guide to the Mineralogic Collections of the New York 

State Museum. 15op. il. 39pl. 11 models. Sept. 1902. 4oc. 

New York Mineral acdlities LLOPs, Oct) 1o6ossm zac: 

Contributions from the Mineralogic Laboratory. 38p. 7pl. Dec. 
1905. Out of print. 

Zoology. 1 Marshall, W. B. Preliminary List of: New York Unionidae. 
2op. Mar. 1892. Free. 

Beaks of Unionidae Inhabiting the Vicinity of Albany, N. Y. 3o0p. 
ipl. Aug. 1890. Free. - 

29 Miller, G. S. jr. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. t124p. Oct. 
T1O90- 8 ESCH) > 

33 Farr, M.S. Check List of New York Birds. 2245. Apr. 1900. 25¢: 

38 Miller, G. S. jr. Key to the Land Mammals of Northeastern North 
AMenicas s1000.) Oct 1o00., 15: 

40 Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and Physiology of Polygyra albolabris and 
Limax maximus and Embryology of Limax maximus. 82p. 28pl. Oct. 
KOO 8 2)5C. 

43 Kellogg, J. L. Clam and Scallop Industries of New York. 36p. 2pl. 
map. Apr. 1901. Free. 

51 Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F.C. Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians 
of New York. 64p.il. rpl. Apr. 1902. - Out of print. 


Eckel, E. C. Serpents of Northeastern United States. 
Paulmier, F.C. Lizards, Tortoises and Batrachians of New York. 


70 
98 


60 Bean, T. H. Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. 784p. Feb. 1903. 
$1, cloth. 

71 Kellogg, J. L. Feeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria. 3o0p. 
Aple G56 Pingo gee nee: 

88 Letson, Elizabeth J. Check List of the Mollusca of New York. 116p. 
May, 10015.) 2oc; 

gr Paulmier, F. C. Higher Crustacea of New York City. 78p. il. June 
LOOK.) 2OC: 

130 Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of Birds. 382p. il. 26pl. May 1909. S5oc. 

Entomology. 5 Lintner, J. A. White Grub of the May Beetle. 34p. il. 
Nov. 1888. Free. 

6 Cut-worms. 38p. il. Nov. 1888. Free. 

13 San José Scale and Some Destructive Insects of New York State. 
54D. 7pl.) Apr sEsose ES5e 

20 Felt, E. P. Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. spl. June 

1898. Free. 


r4th Report of the State Entomologist 1898. 15o0p. il. gpl. Dec. 
1898. 200¢. 

Memorial of the Life and Entomologic Work of J. A. Lintner Ph.D. 
State Entomologist 1874-98; Index to Entomologist’s Reports 1-13. 31 6p. 
tpl. Oct: 180520 35c: 

Supplement to 14th report of the State Entomologist. 


26 Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York Insects. 
36p. il. Apr. 1899. Free. 


a7 Shade Tree Pests in New York State. 26p. il. 5pl. May 1899. 
Free. 

31 15th Report of the State Entomologist 1899. 3128p. June rgoo. 
LSC. 

36 16th Report of the State Entomologist r900. 3118p. 16pl. Mar. 


TOOT; .i25e: : 
37 Catalogue of Some of the More Important Injurious and Beneficial 
Insects of New York State. 54p.il. Sept. 1900. Free. 


MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS 


46 Scale Insects of Importance and a List of the Species in New York 
State. O4p-dlerspla \une 10901. /25¢. 

47 Needham, J. G. & Betten, Cornelius. Aquatic Insects in the Adiron- 
dacks; 9234p. i gople Sept. roor, ~45¢: 

53 Felt, HE. P. 17th Report of the State Entomologist 1901. 232p. il. 6pl. 
Aug. 1902. Out of print. 

Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 8pl. Aug. 1902. 

Out of print. 


This is a revision of Bulletin 20 containing the more essential facts observed since that 
Was prepared. 


59 Grapevine Root Worm. op. 6pl. Dec. 1902. 15¢. 
See 72. 
Se 18th Report of the State Entomologist 1902. s110p. 6pl. May 


20C. 

68 aN ecdhant. JG. GS others. Aquatic Insects in New York: 322p. 52pl. 
Aug. 1903. 8oc, cloth. 

72 Felt, E. P. Grapevine Root Worm. 58p. 13pl. Nov. 1903. 20c. 
This is a revision of Bulletin 59 containing the more essential facts observed since that 

Was prepared. 

74 & Joutel, L. H. Monograph of the Genus Saperda. 88p. rapl. 
June 1904. 25¢c. 

76 Felt, E. P. 19th Report of the State Entomologist 1903. s150p. apl. 
TOON 1 LSC: 

ae or Culicidae of New York. 164p. il. 57pl. tab. Oct. 


1904. 

86 Nesahag, J. G. & others. May Flies and Midges of New York. 352p. 
ieo7 ply wide too5. ) Soc, cloth: 

97 Felt, E. P. 20th Report of the State Entomologist 1904. 246p. il. ropl. 
Nov. 1905. 4oc. 

103 Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths. 44p. ropl. July 1906. 15c. 

104 21st Report of the State Entomologist 1905. 1144p. 1opl. Aug. 
TOOO™ 25C: 


109 Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. 34p. 8pl. Mar. 1907. 20c. 

110 22d Report of the State Entomologist 1906. 1152p. 3pl. June 
TOW 25: 

124 23d Report of the State Entomologist 1907. 542p. il. 44pl. Oct. 
BOOS.) 7 FC: 

129 Control of Household Insects. 48p. il. May 1909. Out of print. 

134 24th Report of the State Entomologist 1908. 208p. il. 17pl. 


Sept. 1909. 35c. 

136 Control of Flies and Other Household Insects. 56p. il. Feb. 
HOMOR LSC: 
This is a revision of Bulletin 129 containing the more essential facts observed since 


that was prepared. 


141 Felt, E. P. 25th Report of the State Entomologist 1909. 178p. il. 22pl- 
Niulyerouce, 25C: 

147 26th Report of the State Entomologist rg10. 182p. il. 35pl. Mar. 
TGaien 35: 

155 27th Report of the State Entomologist 1911. 1098p. il. 27pl. Jan. 
IOs) 40C 

156 —— Elm Leaf Beetle and White-Marked Tussock Moth. 35p. 8pl. Jan. 
LOIS, ZO. 

Needham. J. G. Monograph on Stone Flies. In preparation. 

Botany. 2 Peck, C. H. Contributions to the Botany of the State of New 
York. 72p. 2pl. May 1887. Out of print. 


8 Boleti of the United States. 98p. Sept. 1889. Out of print. 

25 Report of the State Botanist 1898. 76p. spl. Oct. 1899. Out of 
print. 

28 Plants of North Elba. 206p. map. June 1899. 200. 

54 —— Report of the State Botanist 1901. 58p. 7pl. Nov. 1902. 4oc. 

67 —— Report of the State Botanist 1902. 196p. 5pl. May 1903. Soc. 

75 ——— Report of the State Botanist 1903. op. 4pl. 1904. 4oc. 


94 —— Report of the State Botanist 1904. 6o0p. 1opl. July 1905. 4oc. 


NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 


105 —— Report of the State Botanist 1905. 3108p. 12pl. Aug.1906. soc. 
116 —— Report of the State Botanist.1906. 120p. 6pl. July too7- ease, 
122 —— Report of the State Botanist 1907. 178p. 5pl. Aug. 1908. 4oc. 
131 —— Report of the State Botanist 1908. 202p.4pl. July 1909. 4o0c. 
139 —— Report of the State Botanist 1909. 1116p. 1opl. May toro. 4s5¢. 
150 —— Report of the State Botanist 1910. see oer May 197%. . Zoe. 


157 —— Report of the State Botanist rort. pl... Mar. 1920 Sa5@ 

Archeology. 16 Beauchamp, W. M. AbOneUeelt Chipped Stone Implements 
of New York S6pr2epk ) Wet: 18972 “25¢:. 

18 Polished Stone Articles Used by the New York Aborigines. 104p. 
a5ple | NoOvesnoo7. | 25sec. 

Earthenware of the New York Aborigines. 78p. 33pl. Oct. 1898. 


22 
25¢. 


Aboriginal Occupation of New York. r190p. 16pl. 2 maps. Mar. 
QO! 30: - 

Wampum and Shell Articles Used by New York Indians. 166p. 
2opl Mari ioommsoc: 

Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indians. t112p. 43pl. 
Mar, 1902. (30c 

Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. o4p. 38pl. June 
WOO2=4 .215C: 

Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. 1122p. 37pl. Dec. 
NOOB BOC: 

History of the New York Iroquois. 340p. 17pl. map. Feb. 1905. 
75c, cloth. 


32 


4I 


50 
55 


87 Perch Lake Mounds. 84p. 12pl. Apr. 1905. Out of print. 

89 Aboriginal Use of Wood in New York. t1go0p. 35pl. June 1905. 
35¢ 

108 Aboriginal Place Names of New York. 336p. May 1907. 40c. 

113 Civil, ‘Religious and Mourning Councils and Ceremonies of Adop- 


tions a Spe 7 ol “June E907. 25C. 

117 Parker, A. C. An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site. iezpaygepe 
Dee. 1907. Ieee: 

125 Converse, H. M. & Parker, A.C. Iroquois Myths and Legends. 1096p. 
Usa pla sees megsiesoe 

144 Parker, A. C. Iroquois Uses of Maize and Other Food Plants. 12op. 
ils Epl. INOVe LorO. | Goce: 

Miscellaneous. 62 Merrill, F. J. H. Directory of Natural History Museums 
in United States and Canada. 236p. Apr. 1903. 300. 

66 Ellis, Mary. Index to Publications of the New Work State Natural 
History Survey and New York State Museum 1837-1902. 418p. June 
T9038.) 75C, clot: 

Museum memoirs 1889-date. 4to. 

t Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. Development of Some Silurian Brachi- 
opoda. g6p. 8pl. -Oct. 1889. ‘$1. 

2 Hall, James & Clarke, J. M. Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges. 35op. il. 7opl. 
1898. $2, cloth. 

3 Clarke, J. M. The Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co., 
N.Y.) 228popls (Wctengco.n soc: 

4 Peck, C.H. N.Y. Edible Fungi, 1895-99. 1o6p.25pl. Nov. rgoo.. [$1.25] 
This includes revised descriptions and illustrations of fungi reported in the 49th, 51st and 

52d reports of the State Botanist. 


5 Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Guelph Formation and Fauna of 
New York State. -196p. 21pl. July 1903. $1.50, cloth. 

6 Clarke, J. M. Naples Fauna in Western New York. 268p. 26pl. map. 
1904. $2, cloth. 

7 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the 
Lower Beds. 350p. 17pl. Feb 1905. $1.50, cloth. 

8 Felt, E. P. Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. v.r. 460p. 
il. 48pl. Feb. 1906. $2.50, cloth; v.2. 548p. il. 22pl. Feb. 1907. $2, cloth. 

9 Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America. 
Pt 1. 366p. il. yopl.5 maps. Mar. 1908. $2.50, cloth; Pt 2. 250p. il. 36pl. 
4 maps. Sept. 1909. $2, cloth. 


\ 


a ae a 


= = 


MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS 


Io Eastman, C. R. The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations. 
2220p ets pl. 197 uypL-25, CloL: 

rz Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 2 Graptolites of 

_ the Higher Beds. 584p. il. 31pl. 2 tab. Apr. 1908. $2.50, cloth. 

izeaton be somdsvor New York v. 1. 501p. il. 42pl. “Apr ‘roxo, 
$3, cloth; v. 2, im press. 

13 Whitlock,H.P. Calcitesof New York. gop. il.27pl. Oct. 1910. $1, cloth. 

Clarke, J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. The Eurypterida of New York. 
In press. 

Natural History of New York. 3ov. il. pl.maps. 4to. Albany 1842-94. 

DIVISION 1 ZOOLOGY. De Kay, James E. Zoology of New York; or, The 
New York Fauna; comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals 
hitherto observed within the State of New York with brief notices of 
those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropri- 
ate illustrations. 5v.il.pl.maps. sq. 4to. Albany 1842-44. Out of print. 


1 


Historical introduction to the series by Gov. W. H. Seward. 178p. 
Vereen Varmmalia. 131-4 46p. 33pl. 1842. 


300 copies with hand-colored plates. 


VWeaeepiebirdss 12 3280p. r4rpl. 1844. 
Colored plates. 


v. 3 pt3 Reptiles and Amphibia. 7+ 98p. pt4 Fishes. 15 + 4r5p. 1842. 
pt 3-4 bound together. 


v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. Reptiles and Amphibia. 23pl. Fishes. 
7opl. 1842. 


300 copies with hand-colored plates. 


v.5 pts Mollusca. 4+ 271p. gopl. pt6 Crustacea. jop.13pl. 1843-44, 
Hand-colored plates; pts—6 bound together. 


DIVISION 2 BOTANY. Torrey, John. Flora of the State of New York; com- 
prising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hith- 
exto discovered in the State, with remarks on their economical and medical 
properties. 2v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 1843. Out of print. 

v. 1 Flora of the State of New York. 12+ 484p. 72pl. 1843. 


300 copies with hand-colored plates. 


v. 2 Flora of the State of New York. 572p. 89pl. 1843. 


300 copies with hand-colored plates. 


DIVISION 3 MINERALOGY. Beck, Lewis C. Mineralogy of New York; com- 
prising detailed descriptions of the minerals hitherto found in the State 
of New York, and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture. il. pl. 
sq. 4to. Albany 1842. Out of print. 


v. 1 ptr Economical Mineralogy. pt2 Descriptive Mineralogy. 24 + 536p. 
1842. 
8 plates additional to those printed as part of the text. 


DIVISION 4 GEOLOGY. Mather, W. W.; Emmons, Ebenezer; Vanuxem, Lard- 
ner & Hall, James. Geology of New York. 4v. il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany 
1842-43. Out of print. — 

v. tptr Mather, W. W. First Geological District. 37 + 653p.46pl. 1843. 

v. 2 pte Emmons, Ebenezer. Second Geological District. 10 + 437p. 
TApl., 1642. 

v. 3 ptz3 Vanuxem, Lardner. Third Geological District. 306p. 1842. 

v. 4 pt4 Hall, James. Fourth Geological District. “22 + 683p. 1opl. 
map. 1843. 


DIVISION 5 AGRICULTURE. Emmons, Ebenezer. Agriculture of New York; 
comprising an account of the classification, composition and distribution 
of the soils and rocks and the natural waters of the different geological 
formations, together with a condensed view of the meteorology and agri- 
cultural productions of the State. 5v. il. pl. sq. gto. Albany 1846-54. 
Out of print. 


NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPART MENT 


v. 1 Soils of the State, their Composition and Distribution. 11 + 3771p. 21pl. 
1846. 

v. 2 Analysis of Soils, Plants, Cereals, etc. 8 + 343+ 46p. 42pl. 1849. 
V/ith hand-colored plates. 


v. 3 Fruits, ete: -8 + 340p: 91851: 
v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. g5pl. 1851. 


Hand-colored. 


v. 5 Insects Injurious to Agriculture. 8+ 272p. sopl. 1854. 
With hand-colored plates. 


DIVISION 6 PALEONTOLOGY. Hall, James. Palaeontology of New York. 8v. 
il. pl. sq. 4to. Albany. 1847-94. Bound in cloth. 

v. 1 Organic Remains of the Lower Division of the New York System. 
23.+ 338p. oopl. 1847. Out of print. 

v. 2 Organic Remains of Lower Middle Division of the New York System. 
8 + 362p. 104pl. 1852. Out of print. 

v. 3 Organic Remains of the Lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany 
Sandstone. pt1, text. 12+ 532p. 1859. [$3.50] 

Pt 2..143 plo usome, |[\p2-50\| 

v. 4 Fossil Brachiopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and 
Chemung Groups. 11 + 1+ 428p. 69pl. 1867. $2.50. 

v. 5 pt 1 Lamellibranchiata 1. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderbergs, 
Hamilton and Chemung Groups. 18 + 268p. 45pl. 1884. $2.50. 

Lamellibranchiata 2. Dimyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Ham- 

ilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 62 + 293p. 51pl. 1885. $2.50. 

pt 2 Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helder- 

berg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 2v. 1879. v. 1, text. 

15 4; 4902p Vee i2O ple 2450, Ton 207 

& Simpson, George B.  v. 6 Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower and Up- 

per Helderberg and Hamilton Groups. 24 + 298p. 67pl. 1887. $2.50. 

& Clarke, John M. v. 7 Trilobites and other Crustacea of the Oris- 

kany, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill 

Groups. 64 + 236p.46pl. 1888. Cont.supplement tov.5,pt2. Ptero- 

poda, Cephalopoda and Annelida. 4z2p. 18pl. 1888. $2.50. 

& Clarke, John M. v.8pt1 Introduction to the Study of the Genera 

of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 367p. 44pl. 1892. $2.50. 

& Clarke, John M. v.8 pt 2 Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 394p. 64pl. 

1894. $2.50. 


Catalogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the State of New York and 
of the Historical and Antiquarian Collection annexed thereto. 242p. 8vo. 
Teh 37 

Handbooks 1893-date. 


New York State Museum. 52p. il. 1902. Free. 


Outlines, history and work of the museum with list of staff 1902. 


Paleontology. 12p. 1899. Out of print. 


_Brief outline of State Museum work in paleontology under heads: Definition; Relation to~ 
biology; Relation to stratigraphy; History of paleontology in New York. 


Guide to Excursions in the Fossiliferous Rocks of New York. 3124p. 1899. 
Free. 
Itineraries of 32 trips covering nearly the entire series 01 Paleozoic rocks, prepared specially 


for the use of teachers and students desiring to acquaint themselves more intimately with the 
classic rocks of this State. 


Entomology. 16p. 1899. Free. 

Economic Geology. 44p. 1904. Free. 

Insecticides and Fungicides. 2op. 1909. Free. 

Classification of New York Series of Geologic Formations. 32p. 1903. Out 
of print. Revised edition. 96p. 1912. Free. 


MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS 


Geologic maps. Merrill, F. J. H. Economic and Geologic Map of the 
State of New York; issued as part of Museum Bulletin 15 and 48th Museum 
Report, v.- I. 59X67 cm. 18094. Scale 14 miles to1inch. 1sc. 

Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Quarries of 

Stone Used for Building and Road Metal. “1897. Out of print. 

Map of the State of “New York Showing the Distribution of the Rocks 

Most Useful for Road Metal. 1897. Free. 

Geologic Map of New York. 1901. Scale 5 milesto 1inch. Jn atlas 

jorm $3; mounted on rollers $5. Lower Hudson sheet 6o0c. 


The lower Hudson sheet, geologically colored, comprises Rockland, Orange, Dutchess, 
Putnam, Westchester, New York, Richmond, Kings, Queens and Nassau counties, and parts 
of Sullivan, Ulster and Suffolk counties; also northeastern New Jersey and part of western 
Connecticut. 


Map of New York Showing the Surface Configuration and Water Sheds. 

1901. Scale 12 miles to 1 inch. LSC. 

Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of its Economic 
Deposits. 1904. Scale 12 miles to 1 inch. GC. 

Geologic maps on the United States Geological Survey topographic base. 
Scale 1 in. == 1 m. Those marked with an asterisk have also been pub- 
lished separately. 

*Albany county. 1898. Out of print. 

Area around Lake Placid. 1898. 

Vicinity of Frankfort Hill [parts of Herkimer and Oneida counties]. 1899. 

Rockland county. 1899. 

Amsterdam quadrangle. t1goo. 

*Parts of Albany and Rensselaer counties. tgor. Free. 

*Niagara river. I901. 25¢. 

Part of Clinton county. tgor. 

Oyster Bay and Hempstead quadrangles on Long Island. gor. 

Portions of Clinton and Essex counties. 1902. 

Part of town of Northumberland, Saratoga co. i903. 

Union Springs, Cayuga county and vicinity. 1903. 

*Olean quadrangle. 1903. Free. 

*Becraft Mt with 2 sheets of sections. (Scale 1 in. —$4m.) 1903. 20¢, 

*Canandaigua-Naples quadrangles. 1904. 20C¢. 

*Little Falls quadrangle. 1905. Free. 

*Watkins-Elmira quadrangles. 1905. 20C. 

*Tully quadrangle. 1905. Free. 

*Salamanca quadrangle. 1905. Free. 

*Mooers quadrangle. 1905. Free. 

*Buffalo quadrangle. 1906. Free. 

*Penn Yan-Hammondsport quadrangles. 1906. 20€. 

*Rochester and Ontario Beach quadrangles. 0c. 

*Long Lake quadrangle. Free. 

*Nunda- Portage quadrangles. 2oc. 

*Remsen quadrangle. 1908. Free. 

*Geneva-Ovid quadrangles. 1909. 20¢. 

*Port Leyden quadrangle. 1910. Free. 

*Auburn-Genoa quadrangles. Igt0. 20. 

*Elizabethtown and Po:< Henry quadrangles. 1910. I5¢. 

*Alexandria Bay quadrangle. Free. 

*Cape Vincent quadrangle Free. 

*Clayton quadrangle. Free. 

*Grindstone quadrangle. Free. 

*Theresa quadrangle. Free. 

*Poughkeepsie quadrangle. Free. 

*Honeoye-Wayland quadrangle. 20. 

*Broadalbin quadrangle. Free. 


*Schenectady quadrangle. Fres. 


NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN 


LL i i, cnt Mei aati er Mie: cox 2 Renee lag 
TT os ae 
TLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS __S3 IyYVug ee LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN _ 
\ 
— oO ae oO eae — 
w ~ w — wo 
2 3 2 2 ERs 
po | raed ww i . 8 
a E a EY Mi 
z Is | Z om 
ia INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sati 
= eS Z ; a" \ eg 
= = Ww Gi = 
2 2 SN 2 3 2 
2 Se. be = 
> CS gM oe Sb ae = 
= ETB ge ee z : w = ; 
_NYINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES INST 
2 a) he Ny = J 
n i pre 7) sae aj 
= oC | = wc oe 
py 7. By. < ooo 
re ro S o S 
S 5 = 3 S 
. ; poe | t 
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 
: c : r ae 
F ae = : = A 
a = a > E ' 
ea i i 2 a 
= o < O Z 7 
wn” st 
=< 4 
= 
i te 
Ww 
Oo 
z= 
> 
z= 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLINS 
SMITHSONIAN 
SMITHSONIAN 


. 


® 


RARITIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 


NI 


LIBRARIES 


NLILSNI SJIYVYGIT LIBRARIES 


bi fs 
ff 
17 LIBRARIES 


NVINOSHLIWS 
“ 
XS 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3J 


SMITHSONIAN 


‘ 


SS 
saluvua 


INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI 
INSTITUTION NOILONLILS 


Saiuvugit 


ARIES 


NVINOSHLINS SSIUYVYSIT LIBRARIES 
S . 
JW y SS X4 
C4 


Gy 
NVINOSHLIWS 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 


*N 4 
NLILSNI 


. 


SJIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INS 


NVINOSHLINWS 


ARs 


RIES SMITHSONIAN 
of 
]:; 


LILSNI 


1 


ILSNI 


ILSNI 
aN 
RIES 


Y 
1 <7 | 
u > ) 


> Sy 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLINS 
tt 3 


NON DEY 


SaluYvudi7 LIBRARIES 


Lil 


NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS 


Ely, 


SIIYVYGIT LIBRARIES 


INSTITUTION NO 


SAtuYVUalT Lie 
INSTITUTION NO 


SAatyvugit 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


a 


% 


* 


NVINOSHLIWS 


NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 


NOILNLILSNI 
NOILNLILSNI 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


ON 


SAIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITUTI 
INSTITUTION 


LNLILSNI “NVINOSHLINS S3IUNVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLINS SSIYVvVualt LIBRARIES 


sa1uvug 


NVINOSHLIWS 


INSTITUTION 


™N“ 
INS] 


i a 


Sil 


= ea 


y 


INS’ 


z re) - : > 
< = oe < “ 
e = hae eS 
P Ww 
: a Gil 2 ~ 
= za = b N 
s > Ph 4 a = 
Ww) ie Ww) : * : w 
SMITHSONIAN -INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I 
Ww 5 w” = Ay 2) 
Bs: 4M ves n ws 
an, = o a, ow 
SGig ¢ : ECR : 
a ‘Gy, =—4 = 
a WY 3% 2 = co 
al = ol im . Pe 
JINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIY¥Vydi SMITHSONIAN 
ee: Zz rT z fe i 
wo ae w en Y;, w 
a = A a , ew js 9) 
> Wwe > - Y pea 
- 2 i a 
a z vs z G 


on ag 
< ss = < 
4 & poo z 
= & \ = ea 
re 2 i. VAAN : 5 “ oh 
2 E QS 2 
> = NN > = 
= “” Jobat Me ae 75) 
>, pa EVEN T_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 
uJ MTU SONS lw Yy 
~ RM A Kerr? He “yy, 


“SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31 


w 

= 

=| 4 

c 

fe) 

2 yt 

>" 

ah 
INS’ 


= 
© 
4“ & 


"HL MANA MN 
3 9088 01300 7943